8313 Nissan Juke Model F15 Series

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 335

VENTILATION, HEATER & AIR CONDITIONER

HEATER & AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL SYSTEM


SECTION HAC B

E
CONTENTS
TYPE 1 Temperature Control ...............................................18 F
Air Outlet Control .....................................................19
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL ..................... 10 Air Flow Control .......................................................19
Air Inlet Control ........................................................20 G
APPLICATION NOTICE .....................................10 Compressor Control ................................................20
Information .............................................................. 10 Door Control ............................................................21
ECO Mode Control ..................................................24
PRECAUTION .............................................. 11 Fail-safe ...................................................................24
H

PRECAUTIONS ..................................................11 OPERATION ..................................................... 26


Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
Switch Name and Function ......................................26 HAC
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
SIONER" ................................................................. 11 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (A/C AUTO AMP.) ........ 29
Description ...............................................................29
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ............................. 12 CONSULT-III Function ............................................29 J

COMPONENT PARTS .......................................12 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITH INTELLI-


Component Parts Location ...................................... 12 GENT KEY SYSTEM) ....................................... 32 K
Component Description ........................................... 13
COMMON ITEM .........................................................32
A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY ............................................... 13 COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM -
A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Aspirator ........................... 14 COMMON ITEM) .....................................................32 L
A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Intake Sensor ................... 14
A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Air Mix Door Motor ........... 14 AIR CONDITIONER ...................................................33
A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Mode Door Motor ............. 14 AIR CONDITIONER : CONSULT-III Function M
A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Intake Door Motor ............. 14 (BCM - AIR CONDITIONER) (Automatic A/C 4WD
A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Blower Motor .................... 14 Models) ....................................................................33
A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Power Transistor .............. 15
Multi Display Unit .................................................... 15 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITHOUT IN- N
A/C Auto Amp. ........................................................ 15 TELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM) ............................. 34
BCM ........................................................................ 15
COMMON ITEM .........................................................34
ECM ........................................................................ 15 O
COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM -
IPDM E/R ................................................................ 15
COMMON ITEM) .....................................................34
Ambient Sensor ....................................................... 15
In-vehicle Sensor .................................................... 16 AIR CONDITIONER ...................................................34 P
Sunload Sensor ....................................................... 16 AIR CONDITIONER : CONSULT-III Function
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor ................................... 16 (BCM - AIR CONDITIONER) (Automatic A/C 4WD
Magnet Clutch ......................................................... 16 Models) ....................................................................35
SYSTEM .............................................................17 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION .............. 36
System Diagram ...................................................... 17
System Description ................................................. 17 A/C AUTO AMP. ............................................... 36

HAC-1
Reference Value ..................................................... 36 Component Inspection ............................................ 63
Fail-safe .................................................................. 39
DTC Index .............................................................. 39 B27A0, B27A1 INTAKE DOOR MOTOR .......... 65
DTC Logic ............................................................... 65
MULTI DISPLAY UNIT, BCM, ECM, IPDM E/R Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 65
... 40 Component Inspection (PBR) ................................. 67
List of ECU Reference ............................................ 40 Component Inspection (Motor) ............................... 67

WIRING DIAGRAM ..................................... 41 B27A2, B27A3, B27A4, B27A5 AIR MIX


DOOR MOTOR .................................................. 69
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM ... 41 DTC Logic ............................................................... 69
Wiring Diagram ....................................................... 41 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 69
Component Inspection ............................................ 70
BASIC INSPECTION ................................... 44
B27A6, B27A7, B27A8, B27A9 MODE DOOR
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW ........ 44 MOTOR .............................................................. 71
Work Flow ............................................................... 44
DTC Logic ............................................................... 71
OPERATION INSPECTION ............................... 46 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 71
Work Procedure ...................................................... 46 Component Inspection ............................................ 72

SYSTEM SETTING ............................................ 48 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ..... 73


Temperature Setting Trimmer ................................ 48 A/C AUTO AMP. ........................................................ 73
Inlet Port Memory Function (REC) ......................... 48 A/C AUTO AMP. : Diagnosis Procedure ................. 73
Inlet Port Memory Function (FRE) .......................... 49
Foot Position Setting Trimmer ................................ 49 A/C ON SIGNAL ................................................ 75
Component Function Check ................................... 75
DOOR MOTOR STARTING POSITION RE- Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 75
SET .................................................................... 50
Description .............................................................. 50 BLOWER FAN ON SIGNAL .............................. 77
Work Procedure ...................................................... 50 Component Function Check ................................... 77
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 77
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ......................... 51
BLOWER MOTOR ............................................. 79
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ............................ 51 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 79
Description .............................................................. 51 Component Inspection (Blower Motor) ................... 81
DTC Logic ............................................................... 51 Component Inspection (Blower Relay) ................... 82
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 51
MAGNET CLUTCH ............................................ 83
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) ......................... 52 Component Function Check ................................... 83
Description .............................................................. 52 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 83
DTC Logic ............................................................... 52
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 52 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................ 84
B2578, B2579 IN-VEHICLE SENSOR ............... 53 AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM ... 84
DTC Logic ............................................................... 53 Symptom Table ....................................................... 84
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 53
Component Inspection ............................................ 54 INSUFFICIENT COOLING ................................. 86
Description .............................................................. 86
B257B, B257C AMBIENT SENSOR ................. 56 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 86
DTC Logic ............................................................... 56
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 56 INSUFFICIENT HEATING ................................. 88
Component Inspection ............................................ 57 Description .............................................................. 88
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 88
B2581, B2582 INTAKE SENSOR ...................... 59
DTC Logic ............................................................... 59 COMPRESSOR DOSE DOT OPERATE ........... 89
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 59 Description .............................................................. 89
Component Inspection ............................................ 60 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 89

B2630, B2631 SUNLOAD SENSOR ................. 62 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION .............. 90


DTC Logic ............................................................... 62
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 62
CONTROLLER .................................................. 90

HAC-2
Removal and Installation ......................................... 90 PTC HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM ........................ 104
PTC HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM : Component A
A/C AUTO AMP. .................................................91 Parts Location ........................................................ 105
Removal and Installation ......................................... 91 PTC HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM : Component
Description ............................................................. 105 B
AMBIENT SENSOR ...........................................92
Removal and Installation ......................................... 92 A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY ............................................. 106
A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Aspirator ......................... 106
IN-VEHICLE SENSOR .......................................93 A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Intake Sensor .................. 106 C
Removal and Installation ......................................... 93
A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Air Mix Door Motor .......... 106
SUNLOAD SENSOR ..........................................94 A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Mode Door Motor ............ 106
Removal and Installation ......................................... 94 A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Intake Door Motor ........... 106 D
A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Blower Motor ................... 106
INTAKE SENSOR ..............................................95 A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Fan Control Amp. ............ 107
Exploded View ........................................................ 95 A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : PTC Heater ..................... 107
Multi Display Unit ................................................... 107 E
Removal and Installation ......................................... 95
A/C Auto Amp. ....................................................... 107
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR .............96 BCM ....................................................................... 107
Exploded View ........................................................ 96 ECM ....................................................................... 107 F
Removal and Installation ......................................... 96 IPDM E/R ............................................................... 107
Ambient Sensor ..................................................... 108
POWER TRANSISTOR ......................................97 In-vehicle Sensor ................................................... 108
Exploded View ........................................................ 97 G
Sunload Sensor ..................................................... 108
Removal and Installation ......................................... 97
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor ................................. 108
DOOR MOTOR ...................................................98 Magnet Clutch ....................................................... 108
H
Exploded View ........................................................ 98 SYSTEM .......................................................... 109
INTAKE DOOR MOTOR ............................................ 99
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM ......... 109
INTAKE DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installa- HAC
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM :
tion .......................................................................... 99
System Diagram .................................................... 109
MODE DOOR MOTOR .............................................. 99 AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM :
System Description ................................................ 109 J
MODE DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installation.. 100
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM :
AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR ......................................... 100 Temperature Control ............................................. 111
AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installa- AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Air K
tion ........................................................................ 100 Outlet Control ........................................................ 111
TYPE 2 AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Air
Flow Control .......................................................... 111 L
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL ................... 101 AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Air
Inlet Control ........................................................... 112
APPLICATION NOTICE ................................... 101 AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM :
Information ............................................................ 101 Compressor Control .............................................. 112 M
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM :
PRECAUTION ............................................ 102
Door Control .......................................................... 114
PRECAUTIONS ................................................ 102 AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : N
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System ECO Mode Control ................................................ 116
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM :
SIONER" ............................................................... 102 Fail-safe ................................................................. 116 O

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ........................... 103 PTC HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM ........................ 117
PTC HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM : System Di-
COMPONENT PARTS ..................................... 103 agram .................................................................... 117 P
PTC HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM : System De-
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM ......... 103 scription ................................................................. 117
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM :
Component Parts Location .................................... 103 OPERATION ................................................... 118
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Switch Name and Function .................................... 118
Component Description ......................................... 104
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (A/C AUTO AMP.) ...... 121

HAC-3
Description .............................................................121 U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) ........................ 142
CONSULT-III Function ..........................................121 Description ............................................................ 142
DTC Logic ............................................................. 142
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITH INTELLI- Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 142
GENT KEY SYSTEM) ...................................... 123
B2578, B2579 IN-VEHICLE SENSOR ............. 143
COMMON ITEM .......................................................123 DTC Logic ............................................................. 143
COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 143
COMMON ITEM) ...................................................123 Component Inspection .......................................... 144
AIR CONDITIONER .................................................124 B257B, B257C AMBIENT SENSOR ................ 146
AIR CONDITIONER : CONSULT-III Function
DTC Logic ............................................................. 146
(BCM - AIR CONDITIONER) (Automatic A/C 2WD
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 146
Models) ..................................................................124
Component Inspection .......................................... 147
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITHOUT IN- B2581, B2582 INTAKE SENSOR .................... 149
TELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM) ............................ 125 DTC Logic ............................................................. 149
COMMON ITEM .......................................................125 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 149
COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - Component Inspection .......................................... 150
COMMON ITEM) ...................................................125 B2630, B2631 SUNLOAD SENSOR ................ 152
AIR CONDITIONER .................................................125 DTC Logic ............................................................. 152
AIR CONDITIONER : CONSULT-III Function Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 152
(BCM - AIR CONDITIONER) (Automatic A/C 2WD Component Inspection .......................................... 153
Models) ..................................................................126
B2632, B2633 AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR PBR .. 155
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............. 127 DTC Logic ............................................................. 155
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 155
A/C AUTO AMP. .............................................. 127
Reference Value ....................................................127 B2636, B2637, B2638, B2639, B2654, B2655
Fail-safe .................................................................129 MODE DOOR MOTOR ..................................... 157
DTC Index .............................................................130 DTC Logic ............................................................. 157
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 157
MULTI DISPLAY UNIT, BCM, ECM, IPDM E/R
. 131 B263D, B263E, B263F INTAKE DOOR MO-
List of ECU Reference ...........................................131 TOR ................................................................... 159
DTC Logic ............................................................. 159
WIRING DIAGRAM .................................... 132 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 159

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM . 132 B27B0 A/C AUTO AMP. ................................... 161
Wiring Diagram ......................................................132 DTC Logic ............................................................. 161
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 161
BASIC INSPECTION .................................. 135
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .... 162
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW ...... 135
Work Flow ..............................................................135 A/C AUTO AMP. ...................................................... 162
A/C AUTO AMP. : Diagnosis Procedure ............... 162
OPERATION INSPECTION ............................. 137
Work Procedure .....................................................137 DOOR MOTOR ................................................. 164
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 164
SYSTEM SETTING .......................................... 139
Temperature Setting Trimmer ...............................139 A/C ON SIGNAL ............................................... 166
Inlet Port Memory Function (REC) ........................139 Component Function Check ................................. 166
Inlet Port Memory Function (FRE) .........................140 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 166

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ........................ 141 BLOWER FAN ON SIGNAL ............................. 168


Component Function Check ................................. 168
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT .......................... 141 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 168
Description .............................................................141
DTC Logic ..............................................................141 BLOWER MOTOR ............................................ 170
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................141 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 170
Component Inspection (Blower Motor) ................. 173

HAC-4
Component Inspection (Blower Relay) .................. 173 INTAKE DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installa-
Component Inspection (Fan Control Amp.) ........... 173 tion ......................................................................... 196 A
MAGNET CLUTCH ........................................... 175 MODE DOOR MOTOR ............................................. 196
Component Function Check .................................. 175 MODE DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installation.. 197
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 175 B
AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR .......................................... 197
PTC HEATER ................................................... 176 AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installa-
Component Function Check .................................. 176 tion ......................................................................... 197 C
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 176 TYPE 3
Component Inspection (PTC Relay) ..................... 177
Component Inspection (PTC Heater) .................... 178 HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL .................. 198
D
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................ 179 APPLICATION NOTICE .................................. 198
Information ............................................................. 198
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM .. 179 E
Symptom Table ..................................................... 179 PRECAUTION ............................................ 199
INSUFFICIENT COOLING ............................... 181 PRECAUTIONS ............................................... 199
Description ............................................................ 181 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System F
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 181 (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
SIONER" ............................................................... 199
INSUFFICIENT HEATING ................................ 183 G
Description ............................................................ 183 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ........................... 200
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 183
COMPONENT PARTS .................................... 200
COMPRESSOR DOSE DOT OPERATE .......... 185 Component Part Location ...................................... 200 H
Description ............................................................ 185 Component Description ......................................... 201
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 185
A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY ............................................. 201
A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Thermo Control Amp. ..... 201 HAC
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 187
A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Blower Motor ................... 201
CONTROLLER ................................................. 187 A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Blower Fan Resistor ....... 202
Removal and Installation ....................................... 187 A/C Control ............................................................ 202 J
BCM ....................................................................... 202
A/C AUTO AMP. ............................................... 188 ECM ....................................................................... 202
Removal and Installation ....................................... 188 IPDM E/R ............................................................... 202 K
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor ................................. 202
AMBIENT SENSOR ......................................... 189
Magnet Clutch ....................................................... 202
Removal and Installation ....................................... 189
SYSTEM .......................................................... 203 L
IN-VEHICLE SENSOR ..................................... 190
System Diagram .................................................... 203
Removal and Installation ....................................... 190
System Description ................................................ 203
SUNLOAD SENSOR ........................................ 191 Compressor Control .............................................. 203 M
Removal and Installation ....................................... 191 Door Control .......................................................... 204

INTAKE SENSOR ............................................ 192 OPERATION ................................................... 207


Switch Name and Function .................................... 207 N
Exploded View ...................................................... 192
Removal and Installation ....................................... 192
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITH INTELLI-
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR ........... 193 GENT KEY SYSTEM) ..................................... 208 O
Exploded View ...................................................... 193 Description ............................................................. 208
Removal and Installation ....................................... 193
COMMON ITEM ....................................................... 208
FAN CONTROL AMPLIFIER ........................... 194 COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - P
Exploded View ...................................................... 194 COMMON ITEM) ................................................... 208
Removal and Installation ....................................... 194 AIR CONDITIONER ................................................. 210
DOOR MOTOR ................................................. 195 AIR CONDITIONER : CONSULT-III Function
Exploded View ...................................................... 195 (BCM - AIR CONDITIONER) (Manual A/C 4WD
Models) .................................................................. 210
INTAKE DOOR MOTOR .......................................... 196

HAC-5
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITHOUT IN- INSUFFICIENT COOLING ................................ 235
TELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM) ............................ 212 Description ............................................................ 235
Description .............................................................212 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 235

COMMON ITEM .......................................................212 INSUFFICIENT HEATING ................................ 236


COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - Description ............................................................ 236
COMMON ITEM) ...................................................212 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 236

AIR CONDITIONER .................................................213 COMPRESSOR DOSE DOT OPERATE .......... 237


AIR CONDITIONER : CONSULT-III Function Description ............................................................ 237
(BCM - AIR CONDITIONER) (Manual A/C 4WD Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 237
Models) ..................................................................213
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 239
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............. 214
A/C CONTROL ................................................. 239
BCM, ECM, IPDM E/R ..................................... 214 Exploded View ...................................................... 239
List of ECU Reference ...........................................214 Removal and Installation ....................................... 239

WIRING DIAGRAM .................................... 215 THERMO CONTROL AMPLIFIER ................... 240


Removal and Installation ....................................... 240
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM ....... 215
Wiring Diagram ......................................................215 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR ........... 241
Exploded View ...................................................... 241
BASIC INSPECTION .................................. 216 Removal and Installation ....................................... 241
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW ....... 216 BLOWER FAN RESISTOR .............................. 242
Work Flow ..............................................................216 Exploded View ...................................................... 242
Removal and Installation ....................................... 242
OPERATION INSPECTION ............................. 218
Work Procedure .....................................................218 DOOR CABLE .................................................. 243
Exploded View ...................................................... 243
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ........................ 220
INTAKE DOOR CABLE .......................................... 244
A/C SWITCH .................................................... 220 INTAKE DOOR CABLE : Removal and Installation
Component Function Check ..................................220 . 244
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................220
MODE DOOR CABLE ............................................. 244
BLOWER FAN ON SIGNAL ............................ 222 MODE DOOR CABLE : Removal and Installation. 245
Component Function Check ..................................222
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................222 AIR MIX DOOR CABLE .......................................... 245
AIR MIX DOOR CABLE : Removal and Installation
THERMO CONTROL AMPLIFIER ................... 224 . 245
Component Function Check ..................................224 TYPE 4
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................224
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL .................. 246
A/C INDICATOR .............................................. 226
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................226 APPLICATION NOTICE ................................... 246
Information ............................................................ 246
BLOWER MOTOR ........................................... 228
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................228 PRECAUTION ........................................... 247
Component Inspection (Blower Motor) ..................230
Component Inspection (Blower Relay) ..................230 PRECAUTIONS ................................................ 247
Component Inspection (Blower Fan Resistor) .......230 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
Component Inspection (Fan Switch) .....................231 (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
SIONER" ............................................................... 247
MAGNET CLUTCH .......................................... 232
Component Function Check ..................................232 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .......................... 248
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................232
COMPONENT PARTS ...................................... 248
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................ 233
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM ............... 248
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM ....... 233 MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Com-
Symptom Table .....................................................233 ponent Part Location ............................................. 248

HAC-6
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Com- DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITHOUT IN-
ponent Description ................................................ 249 TELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM) ........................... 264 A
Description ............................................................. 264
PTC HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM ........................ 249
PTC HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM : Component COMMON ITEM ....................................................... 264
Parts Location ....................................................... 249 B
COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM -
PTC HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM : Component COMMON ITEM) ................................................... 264
Description ............................................................ 250
AIR CONDITIONER ................................................. 265 C
A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY ............................................. 250 AIR CONDITIONER : CONSULT-III Function
A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Thermo Control Amp. ..... 250 (BCM - AIR CONDITIONER) (Manual A/C 2WD
A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Blower Motor .................. 250 Models) .................................................................. 265
A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Blower Fan Resistor ....... 251 D
A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : PTC Heater Control Unit.. 251 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............ 266
A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : PTC Heater .................... 251
A/C Control ............................................................ 251 PTC HEATER CONTROL UNIT ...................... 266 E
BCM ...................................................................... 251 Reference Value .................................................... 266
ECM ...................................................................... 251 DTC Index ............................................................. 267
IPDM E/R .............................................................. 251 F
BCM, ECM, IPDM E/R ..................................... 268
Ambient Sensor ..................................................... 251
List of ECU Reference ........................................... 268
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor ................................. 251
Magnet Clutch ....................................................... 252 WIRING DIAGRAM .................................... 269 G
SYSTEM ........................................................... 253 MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM ....... 269
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM ............... 253 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 269
H
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Sys-
BASIC INSPECTION ................................. 271
tem Diagram .......................................................... 253
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Sys- DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW ...... 271
tem Description ..................................................... 253 HAC
Work Flow .............................................................. 271
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Com-
pressor Control ...................................................... 253 OPERATION INSPECTION ............................ 273
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Door Work Procedure ..................................................... 273 J
Control ................................................................... 255
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ....................... 275
PTC HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM ........................ 256
PTC HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM : System Di- U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ......................... 275 K
agram .................................................................... 257 Description ............................................................. 275
PTC HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM : System De- DTC Logic .............................................................. 275
scription ................................................................. 257 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 275 L

OPERATION ..................................................... 258 U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) ....................... 276


Switch Name and Function ................................... 258 Description ............................................................. 276
DTC Logic .............................................................. 276 M
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (PTC HEATER CON- Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 276
TROL UNIT) ...................................................... 259
CONSULT-III Function .......................................... 259 B257B, B257C AMBIENT SENSOR ............... 277 N
DTC Logic .............................................................. 277
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITH INTELLI- Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 277
GENT KEY SYSTEM) ....................................... 260 Component Inspection ........................................... 278
O
Description ............................................................ 260
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .. 280
COMMON ITEM ....................................................... 260
COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - PTC HEATER CONTROL UNIT .............................. 280
P
COMMON ITEM) ................................................... 260 PTC HEATER CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Pro-
cedure .................................................................... 280
AIR CONDITIONER ................................................. 262
AIR CONDITIONER : CONSULT-III Function A/C SWITCH ................................................... 281
(BCM - AIR CONDITIONER) (Manual A/C 2WD Component Function Check .................................. 281
Models) ................................................................. 262 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 281

BLOWER FAN ON SIGNAL ........................... 283

HAC-7
Component Function Check ..................................283 INTAKE DOOR CABLE .......................................... 309
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................283 INTAKE DOOR CABLE : Removal and Installation
. 309
THERMO CONTROL AMPLIFIER ................... 285
Component Function Check ..................................285 MODE DOOR CABLE ............................................. 309
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................285 MODE DOOR CABLE : Removal and Installation. 310

A/C INDICATOR .............................................. 287 AIR MIX DOOR CABLE .......................................... 310
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................287 AIR MIX DOOR CABLE : Removal and Installation
. 310
BLOWER MOTOR ........................................... 289 TYPE 5
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................289
Component Inspection (Blower Motor) ..................291 HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL .................. 311
Component Inspection (Blower Relay) ..................291
Component Inspection (Blower Fan Resistor) .......291 APPLICATION NOTICE ................................... 311
Component Inspection (Fan Switch) .....................292 Information ............................................................ 311

MAGNET CLUTCH .......................................... 293 PRECAUTION ........................................... 312


Component Function Check ..................................293
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................293 PRECAUTIONS ................................................ 312
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
PTC HEATER .................................................. 294 (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
Component Function Check ..................................294 SIONER" ............................................................... 312
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................294
Component Inspection (PTC Relay) ......................295 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .......................... 313
Component Inspection (PTC Heater) ....................296
COMPONENT PARTS ...................................... 313
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................ 297 Component Part Location ..................................... 313
Component Description ........................................ 313
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM ......... 297
HEATER AND VENTILATION UNIT ASSEMBLY . 313
Symptom Table .....................................................297
HEATER AND VENTILATION UNIT ASSEMBLY :
INSUFFICIENT COOLING ............................... 299 Blower Motor ......................................................... 314
Description .............................................................299 HEATER AND VENTILATION UNIT ASSEMBLY :
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................299 Blower Fan Resistor .............................................. 314
Heater Control ....................................................... 314
INSUFFICIENT HEATING ............................... 300
Description .............................................................300 SYSTEM ........................................................... 315
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................300 System Description ............................................... 315
Door Control .......................................................... 315
COMPRESSOR DOSE DOT OPERATE ......... 302
Description .............................................................302 OPERATION ..................................................... 317
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................302 Switch Name and Function ................................... 317

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION .............. 304 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) ........................... 318

A/C CONTROL ................................................ 304 COMMON ITEM ....................................................... 318


Exploded View .......................................................304 COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM -
Removal and Installation .......................................304 COMMON ITEM) .................................................. 318

THERMO CONTROL AMPLIFIER ................... 305 AIR CONDITIONER ................................................. 318


AIR CONDITIONER : CONSULT-III Function
Removal and Installation .......................................305
(BCM - AIR CONDITIONER) (Heater and Ventila-
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR .......... 306 tion) ....................................................................... 319
Exploded View .......................................................306
Removal and Installation .......................................306 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............ 320

BLOWER FAN RESISTOR .............................. 307 BCM .................................................................. 320


Exploded View .......................................................307 List of ECU Reference .......................................... 320
Removal and Installation .......................................307
WIRING DIAGRAM ................................... 321
DOOR CABLE ................................................. 308
MANUAL HEATER SYSTEM ........................... 321
Exploded View .......................................................308
HAC-8
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 321 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 330
A
BASIC INSPECTION ................................. 322 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 331
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW ....... 322 HEATER CONTROL ....................................... 331
Work Flow ............................................................. 322 Exploded View ....................................................... 331 B
Removal and Installation ....................................... 331
OPERATION INSPECTION .............................. 324
Work Procedure .................................................... 324 BLOWER FAN RESISTOR ............................. 332 C
Exploded View ....................................................... 332
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ....................... 325 Removal and Installation ....................................... 332
BLOWER MOTOR ............................................ 325 DOOR CABLE ................................................. 333 D
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 325 Exploded View ....................................................... 333
Component Inspection (Blower Motor) .................. 327
Component Inspection (Blower Relay) .................. 327 INTAKE DOOR CABLE ........................................... 334
E
Component Inspection (Blower Fan Resistor) ...... 327 INTAKE DOOR CABLE : Removal and Installation
Component Inspection (Fan Switch) ..................... 328 .. 334

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................ 329 MODE DOOR CABLE .............................................. 334 F


MODE DOOR CABLE : Removal and Installation.. 335
MANUAL HEATER SYSTEM ........................... 329
Symptom Table ..................................................... 329 AIR MIX DOOR CABLE ........................................... 335
AIR MIX DOOR CABLE : Removal and Installation G
INSUFFICIENT HEATING ................................ 330 .. 335
Description ............................................................ 330
H

HAC

HAC-9
APPLICATION NOTICE
< HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL > [TYPE 1]

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL


APPLICATION NOTICE
Information INFOID:0000000006561986

Check the vehicle type to use the service information in this section.

Destination Service information


Automatic air conditioning (4WD models) “TYPE 1”
Automatic air conditioning (2WD models) “TYPE 2”
Manual air conditioning (4WD models) “TYPE 3”
Manual air conditioning (2WD models) “TYPE 4”
Manual heater “TYPE 5”

HAC-10
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [TYPE 1]

PRECAUTION A
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT B
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000006626859

The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along C
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and
“SEAT BELT” of this Service Manual.
D
The vehicle may be equipped with a passenger air bag deactivation switch. Because no rear seat exists where
a rear-facing child restraint can be placed, the switch is designed to turn off the passenger air bag so that a
rear-facing child restraint can be used in the front passenger seat. The switch is located in the center of the E
instrument panel, near the ashtray. When the switch is turned to the ON position, the passenger air bag is
enabled and could inflate for certain types of collision. When the switch is turned to the OFF position, the pas-
senger air bag is disabled and will not inflate. A passenger air bag OFF indicator on the instrument panel lights
up when the passenger air bag is switched OFF. The driver air bag always remains enabled and is not affected F
by the passenger air bag deactivation switch.

WARNING: G
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. H
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this HAC
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-
ness connectors.
• The vehicle may be equipped with a passenger air bag deactivation switch which can be operated by J
the customer. When the passenger air bag is switched OFF, the passenger air bag is disabled and
will not inflate. When the passenger air bag is switched ON, the passenger air bag is enabled and
could inflate for certain types of collision. After SRS maintenance or repair, make sure the passenger
air bag deactivation switch is in the same position (ON or OFF) as when the vehicle arrived for ser- K
vice.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
L
WARNING:
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s)
with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly M
causing serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. N

HAC-11
COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 1]

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
COMPONENT PARTS
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000006545783

JMIIA1048ZZ

HAC-12
COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 1]

1. BCM 2. Magnet clutch 3. Refrigerant pressure sensor A


• With Intelligent Key: Refer to BCS-
6, "BODY CONTROL SYSTEM :
Component Parts Location".
• Without Intelligent Key: Refer to B
BCS-96, "BODY CONTROL SYS-
TEM : Component Parts Loca-
tion".
4. Ambient sensor 5. ECM 6. IPDM E/R
C
Refer to EC-25, "ENGINE CON- • With Intelligent Key: Refer to PCS-
TROL SYSTEM : 5, "Component Parts Location".
Component Parts Location". • Without Intelligent Key: Refer to D
PCS-37, "Component Parts Loca-
tion".
7. Multi display unit 8. Intake door motor 9. Air mix door motor
10. Intake sensor 11. In-vehicle sensor 12. Power transistor
E
13. Aspirator 14. A/C auto amp. 15. Blower motor
16. Mode door motor 17. Sunload sensor
A. Left side of A/C unit assembly B. Instrument lower panel LH is re- C. Back side of A/C unit assembly
F
moved
D. Multi display unit is removed E. Right side of A/C unit assembly F. Right side of switch panel
G
Component Description INFOID:0000000006545784

H
Component Description
Aspirator HAC-14
Intake sensor HAC-14 HAC
Air mix door motor HAC-14
A/C unit assembly Mode door motor HAC-14
J
Intake door motor HAC-14
Blower motor HAC-14
Power transistor HAC-15 K
Multi display unit HAC-15
A/C auto amp. HAC-15
BCM HAC-15 L
ECM HAC-15
IPDM E/R HAC-15
M
Ambient sensor HAC-15
In-vehicle sensor HAC-16
Sunload sensor HAC-16 N
Refrigerant pressure sensor HAC-16
Magnet clutch HAC-16
O
A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY

HAC-13
COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 1]
A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Aspirator INFOID:0000000006545785

The aspirator generates the vacuum by the air blown from the A/C
unit assembly and draws the air of the passenger room to the in-
vehicle sensor area via the aspirator duct.

RJIA1804E

A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Intake Sensor INFOID:0000000006545786

Intake sensor measures temperature of evaporator fin temperature. The sensor uses a thermistor which is
sensitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature
increases.
A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Air Mix Door Motor INFOID:0000000006545787

• The step motor system is adopted for air mix door motor.
• When a drive signal is input from A/C auto amp. to door motor, a step motor built into the door the door
motor rotates according to the drive signal, and then stops at the position of target door. Refer to HAC-21,
"Door Control".
• Rotation of motor is transmitted to air mix door (upper air mix door and lower air mix door) by lod and lever.
Air flow temperature is switched.
A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Mode Door Motor INFOID:0000000006545788

• The step motor system is adopted for mode door motor.


• When a drive signal is input from A/C auto amp. to door motor, a step motor built into the door the door
motor rotates according to the drive signal, and then stops at the position of target door. Refer to HAC-21,
"Door Control".
• Rotation of motor is transmitted to mode door (center ventilator and defroster door, sub defroster door, side
ventilator door, and foot door) by link, lod, and lever. Air outlet is switched.
A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Intake Door Motor INFOID:0000000006545789

• Intake door motor consists of motor that drives door and PBR (Potentio Balance Register) that detects door
position.
• Motor operates intake door according to control signal from A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-21, "Door Control".
• Rotation of motor is transmitted to intake door by lever. Air inlet is switched.
• PBR (Potentio Balance Register) transmits PBR feedback signal to A/C auto amp. according to motor posi-
tion.
• According to PBR feedback signal, A/C auto amp. monitors that motor is in an appropriate door position.
A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Blower Motor INFOID:0000000006545790

• The blower motor utilizes a brush-less motor with a rotating mag-


net.
• Quietness is improved over previous motors where the brush was
the point of contact and the coil rotated.

JPIIA1575ZZ

HAC-14
COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 1]

ZHA152H

D
A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Power Transistor INFOID:0000000006545791

• Power transistor, that uses MOS field effect transistor, is adopted E


for blower motor speed control.
NOTE:
MOS field effect transistor is a transistor for which the gate portion
is composed of a metal electrode on an oxide layer of semiconduc- F
tor. Field effect transistor is controlled by voltage, while ordinary
transistor is controlled by current. Electrode of field effect transistor
is called source, drain, or gate, while electrode of ordinary transis- G
tor is called emitter, collector, or base.
• Power transistor continuously controls voltage to blower motor,
according to gate voltage from A/C auto amp.
JPIIA1634ZZ H
• This power transistor does not require a HI relay even when the
maximum voltage is applied to blower motor at HI status, because voltage drop is nominal.
Multi Display Unit INFOID:0000000006626863
HAC
• Multi display unit integrates display and operation switches.
• Operation of each switch (A/C operation signal) and setting status (A/C ECO setting signal and ECO mode
signal) are transmitted to A/C auto amp. via CAN communication. J
• Operation status of air conditioning system is indicated in the display according to A/C display signal that is
received from A/C auto amp.
A/C Auto Amp. INFOID:0000000006545792
K

A/C auto amp. controls automatic air conditioning system by inputting and calculating signals from each sen-
sor and each switch. A/C auto amp. has self-diagnosis function. Diagnosis of automatic air conditioning sys- L
tem can be performed quickly.
BCM INFOID:0000000006545793
M
BCM transmits A/C ON signal and blower fan ON signal from A/C auto amp. to ECM via CAN communication
line.
ECM INFOID:0000000006545794
N

• ECM, when receiving A/C ON signal and blower fan ON signal from BCM, transmits A/C compressor request
signal to IPDM E/R via CAN communication according to status of the engine and refrigerant pressure. O
• ECM transmits engine coolant temperature signal to A/C auto amp. via CAN communication line.
IPDM E/R INFOID:0000000006545795

P
A/C relay is integrated in IPDM E/R. IPDM E/R operates A/C relay when A/C compressor request signal is
received from ECM via CAN communication line.
Ambient Sensor INFOID:0000000006545797

Ambient sensor measures ambient air temperature. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the
change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases.

HAC-15
COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 1]
In-vehicle Sensor INFOID:0000000006545798

In-vehicle sensor measures temperature of intake air that flows through aspirator to passenger room. The sen-
sor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the ther-
mistor decreases as temperature increases.
Sunload Sensor INFOID:0000000006545799

Sunload sensor measures sunload amount. This sensor converts sunload amount to voltage signal by photo-
diode and transmits to A/C auto amp.
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000006545800

DESCRIPTION
• The refrigerant pressure sensor converts high-pressure side refrigerant pressure into voltage and outputs it
to ECM.
• ECM operates cooling system protection and idle speed control according to voltage value that is input.

PBIB2657E

STRUCTURE AND OPERATION


• The refrigerant pressure sensor is a capacitance type sensor. It consists of a pressure detection ares and a
signal processing area.
• The pressure detection area, which is a variable capacity condenser, changes internal static capacitance
according to pressure force.
• The signal processing area detects the static capacitance of the pressure detection area, converts the static
capacitance into a voltage value, and transmits the voltage value to ECM.
Magnet Clutch INFOID:0000000006545801

Compressor is driven by the magnet clutch which is magnetized by electric power supply.

HAC-16
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 1]
SYSTEM
A
System Diagram INFOID:0000000006545802

HAC

JMIIA1049GB
L

System Description INFOID:0000000006545803

M
DESCRIPTION
• Automatic air conditioning system is controlled by each function of A/C auto amp., BCM, ECM and IPDM E/
R.
• Each operation of air conditioning system is transmitted from multi display unit via CAN communication. A/C N
auto amp. transmits each type of indication information to multi display unit via CAN communication. Multi
display unit displays each type of indication information that is received.
CONTROL BY A/C AUTO AMP. O
• HAC-18, "Temperature Control"
• HAC-19, "Air Outlet Control"
• HAC-19, "Air Flow Control" P
• HAC-20, "Air Inlet Control"
• HAC-20, "Compressor Control"
• HAC-21, "Door Control"
• HAC-24, "ECO Mode Control"
• Correction for input value
Ambient temperature correction
- The A/C auto amp. inputs the temperature detected with the ambient sensor as the ambient temperature.
HAC-17
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 1]
- Perform the correction of the temperature detected with the ambient sensor for air conditioning control.
- Select and use the initial value of ambient temperature data depending on the engine coolant temperature
when turning the ignition switch from OFF to ON. Use the detection temperature of the ambient sensor at
low coolant temperature [less than approximately 56°C (133°F)]. Use the memory data (before the ignition
switch is OFF) when the engine is warming up [approximately 56°C (133°F) or more].
- Do not perform the correction of the ambient temperature when the detection temperature of the ambient
temperature is less than approximately −20°C (–4°F).
Passenger room temperature correction
- The A/C auto amp. inputs the temperature detected with the in-vehicle sensor as the passenger room tem-
perature.
- Perform the correction of the temperature detected with the in-vehicle sensor for air conditioning control.
- The A/C auto amp. performs the correction so that the recognition passenger room temperature changes
depending on the difference between the detected passenger room temperature and the recognition pas-
senger room temperature. If the difference is large, the changing is early. The changing becomes slow as
the difference becomes small.
Intake temperature correction
- The A/C auto amp. inputs the temperature detected with the intake sensor as the intake temperature.
- Perform the correction of the temperature detected with the intake sensor for air conditioning control.
- The A/C auto amp. performs the correction so that the recognition intake temperature changes depending
on the difference between the detected intake temperature and the recognition intake temperature. If the dif-
ference is large, the changing is early. The changing becomes slow as the difference becomes small.
Sunload amount correction
- The A/C auto amp. inputs the sunload amount detected with the sunload sensor.
- Perform the correction of the sunload amount detected with the sunload sensor for air conditioning control.
- When the sunload amount suddenly changes, for example when entering a tunnel, perform the correction so
that the recognition sunload amount of the A/C auto amp. changes slowly.
Set temperature correction
- A/C auto amp. controls The A/C auto amp. performs the correction to the target temperature set by the tem-
perature control switch so as to match the temperature felt by the passengers depending on the ambient
temperature detected with the ambient sensor and controls it so that the interior air temperature is always
the most suitable.
CONTROL BY BCM
• HAC-20, "Compressor Control"
CONTROL BY ECM
• HAC-20, "Compressor Control"
• Cooling fan control. Refer to EC-61, "COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description".
CONTROL BY IPDM E/R
• HAC-20, "Compressor Control"
• Cooling fan control. Refer to PCS-9, "POWER CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description" (with Intelligent
Key) or PCS-41, "POWER CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description" (without Intelligent Key).
Temperature Control INFOID:0000000006545804

• When ignition switch is in the ON position, A/C auto amp. always


automatically controls temperature regardless of air conditioner
operational state.
• A/C auto amp. calculates the target air mix door opening angle
depending on set temperature, in-vehicle temperature, ambient
temperature, and sunload.
• Air mix door is controlled depending on the comparison of current
air mix door opening angle and target air mix door opening angle.
• Regardless of in-vehicle temperature, ambient temperature, and
sunload, air mix door is fixed at the fully cold position when set
temperature is 18°C (60°F), and at the fully hot position when set
JPIIA0633GB
temperature is 32°C (90°F).

HAC-18
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 1]
Air Outlet Control INFOID:0000000006545805

A
• While air outlet is in automatic control, A/C auto amp. selects the
mode door position depending on a target air mix door angle and
outlet air temperature calculated from sunload. B
• If ambient temperature is excessively low, D/F is selected to pre-
vent windshield fogging when air outlet is set to FOOT.

D
JMIIA0710GB

Air Flow Control INFOID:0000000006545806


E
DESCRIPTION
• A/C auto amp. changes duty ratio of blower motor drive signal and controls air flow continuously. When air
flow is increased, duty ratio of blower motor drive signal gradually increases to prevent a sudden increase in F
air flow.
• In addition to manual control and automatic control, air flow control is compose of starting fan speed control,
low coolant temperature starting control, high in-vehicle temperature starting control, and blower speed con- G
trol at door motor operation.
AUTOMATIC AIR FLOW CONTROL
• A/C auto amp. decides target air flow depending on target air mix door opening angle. H
• A/C auto amp. changes duty ratio of blower motor drive signal and controls air flow continuously so that air
flow matches to target air flow.
• When air outlet is VENT or B/L, the minimum air flow is changed HAC
depending on sunload.

JMIIA1129GB L
STARTING FAN SPEED CONTROL
When blower motor is activated, A/C auto amp. gradually increases duty ratio of blower fan drive signal to pre-
vent a sudden increase in discharge air flow. (T1 – T2 = approximately 10 seconds) M
NOTE:
Do not perform the starting air flow control when the discharge outlet
is set to DEF.
N

JMIIA1130GB

LOW COOLANT TEMPERATURE STARTING CONTROL

HAC-19
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 1]
If the engine coolant temperature is 56°C (133°F) or less, to prevent
a cold discharged air flow, A/C auto amp. suspends blower motor
activation for the maximum 100 seconds depending on target air mix
door opening angle. After this, blower fan drive signal is increased
gradually, and blower motor is activated.

JMIIA1131GB

FAN SPEED CONTROL AT DOOR MOTOR OPERATION


When mode door motor is activated while air flow is more than the specified value, A/C auto amp. reduces
temporarily fan speed so that mode door moves smoothly.
HIGH IN- TEMPERATURE STARTING CONTROL
When evaporator temperature is high [intake air temperature sensor value is 35°C (95°F) or more], to prevent
a hot discharged air flow, A/C auto amp. suspends blower motor activation for approximately 3 seconds so
that evaporator is cooled by refrigerant.
Air Inlet Control INFOID:0000000006545807

• While air inlet is in automatic control, A/C auto amp. selects air
inlet (fresh air intake, 20% fresh air intake, or recirculation)
depending on set temperature, in-vehicle temperature, and ambi-
ent temperature.
• Air inlet is fixed to 80% FRE, only when the conditions are satisfied
as follows:
- Air inlet is FOOT or D/F
- Ambient temperature is 2°C (36°F) or less
- Maximum fan speed

JMIIA0711GB

Compressor Control INFOID:0000000006545808

DESCRIPTION
• When the compressor activation condition is satisfied while blower motor is activated, A/C auto amp. trans-
mits A/C ON signal and blower fan ON signal to BCM.
• BCM transmits the A/C ON signal and blower fan ON signal to ECM via CAN communication line.
- With Intelligent Key system: Refer to BCS-13, "SIGNAL BUFFER SYSTEM : System Description".
- Without Intelligent Key system: Refer to BCS-103, "SIGNAL BUFFER SYSTEM : System Description".
• ECM judges the conditions of each sensor (Refrigerant pressure sensor signal, accelerator position signal,
etc.), and transmits the A/C compressor request signal to IPDM E/R via CAN communication line.
• By receiving the A/C compressor request signal from ECM, IPDM E/R turns the A/C relay to ON, and acti-
vates the compressor.
- With Intelligent Key system: Refer to PCS-6, "RELAY CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description".
- Without Intelligent Key system: Refer to PCS-38, "RELAY CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description".
CONTROL BY A/C AUTO AMP.
Low Temperature Protection Control

HAC-20
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 1]
When intake sensor detects that evaporator surface temperature is
2°C (36°F) or less, A/C auto amp. requests ECM to turn the com- A
pressor OFF, and stops the compressor.
When the air temperature returns to 3.5°C (38°F) or more, the com-
pressor is activated.
B

JMIIA1055GB

D
CONTROL BY ECM
Compressor Protection Control at Pressure Malfunction
The high-pressure side value that is detected by refrigerant pressure sensor is as per the following state, ECM E
requests IPDM E/R to turn A/C relay OFF and stop the compressor.
• 3.12 MPa (31.82 kg/cm2, 452.4 psi) or more (When the engine speed is less than 1,500 rpm)
• 2.74 MPa (27.95 kg/cm2, 397.3 psi) or more (When the engine speed is 1,500 rpm or more) F
• 0.14 MPa (1.43 kg/cm2, 20.3 psi) or less
Compressor Oil Circulation Control
When the engine starts while the engine coolant temperature is 56°C (133°F) or less, ECM activates the com- G
pressor for approximately 6 seconds and circulates the compressor oil once.
Air Conditioning Cut Control
When the engine condition is high load, ECM makes the A/C relay to OFF, and stops the compressor. Refer to H
EC-60, "AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System Description".
Door Control INFOID:0000000006545809
HAC

DOOR MOTOR CONTROL


• A/C auto amp. receives the detection data from each sensor.
J
• Intake door motor, when receiving control signal from A/C auto amp. moves intake door to the appropriate
position based on the door position detection signal of each PBR (Potentio Balance Resistor).
• Each motor of air mix and mode, when receiving drive signal from A/C auto amp., moves each door to the
appropriate position according to drive signal. K
DRIVE METHOD OF STEPPING MOTOR TYPE MOTOR
• Stepping motor type motor is driven by 4 pieces of drive coil that are sequentially excited.
• Direction of rotation is changeable by recomposing pattern of excitation. L

SJIA0971E

SWITCH AND THEIR CONTROL FUNCTION

HAC-21
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 1]

JPIIA1584ZZ

1. Intake door 2. Blower motor 3. Air conditioner filter


4. Evaporator 5. Upper air mix door 6. Lower air mix door
7. Heater core 8. Foot door 9. Side ventilator door
10. Sub defroster door 11. Center ventilator and defroster door
Fresh air intake Recirculation air Defroster

Center ventilator Side ventilator Foot

Rear foot*

*: With rear foot duct

Door position
Center ventilator and defroster door

Side ventilator door


Sub defroster door

Upper air mix door

Lower air mix door


Intake door
Foot door

Switch/dial position

AUTO switch AUTO

HAC-22
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 1]
Door position
A

Center ventilator and defroster door

Side ventilator door


Sub defroster door

Upper air mix door

Lower air mix door


B

Intake door
Foot door
Switch/dial position

VENT M L G
P E
B/L N K H
MODE switch
FOOT O —
I
D/F Q N J — — F

DEF switch M G

A G
Intake switch
B
Full cold
— — — — D E H
(16°C)
Temperature control dial 16.5°C – 29.5°C — AUTO AUTO
Full hot
C F HAC
(30°C)
OFF switch P or Q* M – O* J – L* G – I* B — —

*: Previous setting before turning air conditioning system OFF (FOOT when previous setting is automatic con- J
trol).
AIR DISTRIBUTION
K
Without rear foot duct
Discharge air flow
Air outlet/distribution L
MODE/DEF setting po-
Ventilator
sition Foot Defroster
Center Side
52.6% 47.3% — — M

34.0% 27.7% 38.4% —

— 19.1% 57.9% 23.0% N


— 13.5% 42.4% 44.1%

— 16.3% — 83.8%
O
With rear foot duct
Discharge air flow
Air outlet/distribution P
MODE/DEF setting
Ventilator Foot
position Defroster
Center Side Front Rear
52.6% 47.3% — — —

28.2% 25.9% 29.6% 16.3% —

— 16.3% 43.0% 21.0% 19.7%

HAC-23
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 1]
Discharge air flow
Air outlet/distribution
MODE/DEF setting
Ventilator Foot
position Defroster
Center Side Front Rear
— 12.2% 33.1% 16.3% 38.4%

— 16.3% — — 83.8%

ECO Mode Control INFOID:0000000006626864

DESCRIPTION
• A/C auto amp. receives operation status of each switch (A/C operation signal), D-MODE setting status (ECO
mode signal), and “CLIMATE ECO” setting status (A/C ECO setting signal) from multi display unit via CAN
communication.
• A/C auto amp. operates air conditioning system in ECO mode, when D-MODE on multi display unit is set to
ECO mode while air conditioning system is in automatic control.
NOTE:
• For setting procedure of D-MODE, refer to AV-99, "NISSAN DYNAMIC CONTROL SYSTEM : System
Description".
• Activation or deactivation of ECO mode can be changed using multi display unit setting function (“CLI-
MATE ECO”). For setting procedure, refer to AV-99, "NISSAN DYNAMIC CONTROL SYSTEM : System
Description".
CONTROL OUTLINE
During ECO mode operation, A/C auto amp. changes air flow and control characteristics of air inlet, within a
range that may not spoil the comfort level, lowers operation ratio of compressor, and reduces the electrical
load. This reduces engine load and improved fuel economy. Refer to the following items for details of each
control.
Air Flow Control
• A/C auto amp. increases voltage to power transistor gate compared to ordinary operation and reduces volt-
age to blower motor. This reduces air flow.
• Since air flow is reduced, the amount of air that passes evaporator is reduced. Increase of evaporator tem-
perature can be moderated. Evaporator temperature is easily shifted to temperature control range for low
temperature protection control. Operation ratio of evaporator is reduced.
• Since air flow is reduced, the electrical load is reduced. Alternator power output can be moderated.
Air Inlet Control
• In the following conditions, A/C auto amp. controls air inlet and increases recirculation air mixing ratio com-
pared to ordinary operation.
- Ambient temperature: 25°C (77°F) or more
- Temperature setting: Any temperature other than full cold (16°C) or full hot (30°C)
- Air outlet: In automatic control
- Air flow: In automatic control
- Air inlet: In automatic control or in fresh air intake mode by manual control
- A/C switch: ON
• By increasing recirculation air mixing ratio, cooled air in passenger room is circulated in larger amount than
during ordinary operation. Air temperature blowing to evaporator is maintained at a low level. Evaporator
temperature increase can be moderated. Evaporator temperature is easily shifted to temperature control
range for low temperature protection control. Operation ratio of evaporator is reduced.
Fail-safe INFOID:0000000006692466

FAIL-SAFE FUNCTION
If a communication error exists between the A/C auto amp. and multi display unit for 2 seconds or longer, air
conditioning is controlled under the following conditions:

A/C display : OFF


Set temperature : Setting before communication error occurs
Air outlet : AUTO

HAC-24
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 1]
Air flow : AUTO
A
Air inlet : FRE (Fresh air intake)
A/C switch : ON
B

HAC

HAC-25
OPERATION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 1]
OPERATION
Switch Name and Function INFOID:0000000006626865

OPERATION AND DISPLAY


A/C Display (Display in Multi Display Unit)

JMIIA1050GB

• Air conditioning system operation status is indicated on display in multi display unit. Indication of air condi-
tioning system varies according to display mode of multi display unit. For changing procedure of display
mode, refer to AV-99, "NISSAN DYNAMIC CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description".
- In CLIMATE mode: Operation status of air conditioning system (setting temperature, air flow, and “AUTO”*1)
is indicated on display when air conditioning system is turned ON.
- In D-MODE: Operation status of air conditioning system (setting temperature, A/C switch, and “AUTO”*2) is
indicated on lower portion of display when air conditioning system is turned ON.
NOTE:
*1: AUTO is indicated when both air flow and air outlet are in automatic control.
*2: Air Flow is indicated when air flow or air outlet is in manual control.
A/C Controller (Multi Display Unit)
Operation procedure of air conditioning system varies depending on display mode of multi display unit. For
changing procedure of display mode, refer to AV-99, "NISSAN DYNAMIC CONTROL SYSTEM : System
Description".
• In CLIMATE mode: All operations of air conditioning system are possible.

JMIIA1051ZZ

1. A/C switch 2. OFF switch 3. Temperature control dial


4. AUTO switch 5. MODE switch (D/F) 6. DEF switch
7. Intake switch 8. Display 9. MODE switch (FOOT)
10. Fan control dial 11. MODE switch (B/L) 12. MODE switch (VENT)

HAC-26
OPERATION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 1]

• Compressor control (switch indicator) changes between ON ⇔ OFF each time when switch is A
pressed while air conditioning system is in the ON position.
• Air conditioning system turns ON and operates according to the following setting when switch is
pressed while air conditioning system is in the OFF position.
A/C switch
- Air outlet: Previous setting before turning air conditioning system OFF.
B
- Air flow: 1st speed (manual control)
- Air inlet: Previous setting before turning air conditioning system OFF.
- A/C switch: ON C
Air conditioning system turns ON ⇔ OFF each time when switch is pressed.
• When switch is pressed while air conditioning system is in the ON position
- Air conditioning system turns OFF and changes to the following status when switch is pressed.
• Air outlet: Previous setting before turning air conditioning system OFF (FOOT when previous set- D
ting is automatic control).
• Air flow: OFF.
• Air inlet: Fresh air intake (switch indicator turns OFF)
E
• A/C switch: OFF
• When switch is pressed while air conditioning system is in the OFF position (Previous setting before
turning air conditioning system OFF is other than DEF mode).
OFF switch
- Air conditioning system turns ON and operates according to the previous setting before turning air F
conditioning system OFF when switch is pressed.
• When switch is pressed while air conditioning system is in the OFF position (Previous setting before
turning air conditioning system OFF is DEF mode).
- Air conditioning system turns ON and operates according to the following setting when switch is G
pressed.
• Air outlet: Automatic control
• Air flow: Automatic control
• Air inlet: Automatic control H
• A/C switch: ON
Setting temperature can be set within a range of 16°C – 30°C at a rate of 0.5°C per adjustment using
this dial. HAC
Temperature control dial
• Clockwise rotation: Set temperature increases
• Counterclockwise rotation: Set temperature decreases.
“AUTO” is indicated on display and air conditioning system operates according to the following setting
J
when switch is pressed.
• Air outlet: Automatic control
• Air flow: Automatic control
AUTO switch • Air inlet: Automatic control K
• A/C switch: ON
NOTE:
When air outlet or air flow is manually operated while “AUTO” is indicated on display “AUTO” indica-
tion turns OFF. However, automatic control continues for other functions than air outlet or air flow. L
• When each MODE switch is pressed, air outlet is switched and VENT, B/L, FOOT, or D/F*
can be
selected manually. (Switch indicator of operated switch turns ON.)
• When each MODE switch is pressed twice continuously, air outlet is set to automatic control. M
(Switch indicator turns OFF while air outlet automatic control is operated.)
• Air conditioning system turns ON and operates according to the previous setting before turning air
MODE switch conditioning system OFF when each MODE switch is pressed while air conditioning system is OFF.
(Air outlet is set according to the switch that is pressed) N
*: Air inlet is set to fresh air intake when D/F is selected.
NOTE:
Air outlet automatic control is released (“AUTO” turns OFF) when each MODE switch is pressed while
“AUTO” is indicated on display. O

HAC-27
OPERATION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 1]
DEF mode turns ON ⇔ OFF each time when switch is pressed.
• When switch is pressed while air conditioning system is in the ON position.
- Air conditioning system operates according to the following setting when DEF mode is turned ON
• Air outlet: DEF
• Air flow: Automatic control
• Air inlet: Fresh air intake
• A/C switch: ON
- Air conditioning system operates according to the previous setting before turning DEF mode ON
when DEF mode is turned OFF.
• When switch is pressed while air conditioning system is in the OFF position.
- Air conditioning system turns ON and operates according to the following setting when DEF mode
DEF switch is turned ON.
• Air outlet: DEF
• Air flow: Automatic control
• Air inlet: Fresh air intake
• A/C switch: ON
- Air conditioning system operates according to the previous setting before turning air conditioning
system OFF when DEF mode is turned OFF.
NOTE:
• System returns to the status that DEF mode is firstly turned ON when setting is changed during
DEF mode using fan control dial, intake switch, or A/C switch and if DEF switch is pressed.
• When DEF mode is turned ON while “AUTO” is indicated on display, “AUTO” indication turns OFF.
However, air flow automatic control continues.
• Air inlet changes between recirculation (REC) ⇔ fresh air intake (FRE) each time this switch is
pressed.
- switch indicator ON: Recirculation*
- switch indicator ON: Fresh air intake
• Switch indicator blinks 2 times and air inlet is set to automatic control when switch is pressed and
held for 2 seconds or more.
Intake switch • Air conditioning system turns ON and operates according to the following setting when switch is
pressed while air conditioning system is in the OFF position.
- Air outlet: Previous setting before turning air conditioning system OFF.
- Air flow: Previous setting before turning air conditioning system OFF.
- Air inlet: Recirculation
- A/C switch: ON
*: A/C switch turns ON when recirculation is selected.
• Air flow can be manually set within a range of 1st – 7th speed using this dial.
- Clockwise rotation: Air flow increases
- Counterclockwise rotation: Air flow decreases
• Air conditioning system turns ON and operates according to the previous setting before turning air
Fan control dial conditioning system OFF when this dial is operated while air conditioning system is OFF. [Air flow
is set to 1st speed (manual control)]
NOTE:
Air flow automatic control is released (“AUTO” turns OFF) when this dial is operated while “AUTO” is
indicated on display.
• In D-MODE: The following switches and dial cannot be operated.
- A/C switch
- OFF switch
- MODE switch
- Fan control dial

HAC-28
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (A/C AUTO AMP.)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 1]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (A/C AUTO AMP.)
A
Description INFOID:0000000006626866

Air conditioning system performs self-diagnosis, operation check, function diagnosis, and various settings B
using diagnosis function of each control unit.

Diagnostic item
ECU C
(CONSULT-III)
Self Diagnostic Result
Data Monitor
A/C auto amp. HVAC D
Active Test
Work support
Self Diagnostic Result E
Multi display unit MDU Data Monitor
Active Test
F
Self Diagnostic Result
BCM BCM-AIR CONDITIONER
Data Monitor
Self Diagnostic Result G
ECM ENGINE
Data Monitor
Self Diagnostic Result
IPDM E/R H
IPDM E/R Data Monitor
Auto active test

CONSULT-III Function INFOID:0000000006626867


HAC

CONSULT-III performs the following functions via CAN communication with A/C auto amp.
J
Diagnostic mode Description
Ecu Identification Displays the part number of A/C auto amp.
Self Diagnostic Result Displays the diagnosis results judged by A/C auto amp. K
Data Monitor Displays the input/output signal of A/C auto amp.
Active Test The signals used to activate each device are forcibly supplied from A/C auto amp.
L
Changes the setting for each setting function and performs automatic adjustment of
Work support
components.
NOTE: M
Diagnosis should be performed with engine running. Door motor operation speeds become slower and NO
results may be returned even for normal operation if battery voltage drops below 12 V during self-diagnosis.
ECU IDENTIFICATION N
Part number of A/C auto amp. can be checked.
SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Diagnosis result that is judged by A/C auto amp. can be checked. Refer to HAC-39, "DTC Index". O

DATA MONITOR
Input/output signal of A/C auto amp. can be checked.
P
Display item list
Monitor item [Unit] Description
Ambient temperature value converted from ambient sensor signal received from ambi-
AMB TEMP SEN [°C (°F)]
ent sensor
In-vehicle temperature value converted from in-vehicle sensor signal received from in-
IN-VEH TEMP [°C (°F)]
vehicle sensor

HAC-29
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (A/C AUTO AMP.)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 1]
Monitor item [Unit] Description
Evaporator fin temperature value converted from intake sensor signal received from in-
INT TEMP SEN [°C (°F)]
take sensor
SUNLOAD SEN [w/m2] Sunload value converted from sunload sensor signal received from sunload sensor
AMB SEN CAL [°C (°F)] Ambient temperature value calculated by A/C auto amp.
IN-VEH CAL [°C (°F)] In-vehicle temperature value calculated by A/C auto amp.
INT TEMP CAL [°C (°F)] Evaporator fin temperature value calculated by A/C auto amp.
SUNL SEN CAL 2 Sunload value calculated by A/C auto amp.
[w/m ]
COMP REQ SIG [On/Off] Displays A/C ON signal ON/OFF status transmitted to BCM.
FAN REQ SIG [On/Off] Displays blower fan ON signal ON/OFF status transmitted to BCM.

FAN DUTY* Target value of voltage (applied voltage) applied to blower motor by A/C auto amp.
Target discharge air temperature judged by A/C auto amp. depending on the tempera-
XM
ture setting and the value from each sensor
ENG COOL TEMP [°C (°F)] Engine coolant temperature signal value received from ECM via CAN communication
*: “DUTY” is displayed, but voltage is indicated. Or unit is not displayed but unit is (V).
ACTIVE TEST
The signals used to activate each device forcibly supplied from A/C auto amp. operation check of air condi-
tioning system can be performed.

Test item Description


The operation check of air conditioning system can be performed by selecting the mode.
HVAC TEST
Refer to the following table for the conditions of each mode.

Check each output device

Test item
MODE 1 MODE 2 MODE 3 MODE 4 MODE 5 MODE 6 MODE 7
Mode door motor position VENT VENT B/L B/L * D/F DEF
FOOT
Intake door motor position REC REC REC 20% FRE 80% FRE FRE FRE
Air mix door motor position FULL COLD FULL COLD FULL COLD MIDDLE MIDDLE FULL HOT FULL HOT
Blower motor (Applied voltage) 5V 8.5 V 10.5 V 8.5 V 8.5 V 8.5 V 13 V
Magnet clutch ON ON ON ON OFF OFF ON
Blower motor (Blower fan ON
ON ON ON ON OFF OFF ON
signal transmitted to BCM)
*: Position of mode door motor is set to the status of automatic control that is selected by foot position setting
trimmer. Refer to HAC-49, "Foot Position Setting Trimmer".
NOTE:
Perform the inspection of each output device after starting the engine because the compressor is operated.
WORK SUPPORT
Setting change of each setting functions and automatic adjustment of components can be performed.

Work item Description Refer to


HAC-48, "Temperature
TEMP SET CORRECT Setting change of temperature setting trimmer can be performed.
Setting Trimmer"
Setting change of inlet port memory function (REC) can be per- HAC-48, "Inlet Port Mem-
REC MEMORY SET
formed. ory Function (REC)"
Setting change of inlet port memory function (FRE) can be per- HAC-49, "Inlet Port Mem-
FRE MEMORY SET
formed. ory Function (FRE)"

HAC-30
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (A/C AUTO AMP.)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 1]
Work item Description Refer to
A
HAC-49, "Foot Position
BLOWER SET Setting change of foot position setting trimmer can be performed.
Setting Trimmer"
Starting position reset of air mix door motor and mode door motor can HAC-50, "Work Proce-
Door Motor Starting Position Reset B
be performed. dure"
NOTE:
When the battery cable is disconnected from the negative terminal or when the battery voltage becomes 10 V
or less, the setting of WORK SUPPORT may be cancelled. C

HAC

HAC-31
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 1]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)
COMMON ITEM
COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM) INFOID:0000000006706383

APPLICATION ITEM
CONSULT-III performs the following functions via CAN communication with BCM.

Diagnosis mode Function Description


Work Support Changes the setting for each system function.
Self Diagnostic Result Displays the diagnosis results judged by BCM.
Monitors the reception status of CAN communication viewed from BCM. Refer to CONSULT-III opera-
CAN Diag Support Monitor
tion manual.
Data Monitor The BCM input/output signals are displayed.
Active Test The signals used to activate each device are forcibly supplied from BCM.
Ecu Identification The BCM part number is displayed.
• Read and save the vehicle specification.
Configuration
• Write the vehicle specification when replacing BCM.

SYSTEM APPLICATION
BCM can perform the following functions for each system.
NOTE:
It can perform the diagnosis modes except the following for all sub system selection items.
×: Applicable item

Diagnosis mode
System Sub system selection item
Work Support Data Monitor Active Test
Door lock DOOR LOCK × × ×
Rear window defogger REAR DEFOGGER × ×
Warning chime BUZZER × ×
Interior room lamp timer INT LAMP × × ×
Exterior lamp HEAD LAMP × × ×
Wiper and washer WIPER × × ×
Turn signal and hazard warning lamps FLASHER × × ×
• Automatic A/C
AIR CONDITONER × ×*2
• Manual A/C
• Intelligent Key system
INTELLIGENT KEY × × ×
• Engine start system
Combination switch COMB SW ×
Body control system BCM ×
NVIS - NATS IMMU × × ×
Interior room lamp battery saver BATTERY SAVER × × ×
Back door open TRUNK ×
Theft warning alarm THEFT ALM × × ×
— RETAINED PWR*1 ×
Signal buffer system SIGNAL BUFFER × ×
NOTE:
• *1: This item is displayed, but not used.
• *2: For models with automatic A/C, this diagnosis mode is not used.

FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)

HAC-32
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 1]
The BCM records the following vehicle condition at the time a particular DTC is detected, and displays on
CONSULT-III. A

CONSULT screen item Indication/Unit Description


Vehicle Speed km/h Vehicle speed of the moment a particular DTC is detected B
Odo/Trip Meter km Total mileage (Odometer value) of the moment a particular DTC is detected
While turning BCM status from low power consumption mode to
SLEEP>LOCK
normal mode (Power supply position is “LOCK”) C
While turning BCM status from low power consumption mode to
SLEEP>OFF
normal mode (Power supply position is “OFF”.)
LOCK>ACC While turning power supply position from “LOCK” to “ACC” D
ACC>ON While turning power supply position from “ACC” to “IGN”
While turning power supply position from “RUN” to “ACC” (Vehicle
RUN>ACC
is stopping and selector lever is except P position.)
E

While turning power supply position from “CRANKING” to “RUN”


CRANK>RUN
(From cranking up the engine to run it)
F
While turning power supply position from “RUN“ to “ACC” (Emer-
RUN>URGENT
gency stop operation)
ACC>OFF While turning power supply position from “ACC” to “OFF”
G
OFF>LOCK While turning power supply position from “OFF” to “LOCK”
Power position status of
OFF>ACC While turning power supply position from “OFF” to “ACC”
Vehicle Condition the moment a particular
ON>CRANK DTC is detected While turning power supply position from “IGN” to “CRANKING” H
While turning BCM status from normal mode (Power supply posi-
OFF>SLEEP
tion is “OFF”.) to low power consumption mode
While turning BCM status from normal mode (Power supply posi- HAC
LOCK>SLEEP
tion is “LOCK”.) to low power consumption mode
Power supply position is “LOCK” (Ignition switch OFF with steer-
LOCK
ing is locked.) J
Power supply position is “OFF” (Ignition switch OFF with steering
OFF
is unlocked.)
ACC Power supply position is “ACC” (Ignition switch ACC) K
Power supply position is “IGN” (Ignition switch ON with engine
ON
stopped)
Power supply position is “RUN” (Ignition switch ON with engine L
ENGINE RUN
running)
CRANKING Power supply position is “CRANKING” (At engine cranking)
The number of times that ignition switch is turned ON after DTC is detected M
• The number is 0 when a malfunction is detected now.
IGN Counter 0 - 39 • The number increases like 1 → 2 → 3...38 → 39 after returning to the normal condition
whenever ignition switch OFF → ON.
• The number is fixed to 39 until the self-diagnosis results are erased if it is over 39.
N

AIR CONDITIONER
O
AIR CONDITIONER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - AIR CONDITIONER) (Automatic
A/C 4WD Models) INFOID:0000000006545813

P
DATA MONITOR
Display Item List

Monitor Item [Unit] Contents


FAN ON SIG [On/Off] Displays the blower fan status as jugged from the A/C auto amp.
AIR COND SW [On/Off] Displays [COMP (On)/COMP (Off)] status as judged from the A/C auto amp.

HAC-33
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 1]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)
COMMON ITEM
COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM) INFOID:0000000006706384

APPLICATION ITEM
CONSULT-III performs the following functions via CAN communication with BCM.

Diagnosis mode Function Description


Work Support Changes the setting for each system function.
Self Diagnostic Result Displays the diagnosis results judged by BCM.
Monitors the reception status of CAN communication viewed from BCM. Refer to CONSULT-III opera-
CAN Diag Support Monitor
tion manual.
Data Monitor The BCM input/output signals are displayed.
Active Test The signals used to activate each device are forcibly supplied from BCM.
Ecu Identification The BCM part number is displayed.
• Read and save the vehicle specification.
Configuration
• Write the vehicle specification when replacing BCM.

SYSTEM APPLICATION
BCM can perform the following functions for each system.
NOTE:
It can perform the diagnosis modes except the following for all sub system selection items.
×: Applicable item
Diagnosis mode
System Sub system selection item
Work Support Data Monitor Active Test
Door lock DOOR LOCK × × ×
Rear window defogger REAR DEFOGGER × ×
Warning chime BUZZER × ×
Interior room lamp control INT LAMP × × ×
Remote keyless entry system MULTI REMOTE ENT × × ×
Exterior lamp HEAD LAMP × × ×
Wiper and washer WIPER × × ×
Turn signal and hazard warning lamps FLASHER × ×
• Automatic A/C
• Manual A/C AIR CONDITONER × ×*2
• Manual heater
Combination switch COMB SW ×
Body control system BCM ×
NATS IMMU × ×
Interior room lamp battery saver BATTERY SAVER × × ×
Back door open TRUNK ×
Vehicle security system THEFT ALM × × ×
— RETAINED PWR*1 × ×
Signal buffer system SIGNAL BUFFER × ×
— PANIC ALARM*1 ×

• *1: This item is displayed, but is not used.


• *2: For models with automatic A/C, this mode is not used.
AIR CONDITIONER

HAC-34
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 1]
AIR CONDITIONER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - AIR CONDITIONER) (Automatic
A
A/C 4WD Models) INFOID:0000000006545815

DATA MONITOR
Display Item List B

Monitor Item [Unit] Contents


IGN SW [On/Off] Displays ignition switch position status as judged from ignition switch signal.
C

FAN ON SIG [On/Off] Displays the blower fan status as jugged from the A/C auto amp.
AIR COND SW [On/Off] Displays [COMP (On)/COMP (Off)] status as judged from the A/C auto amp. D

HAC

HAC-35
A/C AUTO AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [TYPE 1]

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION


A/C AUTO AMP.
Reference Value INFOID:0000000006626868

CONSULT-III DATA MONITOR REFERENCE VALUES

Monitor item Condition Value/Status


Equivalent to ambient tem-
AMB TEMP SEN Ignition switch ON
perature
Equivalent to in-vehicle tem-
IN-VEH TEMP Ignition switch ON
perature
Equivalent to evaporator fin
INT TEMP SEN Ignition switch ON
temperature
Equivalent to sunload
SUNLOAD SEN Ignition switch ON
amount
Equivalent to ambient tem-
AMB SEN CAL Ignition switch ON
perature
Equivalent to in-vehicle tem-
IN-VEH CAL Ignition switch ON
perature
Equivalent to evaporator fin
INT TEMP CAL Ignition switch ON
temperature
Equivalent to sunload
SUNL SEN CAL Ignition switch ON
amount
A/C switch: ON
Engine: Run at idle after (Compressor operation sta- On
COMP REQ SIG tus)
warming up
A/C switch: OFF Off

Engine: Run at idle after Blower motor: ON On


FAN REQ SIG
warming up Blower motor: OFF Off

Engine: Run at idle after Blower motor: ON 4 – 13


FAN DUTY* warming up Blower motor: OFF 0
Value according to target air
XM Ignition switch ON
flow temperature
Equivalent to engine coolant
ENG COOL TEMP Ignition switch ON
temperature
*: “DUTY” is displayed, but voltage is indicated. Or unit is not displayed but unit is (V).
TERMINAL LAYOUT

JMIIA0690ZZ

PHYSICAL VALUES

HAC-36
A/C AUTO AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [TYPE 1]

Terminal No. A
Description
(Wire color)
Condition Value
Input/
+ − Signal name
Output
B
0 – 4.8 V
2 30
In-vehicle sensor signal Input Ignition switch ON Output voltage varies with in-ve-
(LG) (B)
hicle temperature
C
0 – 4.8 V
3 30
Intake sensor signal Input Ignition switch ON Output voltage varies with evapo-
(V) (B)
rator fin temperature
0 – 4.8 V D
4 30
Ambient sensor signal Input Ignition switch ON Output voltage varies with ambi-
(GR) (B)
ent temperature
0 – 4.8 V E
5 30
Sunload sensor signal Input Ignition switch ON Output voltage varies with sun-
(P) (B)
load amount
6 Input/ F
— CAN-H — —
(L) Output
7 Input/
— CAN-L — —
(P) Output
G
8 30 Intake door motor PBR power
Output Ignition switch ON 4.8 – 5.2 V
(W) (B) supply
9 30 A/C auto amp. connection rec- H
Output Ignition switch ON 11 – 14 V
(P) (B) ognition signal
10 30
Sensor ground — Ignition switch ON 0 – 0.1 V
(R) (B)
HAC
11 30
Ignition power supply Input Ignition switch ON 11 – 14 V
(SB) (B)
12 30
Battery power supply Input Ignition switch OFF 11 – 14 V J
(Y) (B)

K
• Ignition switch ON
13 30
Power transistor control signal Output • Blower motor: 1st speed
(GR) (B)
(manual)
L

ZJIA0863J

• Ignition switch ON
• Blower motor: OFF N

14 30 JMIIA0941GB
O
Blower fan ON signal Output
(LG) (B)

P
• Ignition switch ON
• Blower motor: ON

PKIB4960J

HAC-37
A/C AUTO AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [TYPE 1]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color)
Condition Value
Input/
+ − Signal name
Output

• Ignition switch ON
• A/C switch: OFF (A/C indi-
cator: OFF)

15 30 JPMIA0012GB
A/C ON signal Output
(Y) (B)

• Ignition switch ON
• A/C switch: ON (A/C indi-
cator: ON)

JMIIA0941GB

17 30 A/MIX
(BR) (B) drive 4
18 30 A/MIX
(GR) (B) drive 3 • Ignition switch ON
Air mix door motor
Output • Right after the tempera-
19 30 A/MIX drive signal
ture control dial operation
(W) (B) drive 2
20 30 A/MIX
JPIIA1647GB
(L) (B) drive 1
21 30
Ignition power supply Input Ignition switch ON 11 – 14 V
(G) (B)
• Ignition switch ON
0.2 – 0.8 V
22 30 Intake door motor PBR feedback • Intake switch: REC
Input
(SB) (B) signal • Ignition switch ON
4.2 – 4.8 V
• Intake switch: FRE
30
Ground Ground — Ignition switch ON 0 – 0.1 V
(B)
• Ignition switch ON
• Intake switch: FRE → 9.5 – 13.5 V
35 30 REC
REC
(G) (B) • Ignition switch ON
• Intake switch: REC → 0–1V
Intake door motor FRE
Output
drive signal • Ignition switch ON
• Intake switch: REC → 9.5 – 13.5 V
36 30 FRE
FRE
(V) (B) • Ignition switch ON
• Intake switch: FRE → 0–1V
REC
37 30 MODE
(R) (B) drive 4
38 30 MODE
(P) (B) drive 3 • Ignition switch ON
Mode door motor
Output • Right after the MODE
39 30 MODE drive signal
switch operation
(Y) (B) drive 2
40 30 MODE
JPIIA1647GB
(V) (B) drive 1

HAC-38
A/C AUTO AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [TYPE 1]
Fail-safe INFOID:0000000006626869

A
FAIL-SAFE FUNCTION
If a communication error exists between the A/C auto amp. and multi display unit for 2 seconds or longer, air
conditioning is controlled under the following conditions: B

A/C display : OFF


Set temperature : Setting before communication error occurs C
Air outlet : AUTO
Air flow : AUTO
D
Air inlet : FRE (Fresh air intake)
A/C switch : ON
E
DTC Index INFOID:0000000006626870

Items F
DTC Reference
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT HAC-51, "DTC Logic"
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) HAC-52, "DTC Logic" G
B2578 IN-VEHICLE SENSOR HAC-53, "DTC Logic"
B2579 IN-VEHICLE SENSOR HAC-53, "DTC Logic"
H
B257B AMBIENT SENOR HAC-56, "DTC Logic"
B257C AMBIENT SENOR HAC-56, "DTC Logic"
B2581 INTAKE SENSOR HAC-59, "DTC Logic" HAC
B2582 INTAKE SENSOR HAC-59, "DTC Logic"

B2630* SUNLOAD SENSOR HAC-62, "DTC Logic"


J
B2631* SUNLOAD SENSOR HAC-62, "DTC Logic"
B27A0 INTAKE DOOR MOTOR HAC-65, "DTC Logic"
B27A1 INTAKE DOOR MOTOR HAC-65, "DTC Logic" K
B27A2 DR AIR MIX DOOR MOT HAC-69, "DTC Logic"
B27A3 DR AIR MIX DOOR MOT HAC-69, "DTC Logic"
L
B27A4 DR AIR MIX DOOR MOT HAC-69, "DTC Logic"
B27A5 DR AIR MIX DOOR MOT HAC-69, "DTC Logic"
B27A6 MODE DOOR MOTOR HAC-71, "DTC Logic" M
B27A7 MODE DOOR MOTOR HAC-71, "DTC Logic"
B27A8 MODE DOOR MOTOR HAC-71, "DTC Logic"
N
B27A9 MODE DOOR MOTOR HAC-71, "DTC Logic"
*: Perform self-diagnosis under sunshine. When performing indoors, aim a light (more than 60 W) at sunload
sensor, otherwise self-diagnosis indicates even though the sunload sensor is functioning normally. O

HAC-39
MULTI DISPLAY UNIT, BCM, ECM, IPDM E/R
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [TYPE 1]
MULTI DISPLAY UNIT, BCM, ECM, IPDM E/R
List of ECU Reference INFOID:0000000006545817

ECU Reference
AV-109, "Reference Value"
Multi display unit AV-111, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart"
AV-111, "DTC Index"
BCS-41, "Reference Value"
BCS-64, "Fail-safe"
With Intelligent Key system
BCS-66, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart"
BCS-67, "DTC Index"
BCM BCS-125, "Reference Value"
BCS-140, "Fail-safe"
Without Intelligent Key system BCS-140,
"DTC Inspection Priority Chart"
BCS-141, "DTC Index"
EC-90, "Reference Value"
EC-104, "Fail Safe"
ECM
EC-106, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart"
EC-108, "DTC Index"
PCS-17, "Reference Value"
With Intelligent Key system PCS-24, "Fail-Safe"
PCS-25, "DTC Index"
IPDM E/R
PCS-48, "Reference Value"
Without Intelligent Key system PCS-54, "Fail-Safe"
PCS-55, "DTC Index"

HAC-40
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [TYPE 1]

WIRING DIAGRAM A
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000006545818
B

For connector terminal arrangements, harness layouts, and alphabets in a (option abbreviation; if not
described in wiring diagram), refer to GI-12, "Connector Information/Explanation of Option Abbreviation".
C

HAC

JCIWA0507GB

HAC-41
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [TYPE 1]

JCIWA0508GB

HAC-42
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [TYPE 1]

HAC

JCIWA0509GB

HAC-43
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [TYPE 1]

BASIC INSPECTION
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
Work Flow INFOID:0000000006626873

OVERALL SEQUENCE

JPLIA0313GB

DETAILED FLOW
1.INTERVIEW FOR MALFUNCTION
Interview the symptom to the customer.

HAC-44
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [TYPE 1]
>> GO TO 2.
2.SYMPTOM CHECK A

Check the symptom from the customer's information.


B
>> GO TO 3.
3.BASIC INSPECTION
C
Check the operation of each part. Check that any symptom occurs other than the interviewed symptom.

>> GO TO 4. D
4.SELF-DIAGNOSIS WITH CONSULT-III
Perform the self-diagnosis with CONSULT-III. Check that any DTC is detected.
Is any DTC detected? E
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 6.
F
5.TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS BY DTC
Perform the trouble diagnosis for the detected DTC. Specify the malfunctioning part.
G
>> GO TO 9.
6.FAIL-SAFE ACTIVATION CHECK H
Check that the symptom is applied to the fail-safe activation.
Does the fail-safe activate?
YES >> GO TO 7. HAC
NO >> GO TO 8.
7.SYSTEM DIAGNOSIS
Perform the system diagnosis for the system that the fail-safe activates. Specify the malfunctioning part. J

>> GO TO 9.
K
8.SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
Perform the symptom diagnosis. Specify the malfunctioning part.
L
>> GO TO 9.
9.MALFUNCTION PART REPAIR M
Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.

>> GO TO 10. N
10.REPAIR CHECK (SELF-DIAGNOSIS WITH CONSULT-III)
Perform the self-diagnosis with CONSULT-III. Check that any DTC is not detected. Erase DTC if DTC is O
detected before the repair. Check that DTC is not detected again.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 5. P
NO >> GO TO 11.
11.REPAIR CHECK (OPERATION CHECK)
Check the operation of each part.
Does it operate normally?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3.

HAC-45
OPERATION INSPECTION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [TYPE 1]
OPERATION INSPECTION
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006545820

The purpose of the operational check is to check that the individual system operates normally.

Check condition : Engine running at normal operating temperature.

1.CHECK MEMORY FUNCTION


1. Set temperature to 30°C by operating the temperature control dial.
2. Press OFF switch.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Press AUTO switch.
6. Check that set temperature is maintained.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 10.
2.CHECK AIR FLOW
1. Start engine.
2. Operate fan control dial.
3. Check that air flow changes. Check operation for all fan speeds.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 10.
3.CHECK AIR OUTLET
1. Operate fan control dial to set the fan speed to maximum speed.
2. Operate MODE switch and DEF switch.
3. Check that air outlets change according to each indicated air outlet by placing a hand in front of the air
outlets. Refer to VTL-5, "System Description".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 10.
4.CHECK AIR INLET
1. Press intake switch to set the air inlet to recirculation. [Intake switch indicator ( side) turns ON.]
2. Listen to intake sound and confirm air inlets change.
3. Press intake switch again to set the air inlet to fresh air intake. [Intake switch indicator ( side) turns
OFF and ( side) turns ON.]
4. Listen to intake sound and confirm air inlets change.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 10.
5.CHECK COMPRESSOR
1. Press A/C switch. The A/C switch indicator is turns ON.
2. Check visually and by sound that the compressor operates.
3. Press A/C switch again The A/C switch indicator is turns OFF.
4. Check that compressor stops.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 10.
6.CHECK DISCHARGE AIR TEMPERATURE
1. Operate temperature control dial.
2. Check that discharge air temperature changes.
HAC-46
OPERATION INSPECTION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [TYPE 1]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. A
NO >> GO TO 10.
7.CHECK TEMPERATURE DECREASE
B
1. Operate compressor.
2. Operate temperature control dial and lower the set temperature to 16°C.
3. Check that cool air blows from the air outlets.
C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 10.
D
8.CHECK TEMPERATURE INCREASE
1. Operate temperature control dial and raise the set temperature to 30°C.
2. Check that warm air blows from the air outlets. E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 10. F
9.CHECK AUTO MODE
1. Press AUTO switch to confirm that “AUTO” is indicated on the display.
2. Operate temperature control dial to check that air outlet or air flow changes (the air outlet or air flow varies G
depending on the ambient temperature, in-vehicle temperature, set temperature, and etc.).
Is the inspection result normal?
H
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 10.
10.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS WITH CONSULT-III HAC
1. Perform self-diagnosis with CONSULT-III.
2. Check that any DTC is detected.
Is any DTC detected? J
YES >> Refer to HAC-39, "DTC Index" and perform the appropriate diagnosis.
NO >> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK FAIL-SAFE ACTIVATION K
Check that symptom is applied to the fail-safe activation. Refer to HAC-39, "Fail-safe".
L
>> Refer to HAC-84, "Symptom Table" and perform the appropriate diagnosis.

HAC-47
SYSTEM SETTING
< BASIC INSPECTION > [TYPE 1]
SYSTEM SETTING
Temperature Setting Trimmer INFOID:0000000006626875

DESCRIPTION
If the temperature felt by the customer is different from the air flow temperature controlled by the temperature
setting, the A/C auto amp. control temperature can be adjusted to compensate for the temperature setting.
HOW TO SET
With CONSULT-III
Perform “TEMP SET CORRECT” of HVAC work support item.

Work support items Display (°C)


3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
TEMP SET CORRECT 0 (initial status)
−0.5
−1.0
−1.5
−2.0
−2.5
−3.0
NOTE:
• When −3.0°C is corrected on the temperature setting set as 25.0°C the temperature controlled by A/C auto
amp. is 25.0°C −3.0°C = 22.0°C and the temperature becomes lower than the temperature setting.
• When the battery cable is disconnected from the negative terminal or when the battery voltage becomes 10
V or less, the setting of the difference between the set temperature and control temperature may be can-
celled.
Inlet Port Memory Function (REC) INFOID:0000000006626878

DESCRIPTION
• If the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position while the intake switch is set to ON (recirculation), “Per-
form the memory” or “Do not perform the memory” of intake switch ON (recirculation) condition can be
selected.
• If “Perform the memory” was set, the intake switch will be ON (recirculation) when turning the ignition switch
to the ON position again.
• If “Do not perform the memory” was set, the air inlets will be controlled automatically when turning the igni-
tion switch to the ON position again.
HOW TO SET
With CONSULT-III
Perform the “REC MEMORY SET” of HVAC work support item.

Work support items Display Setting


WITHOUT (initial status) Perform the memory of manual REC
REC MEMORY SET
WITH Do not perform the memory of manual REC (auto control)
NOTE:
When the battery cable is disconnected from the negative terminal or when the battery voltage becomes 10 V
or less, the setting of the REC memory function may be cancelled.

HAC-48
SYSTEM SETTING
< BASIC INSPECTION > [TYPE 1]
Inlet Port Memory Function (FRE) INFOID:0000000006626877

A
DESCRIPTION
• If the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position while the intake switch is set to OFF (fresh air intake), “Per-
form the memory” or “Do not perform the memory” of intake switch OFF (fresh air intake) condition can be B
selected.
• If “Perform the memory” was set, the intake switch will be OFF (fresh air intake) when turning the ignition
switch to the ON position again. C
• If “Do not perform the memory” was set, the air inlets will be controlled automatically when turning the igni-
tion switch to the ON position again.
HOW TO SET D
With CONSULT-III
Perform the “FRE MEMORY SET” of HVAC work support item.
E
Work support items Display Setting
WITHOUT Perform the memory of manual FRE
FRE MEMORY SET
WITH (initial status) Do not perform the memory of manual FRE (auto control) F
NOTE:
When the battery cable is disconnected from the negative terminal or when the battery voltage becomes 10 V
or less, the setting of the FRE memory function may be cancelled. G
Foot Position Setting Trimmer INFOID:0000000006626876

DESCRIPTION H
In FOOT mode, the air blowing to DEF can change ON/OFF.
HOW TO SET HAC
With CONSULT-III
Perform the “BLOW SET” of HVAC work support item.
J
Defroster door position
Work support items Display
Auto control Manual control
Mode1 (initial status) OPEN CLOSE K
Mode2 OPEN OPEN
BLOW SET
Mode3 CLOSE OPEN
Mode4 CLOSE CLOSE
L

NOTE:
When the battery cable is disconnected from the negative terminal or when the battery voltage becomes 10 V
or less, the setting of the discharge air mix ratio in FOOT mode may be cancelled. M

HAC-49
DOOR MOTOR STARTING POSITION RESET
< BASIC INSPECTION > [TYPE 1]
DOOR MOTOR STARTING POSITION RESET
Description INFOID:0000000006626879

• Reset signal is transmitted from A/C auto amp. to air mix door motor and mode door motor. Starting position
reset can be performed.
NOTE:
During reset, DEF switch indicator blinks.
• When air mix door motor or mode door motor is removed and installed, always perform door motor starting
position reset.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006626880

1.PERFORM DOOR MOTOR STARTING POSITION RESET


With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Door Motor Starting Position Reset” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “HVAC” using CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “Start” and wait a few seconds.
4. Make sure the “COMPLETED” is displayed on CONSULT-III screen.

>> INSPECTION END

HAC-50
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS A
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000006627100
B
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time applications. It is an on-board mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. A modern
vehicle is equipped with many ECMs, and each control unit shares information and links with other control C
units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, 2 control units are connected with 2 commu-
nication lines (CAN-L line and CAN-H line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. D
Refer to LAN-31, "CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM : CAN Communication Signal Chart" for details of the
communication signal.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006627101 E

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


F
Items
DTC (CONSULT-III screen DTC detection condition Possible cause
terms)
G
CAN COMM CIR- When A/C auto amp. is not transmitting or receiving CAN
U1000 CAN communication system
CUIT communication signal for 2 or more seconds.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H


1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-III HAC
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds or more.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “HVAC” using CONSULT-III.
3. Check DTC.
J
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to HAC-51, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
K
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006627102

1.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM L


Check CAN communication system. Refer to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".

M
>> INSPECTION END

HAC-51
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
Description INFOID:0000000006627103

Initial diagnosis of A/C auto amp.


DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006627104

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Items
DTC DTC detection condition Possible cause
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
When detecting error during the initial diagnosis of CAN
U1010 CONTROL UNIT(CAN) A/C auto amp.
controller of A/C auto amp.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “HVAC” using CONSULT-III.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to HAC-52, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006627105

1.REPLACE A/C AUTO AMP.


Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-91, "Removal and Installation".

>> INSPECTION END

HAC-52
B2578, B2579 IN-VEHICLE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
B2578, B2579 IN-VEHICLE SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006627107

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B


NOTE:
• If DTC is displayed along with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to HAC-
51, "DTC Logic". C
• If DTC is displayed along with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. HAC-52,
"DTC Logic".

Items D
DTC DTC detection condition Possible cause
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
The in-vehicle sensor recognition temperature • In-vehicle sensor
B2578
is too high [more than 100°C (212°F)]. • A/C auto amp. E
IN-VEHICLE SENSOR • Harness or connectors
The in-vehicle sensor recognition temperature (The sensor circuit is open or short-
B2579
is too low [less than −42°C (−44°F)]. ed.)
F
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “HVAC” using CONSULT-III. H
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to HAC-53, "Diagnosis Procedure". HAC
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006545828

J
1.CHECK IN-VEHICLE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect in-vehicle sensor connector. K
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between in-vehicle sensor harness connector and ground.
L
+
Voltage
In-vehicle sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal M
M41 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.CHECK IN-VEHICLE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN O
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/C auto amp. connector.
3. Check continuity between in-vehicle sensor harness connector and A/C auto amp harness connector. P

In-vehicle sensor A/C auto amp.


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M41 2 M50 10 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?

HAC-53
B2578, B2579 IN-VEHICLE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
3.CHECK IN-VEHICLE SENSOR
Check in-vehicle sensor. Refer to HAC-57, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-91, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Replace in-vehicle sensor. Refer to HAC-93, "Removal and Installation".
4.CHECK IN-VEHICLE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/C auto amp. connector.
3. Check continuity between in-vehicle sensor harness connector and A/C auto amp. harness connector.

In-vehicle sensor A/C auto amp.


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M41 1 M50 2 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
5.CHECK IN-VEHICLE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
Check continuity between in-vehicle sensor harness connector and ground.

In-vehicle sensor
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M41 1 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-91, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006545829

1.CHECK IN-VEHICLE SENSOR


1. Remove in-vehicle sensor. Refer to HAC-93, "Removal and Installation".
2. Check resistance between in-vehicle sensor terminals. Refer to applicable table for the normal value.

HAC-54
B2578, B2579 IN-VEHICLE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]

Condition A
Terminal Resistance: kΩ
Temperature: °C (°F)
−15 (5) 12.73
B
−10 (14) 9.92
−5 (23) 7.80
0 (32) 6.19 C
5 (41) 4.95
10 (50) 3.99
D
1 2 15 (59) 3.24
20 (68) 2.65
25 (77) 2.19 E
30 (86) 1.81
35 (95) 1.51
40 (104) 1.27
F
45 (113) 1.07
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace in-vehicle sensor. Refer to HAC-93, "Removal and Installation".
H

HAC

HAC-55
B257B, B257C AMBIENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
B257B, B257C AMBIENT SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006627108

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


NOTE:
• If DTC is displayed along with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to HAC-
51, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC is displayed along with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. HAC-52,
"DTC Logic".

Items
DTC DTC detection condition Possible cause
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
The ambient sensor recognition temperature is • Ambient sensor
B257B
too high [more than 100°C (212°F)]. • A/C auto amp.
AMBIENT SENSOR • Harness or connectors
The ambient sensor recognition temperature is (The sensor circuit is open or short-
B257C
too low [less than −42°C (−44°F)]. ed.)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “HVAC” using CONSULT-III.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to HAC-56, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006545826

1.CHECK AMBIENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ambient sensor connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between ambient sensor harness connector and ground.

+
Voltage
Ambient sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E53 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.CHECK AMBIENT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/C auto amp. connector.
3. Check continuity between ambient sensor harness connector and A/C auto amp harness connector.

Ambient sensor A/C auto amp.


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E53 2 M50 10 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?

HAC-56
B257B, B257C AMBIENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair harness or connector. A
3.CHECK AMBIENT SENSOR
Check ambient sensor. Refer to HAC-57, "Component Inspection".
B
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-91, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Replace ambient sensor. Refer to HAC-92, "Removal and Installation".
C
4.CHECK AMBIENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/C auto amp. connector. D
3. Check continuity between ambient sensor harness connector and A/C auto amp. harness connector.

Ambient sensor A/C auto amp. E


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E53 1 M50 4 Existed
F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
G
5.CHECK AMBIENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
Check continuity between ambient sensor harness connector and ground.
H
Ambient sensor
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
HAC
E53 1 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-91, "Removal and Installation". J
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006545827
K
1.CHECK AMBIENT SENSOR
1. Remove ambient sensor. Refer to HAC-92, "Removal and Installation". L
2. Check resistance between ambient sensor terminals. Refer to applicable table for the normal value.

HAC-57
B257B, B257C AMBIENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]

Condition
Terminal Resistance: kΩ
Temperature: °C (°F)
−15 (5) 12.73
−10 (14) 9.92
−5 (23) 7.80
0 (32) 6.19
5 (41) 4.95
10 (50) 3.99
1 2 15 (59) 3.24
20 (68) 2.65
25 (77) 2.19
30 (86) 1.81
35 (95) 1.51
40 (104) 1.27
45 (113) 1.07
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace ambient sensor. Refer to HAC-92, "Removal and Installation".

HAC-58
B2581, B2582 INTAKE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
B2581, B2582 INTAKE SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006627109

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B


NOTE:
• If DTC is displayed along with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to HAC-
51, "DTC Logic". C
• If DTC is displayed along with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. HAC-52,
"DTC Logic".

Items D
DTC DTC detection condition Possible cause
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
The intake sensor recognition temperature is • Intake sensor
B2581
too high [more than 100°C (212°F)]. • A/C auto amp. E
INTAKE SENSOR • Harness or connectors
The intake sensor recognition temperature is (The sensor circuit is open or short-
B2582
too low [less than −42°C (−44°F)]. ed.)
F
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “HVAC” using CONSULT-III. H
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to HAC-59, "Diagnosis Procedure". HAC
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006545830

J
1.CHECK INTAKE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect intake sensor connector. K
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between intake sensor harness connector and ground.
L
+
Voltage
Intake sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal M
M42 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.CHECK INTAKE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN O
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/C auto amp. connector.
3. Check continuity between intake sensor harness connector and A/C auto amp harness connector. P

Intake sensor A/C auto amp.


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M42 2 M50 10 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?

HAC-59
B2581, B2582 INTAKE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
3.CHECK INTAKE SENSOR
Check intake sensor. Refer to HAC-57, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-91, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Replace intake sensor. Refer to HAC-95, "Removal and Installation".
4.CHECK INTAKE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/C auto amp. connector.
3. Check continuity between intake sensor harness connector and A/C auto amp. harness connector.

Intake sensor A/C auto amp.


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M42 1 M50 3 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
5.CHECK INTAKE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
Check continuity between intake sensor harness connector and ground.

Intake sensor
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M42 1 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-91, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006545831

1.CHECK INTAKE SENSOR


1. Remove intake sensor. Refer to HAC-95, "Removal and Installation".
2. Check resistance between intake sensor terminals. Refer to applicable table for the normal value.

HAC-60
B2581, B2582 INTAKE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]

Condition A
Terminal Resistance: kΩ
Temperature: °C (°F)
−15 (5) 12.34
B
−10 (14) 9.62
−5 (23) 7.56
0 (32) 6.00 C
5 (41) 4.80
10 (50) 3.87
D
1 2 15 (59) 3.15
20 (68) 2.57
25 (77) 2.12 E
30 (86) 1.76
35 (95) 1.47
40 (104) 1.23
F
45 (113) 1.04
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace intake sensor. Refer to HAC-95, "Removal and Installation".
H

HAC

HAC-61
B2630, B2631 SUNLOAD SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
B2630, B2631 SUNLOAD SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006627110

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


NOTE:
• If DTC is displayed along with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to HAC-
51, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC is displayed along with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. HAC-52,
"DTC Logic".
• Sunload sensor may register a malfunction when indoors, at dusk, or at other times when light is insufficient.
When performing the diagnosis indoors, use a lamp (60 W or more) that is pointed at the sunload sensor.

Items
DTC DTC detection condition Possible cause
(CONSULT-III screen terms)

Detected calorie at sunload sensor 1677 W/m2 • Sunload sensor


B2630
(1442 kcal/m2·h) or more. • A/C auto amp.
SUNLOAD SENSOR • Harness or connectors
Detected calorie at sunload sensor 33 W/m2 (28 (The sensor circuit is open or short-
B2631
kcal/m2·h) or less. ed.)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “HVAC” using CONSULT-III.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to HAC-62, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006545832

1.CHECK SUNLOAD SENSOR POWER SUPPLY


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect sunload sensor connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between sunload sensor harness connector and ground.

+
Voltage
Sunload sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
M74 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.CHECK SUNLOAD SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/C auto amp. connector.
3. Check continuity between sunload sensor harness connector and A/C auto amp harness connector.

Sunload sensor A/C auto amp.


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M74 2 M50 10 Existed

HAC-62
B2630, B2631 SUNLOAD SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. A
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
3.CHECK SUNLOAD SENSOR
B
1. Disconnect A/C auto amp. connector.
2. Check sunload sensor. Refer to HAC-57, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
C
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-91, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Replace sunload sensor. Refer to HAC-94, "Removal and Installation".
4.CHECK SUNLOAD SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN D
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/C auto amp. connector.
3. Check continuity between sunload sensor harness connector and A/C auto amp. harness connector. E

Sunload sensor A/C auto amp.


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F
M74 1 M50 5 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
G
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
5.CHECK SUNLOAD SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR SHORT H
Check continuity between sunload sensor harness connector and ground.

Sunload sensor HAC


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M74 1 Ground Not existed
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-91, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair harness or connector. K
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006545833

1.CHECK SUNLOAD SENSOR L

1. Turn ignition switch ON.


2. Check voltage between A/C auto amp. harness connector and ground. Refer to applicable table for the
normal value. M

A/C auto amp.


N
+ −
Connector
Terminal Terminal
M50 5 30 O

HAC-63
B2630, B2631 SUNLOAD SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]

JPIIA1659GB

NOTE:
• When checking indoors, use a lamp of approximately 60 W. Move the lamp towards and away from the
sensor to check.
• The sunload amount produced by direct sunshine in fair weather is equivalent to approximately 0.77
kW/m2 (662 kcal/m2·h).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace sunload sensor. Refer to HAC-94, "Removal and Installation".

HAC-64
B27A0, B27A1 INTAKE DOOR MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
B27A0, B27A1 INTAKE DOOR MOTOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006626930

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B


NOTE:
• If DTC is displayed along with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to HAC-
51, "DTC Logic". C
• If DTC is displayed along with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. HAC-52,
"DTC Logic".

Items D
DTC
(CONSULT-III screen terms) DTC detection condition* Possible cause

PBR opening angle of intake door motor is 50% • Intake door motor
B27A0 or more. (PBR feedback signal voltage of intake • Intake door motor system installa- E
door motor is 2.5 V or more) tion condition
INTAKE DOOR MOTOR • A/C auto amp.
PBR opening angle of intake door motor is 30% • Harness or connectors
B27A1 or less. (PBR feedback signal voltage of intake (The motor circuit is open or short- F
door motor is 1.5 V or less) ed.)
*: A/C auto amp. operates intake door motor according to target value of PBR opening angle at 40% when per-
forming self-diagnosis. G
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “HVAC” using CONSULT-III. HAC
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to HAC-65, "Diagnosis Procedure". J
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006626931
K
1.CHECK INTAKE DOOR MOTOR OPERATION
1. Turn ignition switch ON. L
2. Operate intake switch and check by operation sound that intake door motor operates.
Does the intake door motor operate?
YES >> GO TO 2. M
NO >> GO TO 8.
2.CHECK INTAKE DOOR MOTOR PBR POWER SUPPLY
1. Disconnect intake door motor connector. N
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between intake door motor harness connector and ground.
O
+
Voltage
Intake door motor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
P

M54 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 7.
3.CHECK INTAKE DOOR MOTOR PBR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
HAC-65
B27A0, B27A1 INTAKE DOOR MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/C auto amp. connector.
3. Check continuity between intake door motor harness connector and A/C auto amp. harness connector.

Intake door motor A/C auto amp.


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M54 3 M50 10 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
4.CHECK INTAKE DOOR MOTOR PBR FEEDBACK SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
Check continuity between intake door motor harness connector and A/C auto amp. harness connector.

Intake door motor A/C auto amp.


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M54 2 M50 22 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
5.CHECK INTAKE DOOR MOTOR PBR FEEDBACK SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
Check continuity between intake door motor harness connector and ground.

Intake door motor


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M54 2 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
6.CHECK INTAKE DOOR MOTOR PBR
Check intake door motor PBR. Refer to HAC-67, "Component Inspection (PBR)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-91, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Replace intake door motor. Refer to HAC-99, "INTAKE DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installa-
tion".
7.CHECK INTAKE DOOR MOTOR PBR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/C auto amp. connector.
3. Check continuity between intake door motor harness connector and A/C auto amp. harness connector.

Intake door motor A/C auto amp.


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M54 1 M50 8 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-91, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
8.CHECK INTAKE DOOR MOTOR DRIVE SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect intake door motor connector, and A/C auto amp. connector.

HAC-66
B27A0, B27A1 INTAKE DOOR MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
3. Check continuity between intake door motor harness connector and A/C auto amp. harness connector.
A
Intake door motor A/C auto amp.
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B
5 35
M54 M50 Existed
6 36
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
9.CHECK INTAKE DOOR MOTOR DRIVE SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT D

Check continuity between intake door motor harness connector and ground.
E
Intake door motor
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
5 F
M54 Ground Not existed
6
Is the inspection result normal?
G
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
10.CHECK INTAKE DOOR MOTOR H
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check intake door motor. Refer to HAC-67, "Component Inspection (Motor)".
Is the inspection result normal? HAC
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Replace intake door motor. Refer to HAC-99, "INTAKE DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installa-
tion". J
11. CHECK INSTALLATION OF INTAKE DOOR MOTOR SYSTEM
Check intake door motor system is properly installed. Refer to HAC-98, "Exploded View".
K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-91, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
L
Component Inspection (PBR) INFOID:0000000006626932

1.CHECK INTAKE DOOR MOTOR PBR M


Check resistance between intake door motor terminals.

Terminal Resistance (Ω) N


2
1 Except 0 or ∞
3
O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace intake door motor. Refer to HAC-99, "INTAKE DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installa- P
tion".
Component Inspection (Motor) INFOID:0000000006626933

1.CHECK INTAKE DOOR MOTOR


Supply intake door motor terminals with battery voltage and check by visually and operation sound that intake
door motor operates.

HAC-67
B27A0, B27A1 INTAKE DOOR MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]

Terminal
Operation direction
+ −
5 6 REC
6 5 FRE
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace intake door motor. Refer to HAC-99, "INTAKE DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installa-
tion".

HAC-68
B27A2, B27A3, B27A4, B27A5 AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
B27A2, B27A3, B27A4, B27A5 AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006627111

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B


NOTE:
• If DTC is displayed along with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to HAC-
51, "DTC Logic". C
• If DTC is displayed along with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. HAC-52,
"DTC Logic".
• If air mix door motors DTC (B27A2 – B27A5) are detected, there is probably a disconnected connector or an
open circuit in air mix door motor drive power supply harness. D

Items
DTC DTC detection condition Possible cause
(CONSULT-III screen terms) E
Short or open circuit of air mix door motor drive
B27A2
signal terminal 1.
Short or open circuit of air mix door motor drive • Air mix door motor F
B27A3 • A/C auto amp.
signal terminal 2.
DR AIR MIX DOOR MOT • Harness or connectors
Short or open circuit of air mix door motor drive (The motor circuit is open or short-
B27A4
signal terminal 3. ed.) G
Short or open circuit of air mix door motor drive
B27A5
signal terminal 4.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT-III HAC
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “HVAC” using CONSULT-III.
3. Check DTC. J
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to HAC-69, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END K
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006545834

1.CHECK AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR POWER SUPPLY L


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect air mix door motor connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. M
4. Check voltage between air mix door motor harness connector and ground.

+ N
Air mix door motor − Voltage
Connector Terminal
O
M55 2 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. P
NO >> Repair harness or connector between air mix door motor and fuse.
2.CHECK AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR DRIVE SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/C auto amp. connector.
3. Check continuity between air mix door motor harness connector and A/C auto amp. harness connector.

HAC-69
B27A2, B27A3, B27A4, B27A5 AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]

Air mix door motor A/C auto amp.


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
3 17
6 18
M55 M50 Existed
1 19
4 20
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
3.CHECK AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR DRIVE SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
Check continuity between air mix door motor harness connector and A/C auto amp. harness connector.

Air mix door motor


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
3
6
M55 Ground Not existed
1
4
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
4.CHECK AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR
Check air mix door motor. Refer to HAC-70, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-91, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Replace air mix door motor. Refer to HAC-100, "AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installa-
tion".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006627112

1.CHECK AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR


1. Remove air mix door motor. Refer to HAC-100, "AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Check resistance between air mix door motor terminals. Refer to applicable table for the normal value.

Resistance (Ω)
Terminal
(Approx.)
1
3
2 90
4
6
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace air mix door motor. Refer to HAC-100, "AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installa-
tion".

HAC-70
B27A6, B27A7, B27A8, B27A9 MODE DOOR MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
B27A6, B27A7, B27A8, B27A9 MODE DOOR MOTOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006627113

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B


NOTE:
• If DTC is displayed along with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to HAC-
51, "DTC Logic". C
• If DTC is displayed along with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. HAC-52,
"DTC Logic".
• If mode door motors DTC (B27A6 – B27A9) are detected, there is probably a disconnected connector or an
open circuit in mode door motor drive power supply harness. D

Items
DTC DTC detection condition Possible cause
(CONSULT-III screen terms) E
Short or open circuit of mode door motor drive
B27A6
signal terminal 1.
Short or open circuit of mode door motor drive • Mode door motor F
B27A7 • A/C auto amp.
signal terminal 2.
MODE DOOR MOTOR • Harness or connectors
Short or open circuit of mode door motor drive (The motor circuit is open or short-
B27A8
signal terminal 3. ed.) G
Short or open circuit of mode door motor drive
B27A9
signal terminal 4.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT-III HAC
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “HVAC” using CONSULT-III.
3. Check DTC. J
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to HAC-71, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END K
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006545835

1.CHECK MODE DOOR MOTOR POWER SUPPLY L


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect mode door motor connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. M
4. Check voltage between mode door motor harness connector and ground.

+ N
Mode door motor − Voltage
Connector Terminal
O
M342 5 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. P
NO >> Repair harness or connector between mode door motor and fuse.
2.CHECK MODE DOOR MOTOR DRIVE SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/C auto amp. connector.
3. Check continuity between mode door motor harness connector and A/C auto amp. harness connector.

HAC-71
B27A6, B27A7, B27A8, B27A9 MODE DOOR MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]

Mode door motor A/C auto amp.


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
4 37
3 38
M342 M50 Existed
2 39
1 40
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
3.CHECK MODE DOOR MOTOR DRIVE SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
Check continuity between mode door motor harness connector and A/C auto amp. harness connector.

Mode door motor


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
4
3
M342 Ground Not existed
2
1
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
4.CHECK MODE DOOR MOTOR
Check mode door motor. Refer to HAC-72, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-91, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Replace mode door motor. Refer to HAC-100, "MODE DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installa-
tion".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006627114

1.CHECK MODE DOOR MOTOR


1. Remove mode door motor. Refer to HAC-100, "MODE DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Check resistance between mode door motor terminals. Refer to applicable table for the normal value.

Resistance (Ω)
Terminal
(Approx.)
1
2
5 90
3
4
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace mode door motor. Refer to HAC-100, "MODE DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installa-
tion".

HAC-72
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
A
A/C AUTO AMP.
A/C AUTO AMP. : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006545823
B
1.CHECK SYMPTOM
Check symptom (A or B).
C

Symptom
• Air conditioning system does not activate. D
• Air conditioning system does cannot be controlled.
A • Operation status of air conditioning system is not indicated on display.
NOTE:
Fail-safe does not activate. E
• Memory function does not operate normally.
B
• The setting is not maintained. (It returns to the initial condition)
Which symptom is detected? F
A >> GO TO 2.
B >> GO TO 5.
2.CHECK FUSE G

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.


2. Check 10A fuse (No. 3). H
NOTE:
Refer to PG-23, "Fuse and Fusible Link Arrangement".
Is the inspection result normal?
HAC
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse is blown.
3.CHECK A/C AUTO AMP. IGNITION POWER SUPPLY J
1. Disconnect A/C auto amp. connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between A/C auto amp. harness connector and ground. K

+
A/C auto amp. − Voltage L
Connector Terminal
M50 11 Ground Battery voltage
M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair harness or connector between A/C auto amp. and fuse. N
4.CHECK A/C AUTO AMP. GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check continuity between A/C auto amp. harness connector and ground. O

A/C auto amp.


— Continuity P
Connector Terminal
M50 30 Ground Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-91, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
5.CHECK FUSE
HAC-73
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 10A fuse (No.7, located in fuse block (J/B)].
NOTE:
Refer to PG-22, "Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse is blown.
6.CHECK A/C AUTO AMP. BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
1. Disconnect A/C auto amp. connector.
2. Check voltage between A/C auto amp. harness connector and ground.

+
A/C auto amp. − Voltage
Connector Terminal
M50 12 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-91, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair harness or connector between A/C auto amp. and fuse.

HAC-74
A/C ON SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
A/C ON SIGNAL
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006545838

1.CHECK A/C ON SIGNAL B


With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Operate blower motor. C
3. Select “AIR CONDITIONER” of “BCM” using CONSULT-III.
4. Select “AIR COND SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
5. Check A/C ON signal when the A/C switch is operated. D

Monitor item Condition Status


ON (A/C indicator: E
On
ON)
AIR COND SW A/C switch
OFF (A/C indicator:
Off
OFF) F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Refer to HAC-75, "Diagnosis Procedure". G
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006545839

1.CHECK A/C ON SIGNAL H

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect A/C auto amp. connector.
HAC
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check output waveform between A/C auto amp. harness connector and ground with using oscilloscope.

J
+
A/C auto amp. − Output waveform
Connector Terminal K

L
M50 15 Ground

M
JPMIA0012GB

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-91, "Removal and Installation". N
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK A/C ON SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN O
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect BCM connector.
3. Check continuity between A/C auto amp. harness connector and BCM harness connector.
P

A/C auto amp. BCM


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M65 (without Intelli-
gent Key)
M50 15 27 Existed
M68 (with Intelligent
Key)

HAC-75
A/C ON SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
3.CHECK A/C ON SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
Check continuity between A/C auto amp. harness connector and ground.

A/C auto amp.


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M50 15 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-93, "Removal and Installation" (with Intelligent Key) or BCS-161,
"Removal and Installation" (without Intelligent Key).
NO >> Repair harness or connector.

HAC-76
BLOWER FAN ON SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
BLOWER FAN ON SIGNAL
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006545840

1.CHECK BLOWER FAN ON SIGNAL B


With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “AIR CONDITIONER” of “BCM” using CONSULT-III. C
3. Select “FAN ON SIG” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
4. Check blower fan ON signal when the fan control dial is operated.
D
Monitor item Condition Status
ON On
FAN ON SIG Blower motor E
OFF OFF
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END F
NO >> Refer to HAC-77, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006545841

G
1.CHECK BLOWER FAN ON SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/C auto amp. harness connector. H
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check output waveform between A/C auto amp. and ground with using oscilloscope.
HAC
+
A/C auto amp. − Output waveform
Connector Terminal J

K
M50 14 Ground

L
PKIB4960J

Is the inspection result normal? M


YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-91, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK BLOWER FAN ON SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN N
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect BCM connector.
3. Check continuity A/C auto amp. harness connector and BCM harness connector. O

A/C auto amp. BCM


Continuity P
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M65 (without Intelli-
gent Key)
M50 14 28 Existed
M68 (with Intelligent
Key)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.

HAC-77
BLOWER FAN ON SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
3.CHECK BLOWER FAN ON SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
Check continuity between A/C auto amp. harness connector and ground.

A/C auto amp.


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M50 14 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-93, "Removal and Installation" (with Intelligent Key) or BCS-161,
"Removal and Installation" (without Intelligent Key).
NO >> Repair harness or connector.

HAC-78
BLOWER MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
BLOWER MOTOR
A
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006545842

1.CHECK FUSE B
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check following fuses.
- 10A fuse [No. 15, located in fuse block (J/B)] C
- 15A fuses [Nos. 14 and 16, located in fuse block (J/B)]
NOTE:
Refer to PG-22, "Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement".
D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse is blown. E
2.CHECK BLOWER MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Disconnect blower motor connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. F
3. Check voltage between blower motor harness connector and ground.

+ G
Voltage
Blower motor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
H
M39 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. HAC
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK BLOWER RELAY
J
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check blower relay. Refer to HAC-82, "Component Inspection (Blower Relay)".
Is the inspection result normal?
K
YES >> Repair harness or connector between blower motor and fuse.
NO >> Replace blower relay.
4.CHECK BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT L
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Connect blower motor connector.
3. Disconnect power transistor connector. M
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Check voltage between power transistor harness connector and ground.
N
+
Voltage
Power transistor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal O
M344 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
P
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect blower motor connector.
3. Check continuity between power transistor harness connector and blower motor harness connector.

HAC-79
BLOWER MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]

Power transistor Blower motor


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M344 1 M39 2 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace blower motor. Refer to VTL-15, "Removal and Installation (LHD models)" or VTL-16,
"Removal and Installation (RHD models)".
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
6.CHECK A/C AUTO AMP. IGNITION POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/C auto amp.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between A/C auto amp. harness connector and ground.

+
Voltage
A/C auto amp. −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
M50 21 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair harness or connector between A/C auto amp. and fuse.
7.CHECK POWER TRANSISTOR IGNITION POWER SUPPLY
Check voltage between power transistor harness connector and ground.

+
Voltage
Power transistor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
M344 4 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair harness or connector between power transistor and fuse.
8.CHECK POWER TRANSISTOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check continuity between power transistor harness connector and ground.

Power transistor
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M344 3 Ground Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
9.CHECK POWER TRANSISTOR CONTROL SIGNAL
1. Connect blower motor connector and A/C auto amp. connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Set air outlet to VENT.
4. Change fan speed from 1st – 7th, and check duty ratios between blower motor harness connector and
ground by using an oscilloscope.
NOTE:
Calculate the drive signal duty ratio as shown in the figure.

HAC-80
BLOWER MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
T2 = Approx. 1.6 ms
A
+
Condition
Power transistor Duty ratio
− Output waveform B
(Approx.)
Fan speed (manual)
Connector Terminal
Air outlet: VENT
1st 26%
C
2nd 34%
3rd 41%
M344 2 Ground 4th 51% D
5th 62%
6th 73%
JPIIA1646GB E
7th 82%
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace power transistor. Refer to HAC-97, "Removal and Installation". F
NO >> GO TO 10.
10.CHECK POWER TRANSISTOR CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. G
2. Disconnect power transistor connector and A/C auto amp. connector.
3. Check continuity between power transistor harness connector and A/C auto amp. harness connector.
H
Power transistor A/C auto amp.
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
HAC
M344 2 M50 13 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11. J
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
11.CHECK POWER TRANSISTOR CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
Check continuity between power transistor harness connector and ground. K

Power transistor
— Continuity L
Connector Terminal
M344 2 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-91, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
N
Component Inspection (Blower Motor) INFOID:0000000006545843

1.CHECK BLOWER MOTOR O


1. Remove blower motor. Refer to VTL-15, "Removal and Installation (LHD models)" or VTL-16, "Removal
and Installation (RHD models)".
2. Check that there is not any mixing foreign object in the blower motor.
P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace blower motor. Refer to VTL-15, "Removal and Installation (LHD models)" or VTL-16,
"Removal and Installation (RHD models)".
2.CHECK BLOWER MOTOR
Check that there is not breakage or damage in the blower motor.

HAC-81
BLOWER MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace blower motor. Refer to VTL-15, "Removal and Installation (LHD models)" or VTL-16,
"Removal and Installation (RHD models)".
3.CHECK BLOWER MOTOR
Check that blower motor turns smoothly.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace blower motor. Refer to VTL-15, "Removal and Installation (LHD models)" or VTL-16,
"Removal and Installation (RHD models)".
Component Inspection (Blower Relay) INFOID:0000000006545844

1.CHECK BLOWER RELAY


1. Remove blower relay. Refer to PG-22, "Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement".
2. Check continuity between blower relay terminal 3 and 5 when
the voltage is supplied between terminal 1 and 2.

Terminal Voltage Continuity


ON Existed
3 5
OFF Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace blower relay.
JSIIA1551ZZ

HAC-82
MAGNET CLUTCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
MAGNET CLUTCH
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006545846

1.CHECK MAGNET CLUTCH OPERATION B


Perform auto active test of IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-12, "Diagnosis Description" (with Intelligent Key) or PCS-
43, "Diagnosis Description" (without Intelligent Key).
Does it operate normally? C
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Refer to HAC-83, "Diagnosis Procedure".
D
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006545847

1.CHECK FUSE E
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 10A fuse (No. 49, located in IPDM E/R).
NOTE:
F
Refer to PG-25, "Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. G
NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse is blown.
2.CHECK MAGNET CLUTCH
1. Disconnect compressor connector. H
2. Directly apply battery voltage to the magnet clutch. Check for operation visually and by sound.
Does it operate normally?
YES >> GO TO 3. HAC
NO >> Replace magnet clutch. Refer to HA-88, "MAGNET CLUTCH : Removal and Installation of Com-
pressor Clutch".
3.CHECK MAGNET CLUTCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN J

1. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector.


2. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and compressor harness connector.
K
IPDM E/R Compressor
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal L
E15 56 F17 1 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-34, "Removal and Installation" (with Intelligent Key) or PCS-63, M
"Removal and Installation" (without Intelligent Key).
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
N

HAC-83
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM
Symptom Table INFOID:0000000006545848

NOTE:
Perform self-diagnoses with CONSULT-III before performing the symptom diagnosis. If any DTC is detected,
perform the corresponding diagnosis.

Symptom Corresponding malfunction part Check item/Reference


• Air conditioning system does Fail-safe activates Multi display unit AV-124, "Symptom Table"
not activate.
• Air conditioning system can-
not be controlled. • A/C auto amp. ignition power supply
Fail-safe does not acti- HAC-73, "A/C AUTO AMP. : Di-
• Operation status of air condi- and ground circuit
vate agnosis Procedure"
tioning system is not indicat- • A/C auto amp.
ed on display.
Check air mix door motor sys-
Air mix door motor system installation
Discharge air temperature does not change. tem is properly installed. Refer
condition
to HAC-98, "Exploded View".
Check mode door motor system
Mode door motor system installation
Air outlet does not change. is properly installed. Refer to
condition
HAC-98, "Exploded View".
Check intake door motor system
Intake door motor system installation
Air inlet does not change. is properly installed. Refer to
condition
HAC-98, "Exploded View".
• Blower motor power supply circuit
• Blower motor control circuit
• A/C auto amp. ignition power supply
circuit
• Power transistor power supply and
Blower motor does not operates or operation speed is not
ground circuit HAC-79, "Diagnosis Procedure"
normal.
• Power transistor control signal cir-
cuit
• Blower motor
• Power transistor
• A/C auto amp.
• Magnet clutch
• The circuit between magnet clutch
and IPDM E/R
• IPDM E/R (A/C relay)
• The circuit between ECM and refrig-
Compressor does not operate. HAC-83, "Diagnosis Procedure"
erant pressure sensor
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
• A/C ON signal circuit
• Blower fan ON signal circuit
• A/C auto amp.
• Magnet clutch control system
• Drive belt slipping
• Cooler cycle
• Insufficient cooling
• Air leakage from each duct HAC-86, "Diagnosis Procedure"
• No cool air comes out. (Air flow volume is normal.)
• A/C auto amp. connection recogni-
tion signal circuit
• Temperature setting trimmer
• Engine cooling system
• Heater hose
• Insufficient heating
• Heater core HAC-88, "Diagnosis Procedure"
• No warm air comes out. (Air flow volume is normal.)
• Air leakage from each duct
• Temperature setting trimmer

HAC-84
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
Symptom Corresponding malfunction part Check item/Reference
A
During compressor op-
Cooler cycle HA-85, "Symptom Table"
eration
Noise is heard when the A/C • Mixing any foreign object in blower
system operates. During blower motor op- motor HAC-81, "Component Inspec- B
eration • Blower motor fan breakage tion (Blower Motor)"
• Blower motor rotation inferiority
• Memory function dose not operate normally. • A/C auto amp. battery power supply C
HAC-73, "A/C AUTO AMP. : Di-
• The setting is not maintained. (It returns to initial condi- circuit
agnosis Procedure"
tion) • A/C auto amp.

HAC

HAC-85
INSUFFICIENT COOLING
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
INSUFFICIENT COOLING
Description INFOID:0000000006545849

Symptom
• Insufficient cooling
• No cool air comes out. (Air flow volume is normal.)
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006545850

NOTE:
Perform self-diagnoses with CONSULT-III before performing symptom diagnosis. If any DTC is detected, per-
form the corresponding diagnosis.
1.CHECK MAGNET CLUTCH OPERATION
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Operate fan control dial.
3. Press A/C switch.
4. Check that A/C indicator turns ON. Check visually and by sound that compressor operates.
5. Press A/C switch again.
6. Check that A/C indicator turns OFF. Check that compressor stops.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform diagnosis of “COMPRESSOR DOSE NOT OPERATE” in “SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS”.
Refer to HAC-89, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK DRIVE BELT
Check tension of drive belt. Refer to EM-20, "Checking".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Adjust or replace drive belt depending on the inspection results.
3.CHECK REFRIGERANT CYCLE PRESSURE
Connect recovery/recycling recharging equipment to the vehicle and perform pressure inspection with gauge.
Refer to HA-83, "Symptom Table".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace parts depending on the inspection results.
4.CHECK AIR LEAKAGE FROM EACH DUCT
Check duct and nozzle, etc. of the air conditioning system for leakage.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace parts depending on the inspection results.
5.CHECK AMBIENT TEMPERATURE DISPLAY
Check that there is not much difference between actual ambient temperature and indicated temperature on
information display in combination meter.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Perform diagnosis for the A/C auto amp. connection recognition signal circuit. Refer to MWI-62,
"Diagnosis Procedure".
6.CHECK SETTING OF TEMPERATURE SETTING TRIMMER
1. Check setting value of temperature setting trimmer. Refer to HAC-48, "Temperature Setting Trimmer".
2. Check that temperature setting trimmer is set to “+ direction”.
NOTE:
The control temperature can be set with the setting of the temperature setting trimmer.

HAC-86
INSUFFICIENT COOLING
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
3. Set difference between the set temperature and control temperature to “0”.
Is inspection result normal? A
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-91, "Removal and Installation".
B

HAC

HAC-87
INSUFFICIENT HEATING
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
INSUFFICIENT HEATING
Description INFOID:0000000006545851

Symptom
• Insufficient heating
• No warm air comes out. (Air flow volume is normal.)
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006545852

NOTE:
Perform self-diagnoses with CONSULT-III before performing symptom diagnosis. If any DTC is detected, per-
form the corresponding diagnosis.
1.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM
1. Check engine coolant level and check for leakage. Refer to CO-11, "Inspection".
2. Check radiator cap. Refer to CO-15, "RADIATOR CAP : Inspection".
3. Check water flow sounds of the engine coolant. Refer to CO-12, "Refilling".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Refill engine coolant and repair or replace the parts depending on the inspection results.
2.CHECK HEATER HOSE
Check installation of heater hose by visually or touching.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace parts depending on the inspection results.
3.CHECK HEATER CORE
1. Check temperature of inlet hose and outlet hose of heater core.
2. Check that inlet side of heater core is hot and the outlet side is slightly lower than/almost equal to the inlet
side.
CAUTION:
Always perform the temperature inspection in a short period of time because the engine coolant
temperature is very hot.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace heater core. Refer to HA-116, "HEATER CORE : Removal and Installation".
4.CHECK AIR LEAKAGE FROM EACH DUCT
Check duct and nozzle, etc. of the air conditioning system for air leakage.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace parts depending on the inspection results.
5.CHECK SETTING OF TEMPERATURE SETTING TRIMMER
1. Check setting value of temperature setting trimmer. Refer to HAC-48, "Temperature Setting Trimmer".
2. Check that temperature setting trimmer is set to “− direction”.
NOTE:
The control temperature can be set by the temperature setting trimmer.
3. Set difference between the set temperature and control temperature to “0”.
Are the symptoms solved?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-91, "Removal and Installation".

HAC-88
COMPRESSOR DOSE DOT OPERATE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
COMPRESSOR DOSE DOT OPERATE
A
Description INFOID:0000000006545853

SYMPTOM B
Compressor dose not operate.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006545854
C
NOTE:
• Perform self-diagnoses with CONSULT-III before performing symptom diagnosis. If any DTC is detected,
perform the corresponding diagnosis. D
• Check that refrigerant is enclosed in cooler cycle normally. If refrigerant amount is shortage from proper
amount, perform the inspection of refrigerant leakage.
1.CHECK MAGNET CLUTCH OPERATION E
Check magnet clutch. Refer to HAC-83, "Component Function Check".
Does it operate normally?
YES >> GO TO 2. F
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
2.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR G
Check refrigerant pressure sensor. Refer to EC-423, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. H
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
3.CHECK A/C ON SIGNAL
HAC
Check A/C ON signal. Refer to HAC-75, "Component Function Check".
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. J
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
4.CHECK BLOWER FAN ON SIGNAL
Check blower fan ON signal. Refer to HAC-77, "Component Function Check". K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts L

5.CHECK BCM OUTPUT SIGNAL


With CONSULT-III M
1. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ECM” using CONSULT-III.
2. Select “AIR COND SIG” and “HEATER FAN SW”, and check status under the following conditions.
N
Monitor item Condition Status
OFF (A/C indicator: OFF) Off
AIR COND SIG A/C switch
ON (A/C indicator: ON) On O
OFF Off
HEATER FAN SW Blower motor
ON On
P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-34, "Removal and Installation" (with Intelligent Key) or PCS-63,
"Removal and Installation" (without Intelligent Key).
NO >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-93, "Removal and Installation" (with Intelligent Key) or BCS-161,
"Removal and Installation" (without Intelligent Key).

HAC-89
CONTROLLER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [TYPE 1]

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION


CONTROLLER
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006678687

REMOVAL
Remove multi display unit. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation".
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

HAC-90
A/C AUTO AMP.
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [TYPE 1]
A/C AUTO AMP.
A
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006545855

REMOVAL B
1. Remove audio unit. Refer to AV-38, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove inside key antenna (instrument center). Refer to DLK-188, "INSTRUMENT CENTER : Removal
and Installation". C
3. Remove fixing screws (A), and then remove A/C auto amp.

F
JMIIA0894ZZ

INSTALLATION G
Install in the reverse order of removal.

HAC

HAC-91
AMBIENT SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [TYPE 1]
AMBIENT SENSOR
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006545856

REMOVAL
1. Remove bumper fascia assembly. Refer to EXT-13, "Removal and Installation".
2. Disengage fixing pawl, and then remove ambient sensor (1)
from air guide RH.

: Pawl

3. Disconnect ambient sensor connector (2), and then remove


ambient sensor.

JMIIA0895ZZ

INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

HAC-92
IN-VEHICLE SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [TYPE 1]
IN-VEHICLE SENSOR
A
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006545857

REMOVAL B
1. Remove instrument lower panel (LH/RH). Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove fixing screw, and then remove in-vehicle sensor from instrument lower panel (LH/RH).
C
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
D

HAC

HAC-93
SUNLOAD SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [TYPE 1]
SUNLOAD SENSOR
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006545858

REMOVAL
1. Remove switch panel. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation".
2. Disconnect sunload sensor connector, and then remove sunload sensor.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

HAC-94
INTAKE SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [TYPE 1]
INTAKE SENSOR
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000006545859

Refer to HA-97, "Exploded View (Automatic Air Conditioning)". B


Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006545860

REMOVAL C
1. Remove evaporator assembly. Refer to HA-115, "EVAPORATOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Remove intake sensor from evaporator.
D
INSTALLATION
Note the following items, and then install in the order of removal.
CAUTION: E
• Replace O-rings with new ones. Then apply the compressor oil to them when installing.
• Mark the mounting position of intake sensor bracket prior to removal so that the reinstalled sensor
can be located in the same position.
• Never rotate the bracket insertion part when removing and installing the intake sensor. F
• Check for leakages when recharging refrigerant. Refer to HA-74, "Leak Test".

HAC

HAC-95
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [TYPE 1]
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Exploded View INFOID:0000000006545861

Refer to HA-94, "Exploded View".


Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006545862

REMOVAL
Refer to HA-96, "REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

HAC-96
POWER TRANSISTOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [TYPE 1]
POWER TRANSISTOR
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000006545863

G
JPIIA1549ZZ

1. A/C unit assembly 2. Blower fan resistor*1 3. Sub harness*1


H
4. Power transistor*2 5. Sub harness*2 6. Blower motor

• *1: Manual air conditioner


• *2: Automatic air conditioner HAC
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006545864

J
REMOVAL
1. Remove instrument panel assembly. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation". (LHD models)
2. Remove glove box assembly. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation". (RHD models) K
3. Disconnect power transistor connector.
4. Slide power transistor (1) to the left while pressing lever (A), and
then remove power transistor. L

JPIIA1636ZZ

INSTALLATION O
Install in the reverse order of removal.

HAC-97
DOOR MOTOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [TYPE 1]
DOOR MOTOR
Exploded View INFOID:0000000006545865

LEFT SIDE

JPIIA1557ZZ

1. A/C unit assembly 2. Intake door lever 3. Intake door motor


4. Air mix door motor 5. Upper air mix door rod 6. Upper air mix door lever
7. Lower air mix door lever 8. Lower air mix door rod

RIGHT SIDE

HAC-98
DOOR MOTOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [TYPE 1]

H
JPIIA1558ZZ

1. A/C unit assembly 2. Main link 3. Sub defroster door link


4. Sub defroster door rod 5. Mode link 6. Plate HAC
7. Mode link rod 8. Sub harness 9. Mode door motor
10. Sub defroster door lever 11. Center ventilator and defroster door link 12. Plate
13. Center ventilator and defroster door rod 14. Center ventilator and defroster door lever J

INTAKE DOOR MOTOR


K
INTAKE DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006545866

REMOVAL L
1. Remove instrument lower panel LH. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation". (LHD models)
2. Remove glove box assembly. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation". (RHD models)
3. Remove fixing screws (A), and then remove intake door motor M
(1) from A/C unit assembly.
4. Disconnect intake door motor connector (2).
N

JMIIA0897ZZ P
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
MODE DOOR MOTOR

HAC-99
DOOR MOTOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [TYPE 1]
MODE DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006545867

REMOVAL
1. Remove glove box assembly Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation". (LHD models)
2. Remove instrument lower panel RH. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation". (RHD models)
3. Remove foot duct RH. Refer to VTL-14, "FOOT DUCT : Removal and Installation".
4. Disconnect mode link rod from mode door motor.
5. Remove fixing screws (A), and then remove mode door motor
(1).
6. Disconnect mode door motor connector (2).

JMIIA0896ZZ

INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR
AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006545868

REMOVAL
1. Remove instrument lower panel LH. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation". (LHD models)
2. Remove glove box assembly. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation". (RHD models)
3. Remove fixing screws (A), and then remove air mix door motor
(1) from A/C unit assembly.
4. Disconnect air mix door motor connector (2).

JMIIA0898ZZ

INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

HAC-100
APPLICATION NOTICE
< HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL > [TYPE 2]

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL A


APPLICATION NOTICE
Information INFOID:0000000006626855
B
Check the vehicle type to use the service information in this section.

Destination Service information C


Automatic air conditioning (4WD models) “TYPE 1”
Automatic air conditioning (2WD models) “TYPE 2”
D
Manual air conditioning (4WD models) “TYPE 3”
Manual air conditioning (2WD models) “TYPE 4”
Manual heater “TYPE 5” E

HAC

HAC-101
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [TYPE 2]

PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000006626860

The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and
“SEAT BELT” of this Service Manual.

The vehicle may be equipped with a passenger air bag deactivation switch. Because no rear seat exists where
a rear-facing child restraint can be placed, the switch is designed to turn off the passenger air bag so that a
rear-facing child restraint can be used in the front passenger seat. The switch is located in the center of the
instrument panel, near the ashtray. When the switch is turned to the ON position, the passenger air bag is
enabled and could inflate for certain types of collision. When the switch is turned to the OFF position, the pas-
senger air bag is disabled and will not inflate. A passenger air bag OFF indicator on the instrument panel lights
up when the passenger air bag is switched OFF. The driver air bag always remains enabled and is not affected
by the passenger air bag deactivation switch.

WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-
ness connectors.
• The vehicle may be equipped with a passenger air bag deactivation switch which can be operated by
the customer. When the passenger air bag is switched OFF, the passenger air bag is disabled and
will not inflate. When the passenger air bag is switched ON, the passenger air bag is enabled and
could inflate for certain types of collision. After SRS maintenance or repair, make sure the passenger
air bag deactivation switch is in the same position (ON or OFF) as when the vehicle arrived for ser-
vice.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s)
with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly
causing serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.

HAC-102
COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 2]

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A
COMPONENT PARTS
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
B
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000006546650

HAC

JMIIA1056ZZ

HAC-103
COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 2]

1. BCM 2. Magnet clutch 3. Refrigerant pressure sensor


• With Intelligent Key: Refer to BCS-
6, "BODY CONTROL SYSTEM :
Component Parts Location".
• Without Intelligent Key: Refer to
BCS-96, "BODY CONTROL SYS-
TEM : Component Parts Loca-
tion".
4. Ambient sensor 5. ECM 6. IPDM E/R
• HR16DE: Refer to EC-455, "EN- • With Intelligent Key: Refer to PCS-
GINE CONTROL SYSTEM : 5, "Component Parts Location".
Component Parts Location". • Without Intelligent Key: Refer to
• MR16DDT: Refer to EC-25, "EN- PCS-37, "Component Parts Loca-
GINE CONTROL SYSTEM : tion".
Component Parts Location".
• K9K: Refer to EC-813, "Compo-
nent Parts Location".
7. Multi display unit 8. Intake door motor 9. Fan control amp.
10. Air mix door motor 11. Intake sensor 12. In-vehicle sensor
13. Aspirator 14. A/C auto amp. 15. Blower motor
16. Mode door motor 17. Sunload sensor
A. Left side of A/C unit assembly B. Instrument lower panel LH is re- C. Back side of A/C unit assembly
moved
D. Multi display unit is removed E. Right side of A/C unit assembly C. Right side of switch panel

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Component Description INFOID:0000000006546651

Component Description
Aspirator HAC-106
Intake sensor HAC-106
Air mix door motor HAC-106
A/C unit assembly Mode door motor HAC-106
Intake door motor HAC-106
Blower motor HAC-106
Fan control amp. HAC-107
Multi display unit HAC-107
A/C auto amp. HAC-107
BCM HAC-107
ECM HAC-107
IPDM E/R HAC-107
Ambient sensor HAC-108
In-vehicle sensor HAC-108
Sunload sensor HAC-108
Refrigerant pressure sensor HAC-108
Magnet clutch HAC-108

PTC HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM

HAC-104
COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 2]
PTC HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000006659829

HAC

JMIIA1061ZZ
J
1. BCM 2. Ambient sensor 3. ECM
• With Intelligent Key: Refer to BCS- Refer to EC-813.
6, "BODY CONTROL SYSTEM : K
Component Parts Location".
• Without Intelligent Key: Refer to
BCS-96, "BODY CONTROL SYS-
TEM : Component Parts Location". L
4. Multi display unit 5. PTC heater 6. A/C auto amp.
A. Left side of A/C unit assembly B. Multi display unit is removed
M
PTC HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Description INFOID:0000000006659830

N
Component parts Description
A/C unit assembly PTC heater HAC-107
Ambient sensor HAC-108 O
Multi display unit HAC-107
A/C auto amp. controls PTC heater control system by inputting and calcu-
A/C auto amp.
lating signals from each sensor and fan control dial. P
BCM transmits electrical load signal (high beam request signal, low beam
BCM request signal, rear window defogger ON signal, and others) to A/C auto
amp. via CAN communication line.
ECM transmits engine speed signal, engine coolant temperature signal,
ECM cooling fan speed request signal, and electrical power cut freeze signal to
A/C auto amp. via CAN communication line.

HAC-105
COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 2]
A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY
A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Aspirator INFOID:0000000006546652

The aspirator generates the vacuum by the air blown from the A/C
unit assembly and draws the air of the passenger room to the in-
vehicle sensor area via the aspirator duct.

RJIA1804E

A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Intake Sensor INFOID:0000000006546653

Intake sensor measures temperature of evaporator fin temperature. The sensor uses a thermistor which is
sensitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature
increases.
A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Air Mix Door Motor INFOID:0000000006546654

• Air mix door motor consists of motor that drives door, PBR (Potentio Balance Register) that detects door
position and LCU (Local Control Unit) that perform multiplex communication control (LIN) with A/C auto amp.
Refer to HAC-114, "AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Door Control".
• Rotation of motor is transmitted to air mix door (upper air mix door, lower air mix door, max. cool door) by
link, rod, and lever. Air flow temperature is switched.
A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Mode Door Motor INFOID:0000000006546655

• Mode door motor consists of motor that drives door, PBR (Potentio Balance Register) that detects door posi-
tion and LCU (Local Control Unit) that perform multiplex communication control (LIN) with A/C auto amp.
Refer to HAC-114, "AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Door Control".
• Rotation of motor is transmitted to mode door (center ventilator door, side ventilator door, foot door, and
defroster door) by link, rod, and lever. Air outlet is switched.
A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Intake Door Motor INFOID:0000000006546656

• Intake door motor consists of motor that drives door, PBR (Potentio Balance Register) that detects door
position and LCU (Local Control Unit) that perform multiplex communication control (LIN) with A/C auto amp.
Refer to HAC-114, "AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Door Control".
• Rotation of motor is transmitted to intake door by link and lever. Air inlet is switched.
A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Blower Motor INFOID:0000000006546657

• The blower motor utilizes a brush-less motor with a rotating mag-


net.
• Quietness is improved over previous motors where the brush was
the point of contact and the coil rotated.

JPIIA1575ZZ

HAC-106
COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 2]

ZHA152H

D
A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Fan Control Amp. INFOID:0000000006546658

• Fan control amp., that uses MOS field effect transistor, is adopted E
for blower motor speed control.
NOTE:
MOS field effect transistor is a transistor for which the gate portion
is composed of a metal electrode on an oxide layer of semiconduc- F
tor. Field effect transistor is controlled by voltage, while ordinary
transistor is controlled by current. Electrode of field effect transistor
is called source, drain, or gate, while electrode of ordinary transis- G
tor is called emitter, collector, or base.
• Fan control amp. continuously controls voltage to blower motor,
according to gate voltage from A/C auto amp.
JPIIA0217ZZ H
• This power transistor does not require a HI relay even when the
maximum voltage is applied to blower motor at HI status, because voltage drop is nominal.
A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : PTC Heater INFOID:0000000006659833
HAC
Heat element is heated and air flow temperature is increased by power supply from PTC relay.
Multi Display Unit INFOID:0000000006696889 J

• Multi display unit integrates display and operation switches.


• Operation of each switch (A/C operation signal) and setting status (A/C ECO setting signal and ECO mode
signal) are transmitted to A/C auto amp. via CAN communication. K
• Operation status of air conditioning system is indicated in the display according to A/C display signal that is
received from A/C auto amp.
L
A/C Auto Amp. INFOID:0000000006546659

A/C auto amp. controls automatic air conditioning system by inputting and calculating signals from each sen-
sor and each switch. A/C auto amp. has self-diagnosis function. Diagnosis of automatic air conditioning sys- M
tem can be performed quickly.
BCM INFOID:0000000006546660
N
BCM transmits A/C ON signal and blower fan ON signal from A/C auto amp. to ECM via CAN communication
line.
O
ECM INFOID:0000000006546661

• ECM, when receiving A/C ON signal and blower fan ON signal from BCM, transmits A/C compressor request
signal to IPDM E/R via CAN communication according to status of the engine and refrigerant pressure. P
• ECM transmits engine coolant temperature signal to A/C auto amp. via CAN communication line.
IPDM E/R INFOID:0000000006546662

A/C relay is integrated in IPDM E/R. IPDM E/R operates A/C relay when A/C compressor request signal is
received from ECM via CAN communication line.

HAC-107
COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 2]
Ambient Sensor INFOID:0000000006546664

Ambient sensor measures ambient air temperature. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the
change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases.
In-vehicle Sensor INFOID:0000000006546665

In-vehicle sensor measures temperature of intake air that flows through aspirator to passenger room. The sen-
sor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the ther-
mistor decreases as temperature increases.
Sunload Sensor INFOID:0000000006546666

Sunload sensor measures sunload amount. This sensor converts sunload amount to voltage signal by photo-
diode and transmits to A/C auto amp.
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000006546667

DESCRIPTION
• The refrigerant pressure sensor converts high-pressure side refrigerant pressure into voltage and outputs it
to ECM.
• ECM operates cooling system protection and idle speed control according to voltage value that is input.

PBIB2657E

STRUCTURE AND OPERATION


• The refrigerant pressure sensor is a capacitance type sensor. It consists of a pressure detection ares and a
signal processing area.
• The pressure detection area, which is a variable capacity condenser, changes internal static capacitance
according to pressure force.
• The signal processing area detects the static capacitance of the pressure detection area, converts the static
capacitance into a voltage value, and transmits the voltage value to ECM.
Magnet Clutch INFOID:0000000006546668

Compressor is driven by the magnet clutch which is magnetized by electric power supply.

HAC-108
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 2]
SYSTEM
A
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006546669
B

HAC

L
JMIIA1057GB

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000006546670 M

DESCRIPTION
• Automatic air conditioning system is controlled by each function of A/C auto amp., BCM, ECM and IPDM E/ N
R.
• Each operation of air conditioning system is transmitted from multi display unit via CAN communication. A/C
auto amp. transmits each type of indication information (A/C display signal) to multi display unit via CAN
communication. Multi display unit displays each type of indication information (A/C display signal) that is O
received.
CONTROL BY A/C AUTO AMP.
P
• HAC-111, "AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Temperature Control"
• HAC-111, "AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Air Outlet Control"
• HAC-111, "AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Air Flow Control"
• HAC-112, "AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Air Inlet Control"
• HAC-112, "AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Compressor Control"
• HAC-114, "AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Door Control"
• HAC-116, "AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : ECO Mode Control"
• Correction for input value

HAC-109
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 2]
Ambient temperature correction
- The A/C auto amp. inputs the temperature detected with the ambient sensor as the ambient temperature.
- Perform the correction of the temperature detected with the ambient sensor for air conditioning control.
- Select and use the initial value of ambient temperature data depending on the engine coolant temperature
when turning the ignition switch from OFF to ON. Use the detection temperature of the ambient sensor at
low coolant temperature [less than approximately 56°C (133°F)]. Use the memory data (before the ignition
switch is OFF) when the engine is warming up [approximately 56°C (133°F) or more].
- Do not perform the correction of the ambient temperature when the detection temperature of the ambient
temperature is less than approximately −20°C (–4°F).
Passenger room temperature correction
- The A/C auto amp. inputs the temperature detected with the in-vehicle sensor as the passenger room tem-
perature.
- Perform the correction of the temperature detected with the in-vehicle sensor for air conditioning control.
- The A/C auto amp. performs the correction so that the recognition passenger room temperature changes
depending on the difference between the detected passenger room temperature and the recognition pas-
senger room temperature. If the difference is large, the changing is early. The changing becomes slow as
the difference becomes small.
Intake temperature correction
- The A/C auto amp. inputs the temperature detected with the intake sensor as the intake temperature.
- Perform the correction of the temperature detected with the intake sensor for air conditioning control.
- The A/C auto amp. performs the correction so that the recognition intake temperature changes depending
on the difference between the detected intake temperature and the recognition intake temperature. If the dif-
ference is large, the changing is early. The changing becomes slow as the difference becomes small.
Sunload amount correction
- The A/C auto amp. inputs the sunload amount detected with the sunload sensor.
- Perform the correction of the sunload amount detected with the sunload sensor for air conditioning control.
- When the sunload amount suddenly changes, for example when entering a tunnel, perform the correction so
that the recognition sunload amount of the A/C auto amp. changes slowly.
Set temperature correction
- A/C auto amp. controls The A/C auto amp. performs the correction to the target temperature set by the tem-
perature control switch so as to match the temperature felt by the passengers depending on the ambient
temperature detected with the ambient sensor and controls it so that the interior air temperature is always
the most suitable.
CONTROL BY BCM
• HAC-112, "AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Compressor Control"
CONTROL BY ECM
• HAC-112, "AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Compressor Control"
• Cooling fan control
- HR16DE: Refer to EC-479, "COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description".
- MR16DDT: Refer to EC-61, "COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description".
- K9K: Refer to EC-827, "COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description".
CONTROL BY IPDM E/R
• HAC-112, "AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Compressor Control"
• Cooling fan control. Refer to PCS-9, "POWER CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description" (with Intelligent
Key) or PCS-41, "POWER CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description" (without Intelligent Key).

HAC-110
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 2]
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Temperature Control INFOID:0000000006546671

A
• When ignition switch is in the ON position, A/C auto amp. always
automatically controls temperature regardless of air conditioner
operational state. B
• A/C auto amp. calculates the target air mix door opening angle
depending on set temperature, in-vehicle temperature, ambient
temperature, and sunload.
• Air mix door is controlled depending on the comparison of current C
air mix door opening angle and target air mix door opening angle.
• Regardless of in-vehicle temperature, ambient temperature, and
sunload, air mix door is fixed at the fully cold position when set D
temperature is 16°C, and at the fully hot position when set temper-
JPIIA0633GB
ature is 30°C.
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Air Outlet Control INFOID:0000000006546672 E

• While air outlet is in automatic control, A/C auto amp. selects the
mode door position depending on a target air mix door angle and
outlet air temperature calculated from sunload. F
• If ambient temperature is excessively low, D/F is selected to pre-
vent windshield fogging when air outlet is set to FOOT.
G

JMIIA0710GB

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Air Flow Control INFOID:0000000006546673 HAC

DESCRIPTION
• A/C auto amp. changes duty ratio of blower motor drive signal and controls air flow continuously. When air J
flow is increased, duty ratio of blower motor drive signal gradually increases to prevent a sudden increase in
air flow.
• In addition to manual control and automatic control, air flow control is compose of starting fan speed control, K
low coolant temperature starting control, high in-vehicle temperature starting control, and blower speed con-
trol at door motor operation.
AUTOMATIC AIR FLOW CONTROL L
• A/C auto amp. decides target air flow depending on target air mix door opening angle.
• A/C auto amp. changes duty ratio of blower motor drive signal and controls air flow continuously so that air
flow matches to target air flow.
M
• When air outlet is VENT or B/L, the minimum air flow is changed
depending on sunload.

P
JMIIA1129GB

STARTING FAN SPEED CONTROL


When blower motor is activated, A/C auto amp. gradually increases duty ratio of blower fan drive signal to pre-
vent a sudden increase in discharge air flow. (T1 – T2 = approximately 10 seconds)
NOTE:

HAC-111
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 2]
Do not perform the starting air flow control when the discharge outlet
is set to DEF.

JMIIA1130GB

LOW COOLANT TEMPERATURE STARTING CONTROL


If the engine coolant temperature is 56°C (133°F) or less, to prevent
a cold discharged air flow, A/C auto amp. suspends blower motor
activation for the maximum 100 seconds depending on target air mix
door opening angle. After this, blower fan drive signal is increased
gradually, and blower motor is activated.

JMIIA1131GB

FAN SPEED CONTROL AT DOOR MOTOR OPERATION


When mode door motor is activated while air flow is more than the specified value, A/C auto amp. reduces
temporarily fan speed so that mode door moves smoothly.
HIGH IN- TEMPERATURE STARTING CONTROL
When evaporator temperature is high [intake air temperature sensor value is 35°C (95°F) or more], to prevent
a hot discharged air flow, A/C auto amp. suspends blower motor activation for approximately 3 seconds so
that evaporator is cooled by refrigerant.
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Air Inlet Control INFOID:0000000006546674

• While air inlet is in automatic control, A/C auto amp. selects air
inlet (fresh air intake, 20% fresh air intake, or recirculation)
depending on set temperature, in-vehicle temperature, and ambi-
ent temperature.
• Air inlet is fixed to 80% FRE, only when the conditions are satisfied
as follows:
- Air inlet is FOOT
- Ambient temperature is 8°C (46°F) or less
- Blower motor (applied voltage) is 10 V or more

JMIIA0711GB

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Compressor Control INFOID:0000000006546675

DESCRIPTION
• When the compressor activation condition is satisfied while blower motor is activated, A/C auto amp. trans-
mits A/C ON signal and blower fan ON signal to BCM.
• BCM transmits the A/C ON signal and blower fan ON signal to ECM via CAN communication line.
- With Intelligent Key system: Refer to BCS-13, "SIGNAL BUFFER SYSTEM : System Description".
- Without Intelligent Key system: Refer to BCS-103, "SIGNAL BUFFER SYSTEM : System Description".
• ECM judges the conditions of each sensor (Refrigerant pressure sensor signal, accelerator position signal,
etc.), and transmits the A/C compressor request signal to IPDM E/R via CAN communication line.
• By receiving the A/C compressor request signal from ECM, IPDM E/R turns the A/C relay to ON, and acti-
vates the compressor.
- With Intelligent Key system: Refer to PCS-6, "RELAY CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description".

HAC-112
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 2]
- Without Intelligent Key system: Refer to PCS-38, "RELAY CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description".
A
CONTROL BY A/C AUTO AMP.
Low Temperature Protection Control
B
With HR16DE and MR16DDT
• When intake sensor detects that evaporator surface temperature is
3°C (37°F) or less, A/C auto amp. requests ECM to turn the com-
pressor OFF, and stops the compressor. C
When the air temperature returns to 5°C (41°F) or more, the com-
pressor is activated.
D

E
JMIIA1058GB

With K9K
F
• When intake sensor detects that evaporator surface temperature is
−5°C (23°F) or less, A/C auto amp. requests ECM to turn the com-
pressor OFF, and stops the compressor. G
When the air temperature returns to −2°C (28°F) or more, the com-
pressor is activated.
H

HAC
JMIIA1132GB

CONTROL BY ECM J
Compressor Protection Control at Pressure Malfunction
The high-pressure side value that is detected by refrigerant pressure sensor is as per the following state, ECM
requests IPDM E/R to turn A/C relay OFF and stop the compressor. K
With HR16DE and MR16DDT
• 3.12 MPa (31.82 kg/cm2, 452.4 psi) or more (When the engine speed is less than 1,500 rpm)
L
• 2.74 MPa (27.95 kg/cm2, 397.3 psi) or more (When the engine speed is 1,500 rpm or more)
• 0.14 MPa (1.43 kg/cm2, 20.3 psi) or less
With K9K M
• 2.8 MPa (28.56 kg/cm2, 406 psi) or more (When the engine speed is less than 1,500 rpm)
• 2.8 MPa (28.56 kg/cm2, 406 psi) or more (When the engine speed is 1,500 rpm or more)
• 0.12 MPa (1.22 kg/cm2, 17.4 psi) or less N
Compressor Oil Circulation Control
When the engine starts while the engine coolant temperature is 56°C (133°F) or less, ECM activates the com-
pressor for approximately 6 seconds and circulates the compressor oil once. O

Air Conditioning Cut Control


When the engine condition is high load, ECM makes the A/C relay to OFF, and stops the compressor. Refer to
following. P
• HR16DE: EC-476, "AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System Description"
• MR16DDT: EC-60, "AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System Description"

HAC-113
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 2]
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Door Control INFOID:0000000006546676

DOOR MOTOR CONTROL

JMIIA1059GB

• LCU (Local Control Unit) is built in to each door motor. And detects door position by PBR (Potentio Balance
Resistor).
• A/C auto amp. communicates with each LCU via communication line. And receives each door position feed-
back signal from each LCU.
• Each LCU controls each door to the appropriate position depending on the control signal from A/C auto amp.
when the door movement is complete, transmits the signal of door movement completion to A/C auto amp.
SWITCH AND THEIR CONTROL FUNCTION

JMIIA1060ZZ

HAC-114
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 2]

1. Intake door 2. Blower motor 3. Air conditioner filter A


4. Evaporator 5. Max. cool door 6. Upper air mix door
7. Lower air mix door 8. Heater core 9. Foot door
10. Side ventilator door 11. Center ventilator door 12. Defroster door B
Fresh air intake Recirculation air Defroster

Center ventilator Side ventilator Foot


C
Rear foot*

*: With rear foot duct


D
Door position

Center ventilator door

Side ventilator door

Upper air mix door

Lower air mix door


E

Max. cool door


Defroster door

Intake door
Foot door
Switch/dial position

AUTO switch AUTO G


VENT A A A A

B/L B B B A H
MODE switch
FOOT —
C B
D/F C C — — —
HAC
DEF switch A C

A
Intake switch
B J

Full cold
A A A
(16°C) — — — —
K
16.5°C –
Temperature control dial — AUTO AUTO AUTO
29.5°C
Full hot
B B B L
(30°C)
OFF switch C C C B B — — —

AIR DISTRIBUTION M
Without rear foot duct
Discharge air flow
Air outlet/distribution N
MODE/DEF setting po-
Ventilator
sition Foot Defroster
Center Side
O
52.6% 47.3% — —

34.0% 27.7% 38.4% —


P
— 19.1% 57.9% 23.0%

— 13.5% 42.4% 44.1%

— 16.3% — 83.8%

HAC-115
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 2]
With rear foot duct
Discharge air flow
Air outlet/distribution
MODE/DEF setting
Ventilator Foot
position Defroster
Center Side Front Rear
52.6% 47.3% — — —

28.2% 25.9% 29.6% 16.3% —

— 16.3% 43.0% 21.0% 19.7%

— 12.2% 33.1% 16.3% 38.4%

— 16.3% — — 83.8%

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : ECO Mode Control INFOID:0000000006659840

DESCRIPTION
• A/C auto amp. receives operation status of each switch (A/C operation signal), D-MODE setting status (ECO
mode signal), and “CLIMATE ECO” setting status (A/C ECO setting signal) from multi display unit via CAN
communication.
• A/C auto amp. operates air conditioning system in ECO mode, when D-MODE on multi display unit is set to
ECO mode while air conditioning system is in automatic control.
NOTE:
• For setting procedure of D-MODE, refer to AV-99, "NISSAN DYNAMIC CONTROL SYSTEM : System
Description".
• Activation or deactivation of ECO mode can be changed using multi display unit setting function (“CLI-
MATE ECO”). For setting procedure, refer to AV-99, "NISSAN DYNAMIC CONTROL SYSTEM : System
Description".
CONTROL OUTLINE
During ECO mode operation, A/C auto amp. changes air flow and control characteristics of air inlet, within a
range that may not spoil the comfort level, lowers operation ratio of compressor, and reduces the electrical
load. This reduces engine load and improved fuel economy. Refer to the following items for details of each
control.
Air Flow Control
• A/C auto amp. increases voltage to power transistor gate compared to ordinary operation and reduces volt-
age to blower motor. This reduces air flow.
• Since air flow is reduced, the amount of air that passes evaporator is reduced. Increase of evaporator tem-
perature can be moderated. Evaporator temperature is easily shifted to temperature control range for low
temperature protection control. Operation ratio of evaporator is reduced.
• Since air flow is reduced, the electrical load is reduced. Alternator power output can be moderated.
Air Inlet Control
• In the following conditions, A/C auto amp. controls air inlet and increases recirculation air mixing ratio com-
pared to ordinary operation.
- Ambient temperature: 25°C (77°F) or more
- Temperature setting: Any temperature other than full cold (16°C) or full hot (30°C)
- Air outlet: In automatic control
- Air flow: In automatic control
- Air inlet: In automatic control or in fresh air intake mode by manual control
- A/C switch: ON
• By increasing recirculation air mixing ratio, cooled air in passenger room is circulated in larger amount than
during ordinary operation. Air temperature blowing to evaporator is maintained at a low level. Evaporator
temperature increase can be moderated. Evaporator temperature is easily shifted to temperature control
range for low temperature protection control. Operation ratio of evaporator is reduced.
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Fail-safe INFOID:0000000006696751

FAIL-SAFE FUNCTION
If a communication error exists between the A/C auto amp. and multi display unit for 2 seconds or longer, air
conditioning is controlled under the following conditions:
HAC-116
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 2]

A/C display : OFF A


Set temperature : Setting before communication error occurs
Air outlet : AUTO
B
Air flow : AUTO
Air inlet : FRE (Fresh air intake)
A/C switch : ON C
PTC HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM
PTC HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006659834 D

JMIIA1062GB

HAC
PTC HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000006659835

• A/C auto amp. performs PTC relay ON/OFF control based on engine speed, engine coolant temperature, J
electrical power cut freeze signal (permission signal, retention signal, stop signal), fan speed, ambient tem-
perature, battery voltage, and electrical load signal (high beam request signal, low beam request signal, rear
window defogger ON signal, and others).
• When PTC relay turns ON, power supply is supplied to PTC heater. Heating element is heated and air flow K
temperature is increased. Heating is available for a period of time until engine coolant temperature is
increased when engine starts cold in cold climate.
• Idle up request signal is transmitted from A/C auto amp. to ECM while PTC heater operates. Idle speed is L
increased, warming-up is facilitated, and battery electric power is obtained.
• Electric power supplied to PTC heating element is subject to PTC relay control conditions.
M
PTC heater Operation PTC relay-1 PTC relay-2 PTC relay-3 Electric power (W)
OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF Approx. 0
PTC heater-1 LOW ON OFF OFF Approx. 333 N
PTC heater-2 MID ON ON OFF Approx. 666
PTC heater-3 HI ON ON ON Approx. 999
O
NOTE:
PTC heater operation depends on ambient temperature and battery voltage. PTC heater is ON when ambient
temperature is 8°C or less. PTC heater is OFF when ambient temperature is 12°C or more. PTC heater is ON
when battery voltage is 11.5 V or more. PTC heater is OFF when battery voltage is 11 V or less. P

HAC-117
OPERATION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 2]
OPERATION
Switch Name and Function INFOID:0000000006659841

OPERATION AND DISPLAY


A/C Display (Display in Multi Display Unit)

JMIIA1050GB

• Air conditioning system operation status is indicated on display in multi display unit. Indication of air condi-
tioning system varies according to display mode of multi display unit. For changing procedure of display
mode, refer to AV-99, "NISSAN DYNAMIC CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description".
- In CLIMATE mode: Operation status of air conditioning system (setting temperature, air flow, and “AUTO”*1)
is indicated on display when air conditioning system is turned ON.
- In D-MODE: Operation status of air conditioning system (setting temperature, A/C switch, and “AUTO”*2) is
indicated on lower portion of display when air conditioning system is turned ON.
NOTE:
*1: AUTO is indicated when both air flow and air outlet are in automatic control.
*2: Air Flow is indicated when air flow or air outlet is in manual control.
A/C Controller (Multi Display Unit)
Operation procedure of air conditioning system varies depending on display mode of multi display unit. For
changing procedure of display mode, refer to AV-99, "NISSAN DYNAMIC CONTROL SYSTEM : System
Description".
• In CLIMATE mode: All operations of air conditioning system are possible.

JMIIA1051ZZ

1. A/C switch 2. OFF switch 3. Temperature control dial


4. AUTO switch 5. MODE switch (D/F) 6. DEF switch
7. Intake switch 8. Display 9. MODE switch (FOOT)
10. Fan control dial 11. MODE switch (B/L) 12. MODE switch (VENT)

HAC-118
OPERATION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 2]

• Compressor control (switch indicator) changes between ON ⇔ OFF each time when switch is A
pressed while air conditioning system is in the ON position.
• Air conditioning system turns ON and operates according to the following setting when switch is
pressed while air conditioning system is in the OFF position.
A/C switch
- Air outlet: Previous setting before turning air conditioning system OFF.
B
- Air flow: 1st speed (manual control)
- Air inlet: Previous setting before turning air conditioning system OFF.
- A/C switch: ON C
Air conditioning system turns ON ⇔ OFF each time when switch is pressed.
• When switch is pressed while air conditioning system is in the ON position
- Air conditioning system turns OFF and changes to the following status when switch is pressed.
• Air outlet: FOOT D
• Air flow: OFF.
OFF switch
• Air inlet: Fresh air intake (switch indicator turns OFF)
• A/C switch: OFF
E
• When switch is pressed while air conditioning system is in the OFF position
- Air conditioning system turns ON and operates according to the previous setting before turning air
conditioning system OFF when switch is pressed.
Setting temperature can be set within a range of 16°C – 30°C at a rate of 0.5°C per adjustment using F
this dial.
Temperature control dial
• Clockwise rotation: Set temperature increases
• Counterclockwise rotation: Set temperature decreases.
G
“AUTO” is indicated on display and air conditioning system operates according to the following setting
when switch is pressed.
• Air outlet: Automatic control
• Air flow: Automatic control H
AUTO switch • Air inlet: Automatic control
• A/C switch: ON
NOTE:
When air outlet or air flow is manually operated while “AUTO” is indicated on display “AUTO” indica- HAC
tion turns OFF. However, automatic control continues for other functions than air outlet or air flow.

• When each MODE switch is pressed, air outlet is switched and VENT, B/L, FOOT, or D/F* can be
selected manually. (Switch indicator of operated switch turns ON.) J
• When each MODE switch is pressed twice continuously, air outlet is set to automatic control.
(Switch indicator turns OFF while air outlet automatic control is operated.)
• Air conditioning system turns ON and operates according to the previous setting before turning air
MODE switch conditioning system OFF when each MODE switch is pressed while air conditioning system is OFF.
K
(Air outlet is set according to the switch that is pressed)
*: Air inlet is set to fresh air intake when D/F is selected.
NOTE: L
Air outlet automatic control is released (“AUTO” turns OFF) when each MODE switch is pressed while
“AUTO” is indicated on display.
DEF mode turns ON ⇔ OFF each time when switch is pressed.
• When switch is pressed while air conditioning system is in the ON position. M
- Air conditioning system operates according to the following setting when DEF mode is turned ON
• Air outlet: DEF
• Air flow: Previous setting before turning DEF mode ON.
N
• Air inlet: Fresh air intake
• A/C switch: ON
- Air conditioning system operates according to the previous setting before turning DEF mode ON
when DEF mode is turned OFF. O
• When switch is pressed while air conditioning system is in the OFF position.
DEF switch - Air conditioning system turns ON and operates according to the following setting when DEF mode
is turned ON.
• Air outlet: DEF P
• Air flow: Automatic control
• Air inlet: Fresh air intake
• A/C switch: ON
- Air conditioning system operates according to the previous setting before turning air conditioning
system OFF when DEF mode is turned OFF.
NOTE:
When DEF mode is turned ON while “AUTO” is indicated on display, “AUTO” indication turns OFF.
However, air flow automatic control continues.

HAC-119
OPERATION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 2]
• Air inlet changes between recirculation (REC) ⇔ fresh air intake (FRE) each time this switch is
pressed.
- switch indicator ON: Recirculation*
- switch indicator ON: Fresh air intake
• Switch indicator blinks 2 times and air inlet is set to automatic control when switch is pressed and
held for 2 seconds or more.
Intake switch • Air conditioning system operates according to the previous setting when switch is pressed while air
conditioning system is in the OFF position.
- Air outlet: Previous setting before turning air conditioning system OFF.
- Air flow: Previous setting before turning air conditioning system OFF.
- Air inlet: Previous setting before turning air conditioning system OFF.
- A/C switch: ON
*: A/C switch turns ON when recirculation is selected.
• Air flow can be manually set within a range of 1st – 7th speed using this dial.
- Clockwise rotation: Air flow increases
- Counterclockwise rotation: Air flow decreases
• Air conditioning system turns ON and operates according to the previous setting before turning air
Fan control dial conditioning system OFF when this dial is operated while air conditioning system is OFF. [Air flow
is set to 1st speed (manual control)]
NOTE:
Air flow automatic control is released (“AUTO” turns OFF) when this dial is operated while “AUTO” is
indicated on display.
• In D-MODE: The following switches and dial cannot be operated.
- A/C switch
- OFF switch
- MODE switch
- Fan control dial

HAC-120
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (A/C AUTO AMP.)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 2]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (A/C AUTO AMP.)
A
Description INFOID:0000000006659842

Air conditioning system performs self-diagnosis, operation check, function diagnosis, and various settings B
using diagnosis function of each control unit.

Diagnostic item
ECU C
(CONSULT-III)
Self Diagnostic Result
Data Monitor
A/C auto amp. HVAC D
Active Test
Work support
Self Diagnostic Result E
Multi display unit MDU Data Monitor
Active Test
F
Self Diagnostic Result
BCM BCM-AIR CONDITIONER
Data Monitor
Self Diagnostic Result G
ECM ENGINE
Data Monitor
Self Diagnostic Result
IPDM E/R H
IPDM E/R Data Monitor
Auto active test

CONSULT-III Function INFOID:0000000006659843


HAC

CONSULT-III performs the following functions via CAN communication with A/C auto amp.
J
Diagnostic mode Description
Ecu Identification Displays the part number of A/C auto amp.
Self Diagnostic Result Displays the diagnosis results judged by A/C auto amp. K
Data Monitor Displays the input/output signal of A/C auto amp.
Active Test The signals used to activate each device are forcibly supplied from A/C auto amp.
L
Work support Changes the setting for each setting function.
NOTE:
Diagnosis should be performed with engine running. Door motor operation speeds become slower and NO M
results may be returned even for normal operation if battery voltage drops below 12 V during self-diagnosis.
ECU IDENTIFICATION
Part number of A/C auto amp. can be checked. N
SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Diagnosis result that is judged by A/C auto amp. can be checked. Refer to HAC-130, "DTC Index".
O
DATA MONITOR
Input/output signal of A/C auto amp. can be checked.
Display item list P
Monitor item [Unit] Description
Ambient temperature value converted from ambient sensor signal received from ambi-
AMB TEMP SEN [°C (°F)]
ent sensor
In-vehicle temperature value converted from in-vehicle sensor signal received from in-
IN-VEH TEMP [°C (°F)]
vehicle sensor

HAC-121
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (A/C AUTO AMP.)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 2]
Monitor item [Unit] Description
Evaporator fin temperature value converted from intake sensor signal received from in-
INT TEMP SEN [°C (°F)]
take sensor
SUNLOAD SEN [w/m2] Sunload value converted from sunload sensor signal received from sunload sensor
AMB SEN CAL [°C (°F)] Ambient temperature value calculated by A/C auto amp.
IN-VEH CAL [°C (°F)] In-vehicle temperature value calculated by A/C auto amp.
INT TEMP CAL [°C (°F)] Evaporator fin temperature value calculated by A/C auto amp.
SUNL SEN CAL 2 Sunload value calculated by A/C auto amp.
[w/m ]
COMP REQ SIG [On/Off] Displays A/C ON signal ON/OFF status transmitted to BCM.
FAN REQ SIG [On/Off] Displays blower fan ON signal ON/OFF status transmitted to BCM.

FAN DUTY* Target value of voltage (applied voltage) applied to blower motor by A/C auto amp.
Target discharge air temperature judged by A/C auto amp. depending on the tempera-
XM
ture setting and the value from each sensor
ENG COOL TEMP [°C (°F)] Engine coolant temperature signal value received from ECM via CAN communication
[km/h
VEHICLE SPEED Vehicle speed signal value received from combination meter via CAN communication
(mph)]
*: “DUTY” is displayed, but voltage is indicated. Or unit is not displayed but unit is (V).
ACTIVE TEST
The signals used to activate each device forcibly supplied from A/C auto amp. operation check of air condi-
tioning system can be performed.

Test item Description


The operation check of air conditioning system can be performed by selecting the mode.
HVAC TEST
Refer to the following table for the conditions of each mode.

Check each output device

Test item
MODE 1 MODE 2 MODE 3 MODE 4 MODE 5 MODE 6 MODE 7
Mode door motor position VENT VENT B/L B/L FOOT* D/F DEF
Intake door motor position REC REC REC 20% FRE 80% FRE FRE FRE
Air mix door motor position FULL COLD FULL COLD FULL COLD FULL HOT FULL HOT FULL HOT FULL HOT
Blower motor (Applied voltage) 4.75 V 4.75 V 7.75 V 7.75 V 11.5 V 11.5 V 4.75 V
Magnet clutch ON ON ON ON OFF OFF ON
NOTE:
Perform the inspection of each output device after starting the engine because the compressor is operated.
WORK SUPPORT
Setting change of each setting functions can be performed.

Work item Description Refer to


HAC-139, "Temperature
TEMP SET CORRECT Setting change of temperature setting trimmer can be performed.
Setting Trimmer"
Setting change of inlet port memory function (REC) can be per- HAC-139, "Inlet Port
REC MEMORY SET
formed. Memory Function (REC)"
Setting change of inlet port memory function (FRE) can be per- HAC-140, "Inlet Port
FRE MEMORY SET
formed. Memory Function (FRE)"
NOTE:
When the battery cable is disconnected from the negative terminal or when the battery voltage becomes 10 V
or less, the setting of WORK SUPPORT may be cancelled.

HAC-122
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 2]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)
A
COMMON ITEM
COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM) INFOID:0000000006706385
B
APPLICATION ITEM
CONSULT-III performs the following functions via CAN communication with BCM.
C
Diagnosis mode Function Description
Work Support Changes the setting for each system function.
D
Self Diagnostic Result Displays the diagnosis results judged by BCM.
Monitors the reception status of CAN communication viewed from BCM. Refer to CONSULT-III opera-
CAN Diag Support Monitor
tion manual.
E
Data Monitor The BCM input/output signals are displayed.
Active Test The signals used to activate each device are forcibly supplied from BCM.
Ecu Identification The BCM part number is displayed. F
• Read and save the vehicle specification.
Configuration
• Write the vehicle specification when replacing BCM.

SYSTEM APPLICATION G
BCM can perform the following functions for each system.
NOTE:
It can perform the diagnosis modes except the following for all sub system selection items. H
×: Applicable item

Diagnosis mode
System Sub system selection item HAC
Work Support Data Monitor Active Test
Door lock DOOR LOCK × × ×
Rear window defogger REAR DEFOGGER × × J
Warning chime BUZZER × ×
Interior room lamp timer INT LAMP × × ×
Exterior lamp HEAD LAMP × × × K
Wiper and washer WIPER × × ×
Turn signal and hazard warning lamps FLASHER × × ×
L
• Automatic A/C
AIR CONDITONER × ×*2
• Manual A/C
• Intelligent Key system
INTELLIGENT KEY × × × M
• Engine start system
Combination switch COMB SW ×
Body control system BCM × N
NVIS - NATS IMMU × × ×
Interior room lamp battery saver BATTERY SAVER × × ×
Back door open TRUNK × O
Theft warning alarm THEFT ALM × × ×
— RETAINED PWR*1 × P
Signal buffer system SIGNAL BUFFER × ×
NOTE:
• *1: This item is displayed, but not used.
• *2: For models with automatic A/C, this diagnosis mode is not used.

FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)

HAC-123
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 2]
The BCM records the following vehicle condition at the time a particular DTC is detected, and displays on
CONSULT-III.

CONSULT screen item Indication/Unit Description


Vehicle Speed km/h Vehicle speed of the moment a particular DTC is detected
Odo/Trip Meter km Total mileage (Odometer value) of the moment a particular DTC is detected
While turning BCM status from low power consumption mode to
SLEEP>LOCK
normal mode (Power supply position is “LOCK”)
While turning BCM status from low power consumption mode to
SLEEP>OFF
normal mode (Power supply position is “OFF”.)
LOCK>ACC While turning power supply position from “LOCK” to “ACC”
ACC>ON While turning power supply position from “ACC” to “IGN”
While turning power supply position from “RUN” to “ACC” (Vehicle
RUN>ACC
is stopping and selector lever is except P position.)
While turning power supply position from “CRANKING” to “RUN”
CRANK>RUN
(From cranking up the engine to run it)
While turning power supply position from “RUN“ to “ACC” (Emer-
RUN>URGENT
gency stop operation)
ACC>OFF While turning power supply position from “ACC” to “OFF”
OFF>LOCK While turning power supply position from “OFF” to “LOCK”
Power position status of
OFF>ACC While turning power supply position from “OFF” to “ACC”
Vehicle Condition the moment a particular
ON>CRANK DTC is detected While turning power supply position from “IGN” to “CRANKING”
While turning BCM status from normal mode (Power supply posi-
OFF>SLEEP
tion is “OFF”.) to low power consumption mode
While turning BCM status from normal mode (Power supply posi-
LOCK>SLEEP
tion is “LOCK”.) to low power consumption mode
Power supply position is “LOCK” (Ignition switch OFF with steer-
LOCK
ing is locked.)
Power supply position is “OFF” (Ignition switch OFF with steering
OFF
is unlocked.)
ACC Power supply position is “ACC” (Ignition switch ACC)
Power supply position is “IGN” (Ignition switch ON with engine
ON
stopped)
Power supply position is “RUN” (Ignition switch ON with engine
ENGINE RUN
running)
CRANKING Power supply position is “CRANKING” (At engine cranking)
The number of times that ignition switch is turned ON after DTC is detected
• The number is 0 when a malfunction is detected now.
IGN Counter 0 - 39 • The number increases like 1 → 2 → 3...38 → 39 after returning to the normal condition
whenever ignition switch OFF → ON.
• The number is fixed to 39 until the self-diagnosis results are erased if it is over 39.

AIR CONDITIONER
AIR CONDITIONER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - AIR CONDITIONER) (Automatic
A/C 2WD Models) INFOID:0000000006546680

DATA MONITOR
Display Item List

Monitor Item [Unit] Contents


FAN ON SIG [On/Off] Displays the blower fan status as jugged from the A/C auto amp.
AIR COND SW [On/Off] Displays [COMP (On)/COMP (Off)] status as judged from the A/C auto amp.

HAC-124
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 2]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)
A
COMMON ITEM
COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM) INFOID:0000000006706386
B
APPLICATION ITEM
CONSULT-III performs the following functions via CAN communication with BCM.
C
Diagnosis mode Function Description
Work Support Changes the setting for each system function.
D
Self Diagnostic Result Displays the diagnosis results judged by BCM.
Monitors the reception status of CAN communication viewed from BCM. Refer to CONSULT-III opera-
CAN Diag Support Monitor
tion manual.
E
Data Monitor The BCM input/output signals are displayed.
Active Test The signals used to activate each device are forcibly supplied from BCM.
Ecu Identification The BCM part number is displayed. F
• Read and save the vehicle specification.
Configuration
• Write the vehicle specification when replacing BCM.

SYSTEM APPLICATION G
BCM can perform the following functions for each system.
NOTE:
It can perform the diagnosis modes except the following for all sub system selection items. H
×: Applicable item
Diagnosis mode
System Sub system selection item
Work Support Data Monitor Active Test HAC
Door lock DOOR LOCK × × ×
Rear window defogger REAR DEFOGGER × ×
J
Warning chime BUZZER × ×
Interior room lamp control INT LAMP × × ×
Remote keyless entry system MULTI REMOTE ENT × × × K
Exterior lamp HEAD LAMP × × ×
Wiper and washer WIPER × × ×
L
Turn signal and hazard warning lamps FLASHER × ×
• Automatic A/C
• Manual A/C AIR CONDITONER × ×*2
• Manual heater M
Combination switch COMB SW ×
Body control system BCM ×
N
NATS IMMU × ×
Interior room lamp battery saver BATTERY SAVER × × ×
Back door open TRUNK × O
Vehicle security system THEFT ALM × × ×
— RETAINED PWR*1 × ×
P
Signal buffer system SIGNAL BUFFER × ×
— PANIC ALARM*1 ×

• *1: This item is displayed, but is not used.


• *2: For models with automatic A/C, this mode is not used.
AIR CONDITIONER

HAC-125
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 2]
AIR CONDITIONER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - AIR CONDITIONER) (Automatic
A/C 2WD Models) INFOID:0000000006546682

DATA MONITOR
Display Item List

Monitor Item [Unit] Contents


IGN SW [On/Off] Displays ignition switch position status as judged from ignition switch signal.
FAN ON SIG [On/Off] Displays the blower fan status as jugged from the A/C auto amp.
AIR COND SW [On/Off] Displays [COMP (On)/COMP (Off)] status as judged from the A/C auto amp.

HAC-126
A/C AUTO AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [TYPE 2]

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION A


A/C AUTO AMP.
Reference Value INFOID:0000000006659844
B

CONSULT-III DATA MONITOR REFERENCE VALUES


C
Monitor item Condition Value/Status
Equivalent to ambient tem-
AMB TEMP SEN Ignition switch ON
perature
D
Equivalent to in-vehicle tem-
IN-VEH TEMP Ignition switch ON
perature
Equivalent to evaporator fin E
INT TEMP SEN Ignition switch ON
temperature
Equivalent to sunload
SUNLOAD SEN Ignition switch ON
amount
F
Equivalent to ambient tem-
AMB SEN CAL Ignition switch ON
perature
Equivalent to in-vehicle tem-
IN-VEH CAL Ignition switch ON G
perature
Equivalent to evaporator fin
INT TEMP CAL Ignition switch ON
temperature
H
Equivalent to sunload
SUNL SEN CAL Ignition switch ON
amount
A/C switch: ON
(Compressor operation sta- On
HAC
Engine: Run at idle after
COMP REQ SIG tus)
warming up
A/C switch: OFF Off
J
Engine: Run at idle after Blower motor: ON On
FAN REQ SIG
warming up Blower motor: OFF Off

Engine: Run at idle after Blower motor: ON 4 – 13 K


FAN DUTY* warming up Blower motor: OFF 0
Value according to target air
XM Ignition switch ON
flow temperature L
Equivalent to engine coolant
ENG COOL TEMP Ignition switch ON
temperature
Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the Equivalent to speedometer M
VEHICLE SPEED
speedometer indication. reading
*: “DUTY” is displayed, but voltage is indicated. Or unit is not displayed but unit is (V).
N
TERMINAL LAYOUT

JMIIA0690ZZ

PHYSICAL VALUES

HAC-127
A/C AUTO AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [TYPE 2]

Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color)
Condition Value
Input/
+ − Signal name
Output
1 Input/
— CAN-H — —
(L) Output
2
Ground Ground — Ignition switch ON 0 – 0.1 V
(B)
3
Ground Battery power supply Input Ignition switch OFF 11 – 14 V
(Y)
6 A/C auto amp. connection rec-
Ground Output Ignition switch ON 11 – 14 V
(P) ognition signal
0 – 4.8 V
7
Ground Ambient sensor signal Input Ignition switch ON Output voltage varies with ambi-
(GR)
ent temperature
0 – 4.8 V
9
Ground Sunload sensor signal Input Ignition switch ON Output voltage varies with sun-
(P)
load amount
13 Ignition power supply feedback
Ground Input Ignition switch ON 11 – 14 V
(G) signal
• Ignition switch ON
• Blower motor: 1st – 6th 2.0 – 3.0 V
14 speed (manual)
Ground Fan control amp. control signal Output
(L) • Ignition switch ON
• Blower motor: 7ht speed 8.5 – 9.5 V
(manual)

16 Input/
Ground Door motor LIN signal Ignition switch ON
(V) Output

SJIA1453J

17
Ground Door motor power supply Output Ignition switch ON 11 – 14 V
(W)
OFF 11 – 14 V
19* Ground PTC relay-1 control signal Output PTC heater LOW, MID,
(Y) or HIGH op- 0 – 0.1 V
eration
OFF 11 – 14 V
20* Ground PTC relay-3 control signal Output PTC heater
(P) HIGH opera-
0 – 0.1 V
tion
21 Input/
— CAN-L — —
(P) Output
22
Ground Ground — Ignition switch ON 0 – 0.1 V
(B)
23
Ground Ignition power supply Input Ignition switch ON 11 – 14 V
(SB)
26
Ground Sensor ground — Ignition switch ON 0 – 0.1 V
(R)
0 – 4.8 V
27
Ground In-vehicle sensor signal Input Ignition switch ON Output voltage varies with in-ve-
(LG)
hicle temperature

HAC-128
A/C AUTO AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [TYPE 2]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) A
Condition Value
Input/
+ − Signal name
Output
0 – 4.8 V B
28
Ground Intake sensor signal Input Ignition switch ON Output voltage varies with evapo-
(V)
rator fin temperature
C

• Ignition switch ON
• A/C switch: OFF (A/C indi- D
cator: OFF)

33 JPMIA0012GB E
Ground A/C ON signal Output
(Y)

• Ignition switch ON F
• A/C switch: ON (A/C indi-
cator: ON)
G
JMIIA0941GB

• Ignition switch ON
34 H
Ground Blower motor feedback signal Input • Fan speed: 1st speed 9.5 – 10.5 V
(R)
(manual)
37
Ground Door motor ground — Ignition switch ON 0 – 0.1 V
(B) HAC

J
• Ignition switch ON
• Blower motor: OFF

K
38 JMIIA0941GB
Ground Blower fan ON signal Output
(LG)
L

• Ignition switch ON
• Blower motor: ON
M

PKIB4960J

OFF 11 – 14 V N
39* Ground PTC relay-2 control signal Output PTC heater MID, or
(Y) HIGH opera- 0 – 0.1 V
tion O
*: With K9K
Fail-safe INFOID:0000000006659845
P

FAIL-SAFE FUNCTION
If a communication error exists between the A/C auto amp. and multi display unit for 2 seconds or longer, air
conditioning is controlled under the following conditions:

A/C display : OFF


Set temperature : Setting before communication error occurs
HAC-129
A/C AUTO AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [TYPE 2]
Air outlet : AUTO
Air flow : AUTO
Air inlet : FRE (Fresh air intake)
A/C switch : ON

DTC Index INFOID:0000000006659846

Items
DTC Reference
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT HAC-141, "DTC Logic"
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) HAC-142, "DTC Logic"
B2578 IN-VEHICLE SENSOR HAC-143, "DTC Logic"
B2579 IN-VEHICLE SENSOR HAC-143, "DTC Logic"
B257B AMBIENT SENOR HAC-146, "DTC Logic"
B257C AMBIENT SENOR HAC-146, "DTC Logic"
B2581 INTAKE SENSOR HAC-149, "DTC Logic"
B2582 INTAKE SENSOR HAC-149, "DTC Logic"
* SUNLOAD SENSOR HAC-152, "DTC Logic"
B2630

B2631* SUNLOAD SENSOR HAC-152, "DTC Logic"


B2632 DR AIR MIX DOOR MOT HAC-155, "DTC Logic"
B2633 DR AIR MIX DOOR MOT HAC-155, "DTC Logic"
B2636 DR VENT DOOR FAIL HAC-157, "DTC Logic"
B2637 DR B/L DOOR FAIL HAC-157, "DTC Logic"
B2638 DR D/F1 DOOR FAIL HAC-157, "DTC Logic"
B2639 DR DEF DOOR FAIL HAC-157, "DTC Logic"
B263D FRE DOOR FAIL HAC-159, "DTC Logic"
B263E 20P FRE DOOR FAIL HAC-159, "DTC Logic"
B263F REC DOOR FAIL HAC-159, "DTC Logic"
B2654 D/F2 DOOR FAIL HAC-157, "DTC Logic"
B2655 B/L2 DOOR FAIL HAC-157, "DTC Logic"
B27B0 A/C AUTO AMP. HAC-161, "DTC Logic"
*: Perform self-diagnosis under sunshine. When performing indoors, aim a light (more than 60 W) at sunload
sensor, otherwise self-diagnosis indicates even though the sunload sensor is functioning normally.

HAC-130
MULTI DISPLAY UNIT, BCM, ECM, IPDM E/R
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [TYPE 2]
MULTI DISPLAY UNIT, BCM, ECM, IPDM E/R
A
List of ECU Reference INFOID:0000000006659847

B
ECU Reference
AV-109, "Reference Value"
Multi display unit AV-111, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" C
AV-111, "DTC Index"
BCS-41, "Reference Value"
D
BCS-64, "Fail-safe"
With Intelligent Key system
BCS-66, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart"
BCS-67, "DTC Index" E
BCM BCS-125, "Reference Value"
BCS-140, "Fail-safe"
Without Intelligent Key system BCS-140,
F
"DTC Inspection Priority Chart"
BCS-141, "DTC Index"
G
EC-508, "Reference Value"
EC-519, "Fail Safe"
HR16DE
EC-521, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" H
EC-522, "DTC Index"
EC-90, "Reference Value"
ECM HAC
EC-104, "Fail Safe"
MR16DDT
EC-106, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart"
EC-108, "DTC Index" J
EC-846, "Reference Value"
K9K
EC-855, "DTC Index"
PCS-17, "Reference Value" K
With Intelligent Key system PCS-24, "Fail-Safe"
PCS-25, "DTC Index"
IPDM E/R L
PCS-48, "Reference Value"
Without Intelligent Key system PCS-54, "Fail-Safe"
PCS-55, "DTC Index" M

HAC-131
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [TYPE 2]

WIRING DIAGRAM
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000006546685

For connector terminal arrangements, harness layouts, and alphabets in a (option abbreviation; if not
described in wiring diagram), refer to GI-12, "Connector Information/Explanation of Option Abbreviation".

JCIWA0510GB

HAC-132
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [TYPE 2]

HAC

JCIWA0511GB

HAC-133
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [TYPE 2]

JCIWA0512GB

HAC-134
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [TYPE 2]

BASIC INSPECTION A
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
Work Flow INFOID:0000000006659848
B

OVERALL SEQUENCE
C

HAC

P
JPLIA0313GB

DETAILED FLOW
1.INTERVIEW FOR MALFUNCTION
Interview the symptom to the customer.

HAC-135
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [TYPE 2]
>> GO TO 2.
2.SYMPTOM CHECK
Check the symptom from the customer's information.

>> GO TO 3.
3.BASIC INSPECTION
Check the operation of each part. Check that any symptom occurs other than the interviewed symptom.

>> GO TO 4.
4.SELF-DIAGNOSIS WITH CONSULT-III
Perform the self-diagnosis with CONSULT-III. Check that any DTC is detected.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 6.
5.TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS BY DTC
Perform the trouble diagnosis for the detected DTC. Specify the malfunctioning part.

>> GO TO 9.
6.FAIL-SAFE ACTIVATION CHECK
Check that the symptom is applied to the fail-safe activation.
Does the fail-safe activate?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 8.
7.SYSTEM DIAGNOSIS
Perform the system diagnosis for the system that the fail-safe activates. Specify the malfunctioning part.

>> GO TO 9.
8.SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
Perform the symptom diagnosis. Specify the malfunctioning part.

>> GO TO 9.
9.MALFUNCTION PART REPAIR
Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.

>> GO TO 10.
10.REPAIR CHECK (SELF-DIAGNOSIS WITH CONSULT-III)
Perform the self-diagnosis with CONSULT-III. Check that any DTC is not detected. Erase DTC if DTC is
detected before the repair. Check that DTC is not detected again.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 11.
11.REPAIR CHECK (OPERATION CHECK)
Check the operation of each part.
Does it operate normally?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3.

HAC-136
OPERATION INSPECTION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [TYPE 2]
OPERATION INSPECTION
A
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006659849

The purpose of the operational check is to check that the individual system operates normally. B

Check condition : Engine running at normal operating temperature.

1.CHECK MEMORY FUNCTION C

1. Set temperature to 30°C by operating the temperature control dial.


2. Press OFF switch.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF. D
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Press AUTO switch.
6. Check that set temperature is maintained. E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 10. F
2.CHECK AIR FLOW
1. Start engine.
G
2. Operate fan control dial.
3. Check that air flow changes. Check operation for all fan speeds.
Is the inspection result normal?
H
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 10.
3.CHECK AIR OUTLET HAC
1. Operate fan control dial to set the fan speed to maximum speed.
2. Operate MODE switch and DEF switch.
3. Check that air outlets change according to each indicated air outlet by placing a hand in front of the air J
outlets. Refer to VTL-5, "System Description".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. K
NO >> GO TO 10.
4.CHECK AIR INLET
1. Press intake switch to set the air inlet to recirculation. [Intake switch indicator ( side) turns ON.] L
2. Listen to intake sound and confirm air inlets change.
3. Press intake switch again to set the air inlet to fresh air intake. [Intake switch indicator ( side) turns
OFF and ( side) turns ON.] M
4. Listen to intake sound and confirm air inlets change.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. N
NO >> GO TO 10.
5.CHECK COMPRESSOR
O
1. Press A/C switch. The A/C switch indicator is turns ON.
2. Check visually and by sound that the compressor operates.
3. Press A/C switch again The A/C switch indicator is turns OFF.
4. Check that compressor stops. P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 10.
6.CHECK DISCHARGE AIR TEMPERATURE
1. Operate temperature control dial.
2. Check that discharge air temperature changes.
HAC-137
OPERATION INSPECTION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [TYPE 2]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 10.
7.CHECK TEMPERATURE DECREASE
1. Operate compressor.
2. Operate temperature control dial and lower the set temperature to 16°C.
3. Check that cool air blows from the air outlets.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 10.
8.CHECK TEMPERATURE INCREASE
1. Operate temperature control dial and raise the set temperature to 30°C.
2. Check that warm air blows from the air outlets.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 10.
9.CHECK AUTO MODE
1. Press AUTO switch to confirm that “AUTO” is indicated on the display.
2. Operate temperature control dial to check that air outlet or air flow changes (the air outlet or air flow varies
depending on the ambient temperature, in-vehicle temperature, set temperature, and etc.).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 10.
10.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS WITH CONSULT-III
1. Perform self-diagnosis with CONSULT-III.
2. Check that any DTC is detected.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to HAC-130, "DTC Index" and perform the appropriate diagnosis.
NO >> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK FAIL-SAFE ACTIVATION
Check that symptom is applied to the fail-safe activation. Refer to HAC-39, "Fail-safe".

>> Refer to HAC-84, "Symptom Table" and perform the appropriate diagnosis.

HAC-138
SYSTEM SETTING
< BASIC INSPECTION > [TYPE 2]
SYSTEM SETTING
A
Temperature Setting Trimmer INFOID:0000000006659850

DESCRIPTION B
If the temperature felt by the customer is different from the air flow temperature controlled by the temperature
setting, the A/C auto amp. control temperature can be adjusted to compensate for the temperature setting.
HOW TO SET C
With CONSULT-III
Perform “TEMP SET CORRECT” of HVAC work support item.
D
Work support items Display (°C)
3.0
2.5
E

2.0
1.5
F
1.0
0.5
TEMP SET CORRECT 0 (initial status) G
−0.5
−1.0
H
−1.5
−2.0
−2.5 HAC
−3.0
NOTE:
• When −3.0°C is corrected on the temperature setting set as 25.0°C the temperature controlled by A/C auto J
amp. is 25.0°C −3.0°C = 22.0°C and the temperature becomes lower than the temperature setting.
• When the battery cable is disconnected from the negative terminal or when the battery voltage becomes 10
V or less, the setting of the difference between the set temperature and control temperature may be can- K
celled.
Inlet Port Memory Function (REC) INFOID:0000000006659852
L
DESCRIPTION
• If the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position while the intake switch is set to ON (recirculation), “Per-
form the memory” or “Do not perform the memory” of intake switch ON (recirculation) condition can be M
selected.
• If “Perform the memory” was set, the intake switch will be ON (recirculation) when turning the ignition switch
to the ON position again. N
• If “Do not perform the memory” was set, the air inlets will be controlled automatically when turning the igni-
tion switch to the ON position again.
HOW TO SET O
With CONSULT-III
Perform the “REC MEMORY SET” of HVAC work support item.
P
Work support items Display Setting
WITHOUT (initial status) Perform the memory of manual REC
REC MEMORY SET
WITH Do not perform the memory of manual REC (auto control)
NOTE:
When the battery cable is disconnected from the negative terminal or when the battery voltage becomes 10 V
or less, the setting of the REC memory function may be cancelled.

HAC-139
SYSTEM SETTING
< BASIC INSPECTION > [TYPE 2]
Inlet Port Memory Function (FRE) INFOID:0000000006659851

DESCRIPTION
• If the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position while the intake switch is set to OFF (fresh air intake), “Per-
form the memory” or “Do not perform the memory” of intake switch OFF (fresh air intake) condition can be
selected.
• If “Perform the memory” was set, the intake switch will be OFF (fresh air intake) when turning the ignition
switch to the ON position again.
• If “Do not perform the memory” was set, the air inlets will be controlled automatically when turning the igni-
tion switch to the ON position again.
HOW TO SET
With CONSULT-III
Perform the “FRE MEMORY SET” of HVAC work support item.

Work support items Display Setting


WITHOUT Perform the memory of manual FRE
FRE MEMORY SET
WITH (initial status) Do not perform the memory of manual FRE (auto control)
NOTE:
When the battery cable is disconnected from the negative terminal or when the battery voltage becomes 10 V
or less, the setting of the FRE memory function may be cancelled.

HAC-140
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS A
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000006548580
B
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication system for real time application. It is an on-vehicle
multiplex communication system with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability.
Many electronic control units are equipped onto vehicles, and each control unit shares information and links C
with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are con-
nected with two communication lines (CAN-H line, CAN-L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission
with less wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. D
CAN Communication Signal Chart. Refer to LAN-31, "CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM : CAN Communica-
tion Signal Chart".
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006548581 E

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


F
Items
DTC DTC detection condition Possible cause
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
When A/C auto amp. is not transmitting G
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT or receiving CAN communication signal CAN communication system
for 2 or more seconds.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H


1.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT-III HAC
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait for 2 seconds or more.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “HVAC” using CONSULT-.III
3. Check DTC.
J
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to HAC-141, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
K
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006548582

1.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM L


Check CAN communication system. Refer to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".

M
>> INSPECTION END

HAC-141
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
Description INFOID:0000000006548583

Initial diagnosis of A/C auto amp.


DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006548584

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Items
DTC DTC detection condition Possible cause
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
When detecting error during the initial diag-
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) A/C auto amp.
nosis of CAN controller of A/C auto amp.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “HVAC” using CONSULT-.III
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to HAC-142, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006548585

1.REPLACE A/C AUTO AMP.


Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-188, "Removal and Installation".

>> INSPECTION END

HAC-142
B2578, B2579 IN-VEHICLE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
B2578, B2579 IN-VEHICLE SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006548586

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B


NOTE:
• If DTC is displayed along with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to HAC-
141, "DTC Logic". C
• If DTC is displayed along with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer to HAC-
142, "DTC Logic".

Items D
DTC DTC detection condition Possible cause
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
The in-vehicle sensor recognition temperature • In-vehicle sensor
B2578
is too high. • A/C auto amp. E
IN-VEHICLE SENSOR • Harness or connectors
The in-vehicle sensor recognition temperature (The sensor circuit is open or short-
B2579
is too low. ed.)
F
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “HVAC” using CONSULT-III. H
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to HAC-143, "Diagnosis Procedure". HAC
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006546695

J
1.CHECK IN-VEHICLE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect in-vehicle sensor connector. K
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between in-vehicle sensor harness connector and ground.
L
+
Voltage
In-vehicle sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal M
M41 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.CHECK IN-VEHICLE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN O
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/C auto amp. connector.
3. Check continuity between in-vehicle sensor harness connector and A/C auto amp harness connector. P

In-vehicle sensor A/C auto amp.


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M41 2 M59 26 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?

HAC-143
B2578, B2579 IN-VEHICLE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
3.CHECK IN-VEHICLE SENSOR
Check in-vehicle sensor. Refer to HAC-147, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-188, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Replace in-vehicle sensor. Refer to HAC-190, "Removal and Installation".
4.CHECK IN-VEHICLE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/C auto amp. connector.
3. Check continuity between in-vehicle sensor harness connector and A/C auto amp. harness connector.

In-vehicle sensor A/C auto amp.


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M41 1 M59 27 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
5.CHECK IN-VEHICLE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
Check continuity between in-vehicle sensor harness connector and ground.

In-vehicle sensor
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M41 1 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-188, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006546696

1.CHECK IN-VEHICLE SENSOR


1. Remove in-vehicle sensor. Refer to HAC-190, "Removal and Installation".
2. Check resistance between in-vehicle sensor terminals. Refer to applicable table for the normal value.

HAC-144
B2578, B2579 IN-VEHICLE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]

Condition A
Terminal Resistance: kΩ
Temperature: °C (°F)
−15 (5) 12.73
B
−10 (14) 9.92
−5 (23) 7.80
0 (32) 6.19 C
5 (41) 4.95
10 (50) 3.99
D
1 2 15 (59) 3.24
20 (68) 2.65
25 (77) 2.19 E
30 (86) 1.81
35 (95) 1.51
40 (104) 1.27
F
45 (113) 1.07
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace in-vehicle sensor. Refer to HAC-190, "Removal and Installation".
H

HAC

HAC-145
B257B, B257C AMBIENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
B257B, B257C AMBIENT SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006548587

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


NOTE:
• If DTC is displayed along with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to HAC-
141, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC is displayed along with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. HAC-142,
"DTC Logic".

Items
DTC DTC detection condition Possible cause
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
The ambient sensor recognition temperature is • Ambient sensor
B257B
too high. • A/C auto amp.
AMBIENT SENSOR • Harness or connectors
The ambient sensor recognition temperature is (The sensor circuit is open or short-
B257C
too low. ed.)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “HVAC” using CONSULT-III.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to HAC-146, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006546693

1.CHECK AMBIENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ambient sensor connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between ambient sensor harness connector and ground.

+
Voltage
Ambient sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E53 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.CHECK AMBIENT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/C auto amp. connector.
3. Check continuity between ambient sensor harness connector and A/C auto amp harness connector.

Ambient sensor A/C auto amp.


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E53 2 M59 26 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?

HAC-146
B257B, B257C AMBIENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair harness or connector. A
3.CHECK AMBIENT SENSOR
Check ambient sensor. Refer to HAC-147, "Component Inspection".
B
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-188, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Replace ambient sensor. Refer to HAC-189, "Removal and Installation".
C
4.CHECK AMBIENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/C auto amp. connector. D
3. Check continuity between ambient sensor harness connector and A/C auto amp. harness connector.

Ambient sensor A/C auto amp. E


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E53 1 M59 7 Existed
F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
G
5.CHECK AMBIENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
Check continuity between ambient sensor harness connector and ground.
H
Ambient sensor
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
HAC
E53 1 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-188, "Removal and Installation". J
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006546694
K
1.CHECK AMBIENT SENSOR
1. Remove ambient sensor. Refer to HAC-189, "Removal and Installation". L
2. Check resistance between ambient sensor terminals. Refer to applicable table for the normal value.

HAC-147
B257B, B257C AMBIENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]

Condition
Terminal Resistance: kΩ
Temperature: °C (°F)
−15 (5) 12.73
−10 (14) 9.92
−5 (23) 7.80
0 (32) 6.19
5 (41) 4.95
10 (50) 3.99
1 2 15 (59) 3.24
20 (68) 2.65
25 (77) 2.19
30 (86) 1.81
35 (95) 1.51
40 (104) 1.27
45 (113) 1.07
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace ambient sensor. Refer to HAC-189, "Removal and Installation".

HAC-148
B2581, B2582 INTAKE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
B2581, B2582 INTAKE SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006548588

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B


NOTE:
• If DTC is displayed along with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to HAC-
141, "DTC Logic". C
• If DTC is displayed along with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. HAC-142,
"DTC Logic".

Items D
DTC DTC detection condition Possible cause
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
The intake sensor recognition temperature is • Intake sensor
B2581
too high. • A/C auto amp. E
INTAKE SENSOR • Harness or connectors
The intake sensor recognition temperature is (The sensor circuit is open or short-
B2582
too low. ed.)
F
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “HVAC” using CONSULT-III. H
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to HAC-149, "Diagnosis Procedure". HAC
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006546697

J
1.CHECK INTAKE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect intake sensor connector. K
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between intake sensor harness connector and ground.
L
+
Voltage
Intake sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal M
M64 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.CHECK INTAKE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN O
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/C auto amp. connector.
3. Check continuity between intake sensor harness connector and A/C auto amp harness connector. P

Intake sensor A/C auto amp.


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M64 2 M59 26 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?

HAC-149
B2581, B2582 INTAKE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
3.CHECK INTAKE SENSOR
Check intake sensor. Refer to HAC-147, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-188, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Replace intake sensor. Refer to HAC-192, "Removal and Installation".
4.CHECK INTAKE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/C auto amp. connector.
3. Check continuity between intake sensor harness connector and A/C auto amp. harness connector.

Intake sensor A/C auto amp.


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M64 1 M59 28 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
5.CHECK INTAKE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
Check continuity between intake sensor harness connector and ground.

Intake sensor
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M64 1 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-188, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006546698

1.CHECK INTAKE SENSOR


1. Remove intake sensor. Refer to HAC-192, "Removal and Installation".
2. Check resistance between intake sensor terminals. Refer to applicable table for the normal value.

HAC-150
B2581, B2582 INTAKE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]

Condition A
Terminal Resistance: kΩ
Temperature: °C (°F)
−15 (5) 12.34
B
−10 (14) 9.62
−5 (23) 7.56
0 (32) 6.00 C
5 (41) 4.80
10 (50) 3.87
D
1 2 15 (59) 3.15
20 (68) 2.57
25 (77) 2.12 E
30 (86) 1.76
35 (95) 1.47
40 (104) 1.23
F
45 (113) 1.04
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace intake sensor. Refer to HAC-192, "Removal and Installation".
H

HAC

HAC-151
B2630, B2631 SUNLOAD SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
B2630, B2631 SUNLOAD SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006548589

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


NOTE:
• If DTC is displayed along with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to HAC-
141, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC is displayed along with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. HAC-142,
"DTC Logic".
• Sunload sensor may register a malfunction when indoors, at dusk, or at other times when light is insufficient.
When performing the diagnosis indoors, use a lamp (60 W or more) that is pointed at the sunload sensor.

Items
DTC DTC detection condition Possible cause
(CONSULT-III screen terms)

Detected calorie at sunload sensor 1677 W/m2 • Sunload sensor


B2630
(1442 kcal/m2·h) or more. • A/C auto amp.
SUNLOAD SENSOR • Harness or connectors
Detected calorie at sunload sensor 33 W/m2 (28 (The sensor circuit is open or short-
B2631
kcal/m2·h) or less. ed.)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “HVAC” using CONSULT-III.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to HAC-152, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006546699

1.CHECK SUNLOAD SENSOR POWER SUPPLY


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect sunload sensor connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between sunload sensor harness connector and ground.

+
Voltage
Sunload sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
M72 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.CHECK SUNLOAD SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/C auto amp. connector.
3. Check continuity between sunload sensor harness connector and A/C auto amp harness connector.

Sunload sensor A/C auto amp.


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M72 2 M59 26 Existed

HAC-152
B2630, B2631 SUNLOAD SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. A
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
3.CHECK SUNLOAD SENSOR
B
1. Disconnect A/C auto amp. connector.
2. Check sunload sensor. Refer to HAC-147, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
C
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-188, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Replace sunload sensor. Refer to HAC-191, "Removal and Installation".
4.CHECK SUNLOAD SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN D
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/C auto amp. connector.
3. Check continuity between sunload sensor harness connector and A/C auto amp. harness connector. E

Sunload sensor A/C auto amp.


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F
M72 1 M59 9 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
G
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
5.CHECK SUNLOAD SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR SHORT H
Check continuity between sunload sensor harness connector and ground.

Sunload sensor HAC


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M72 1 Ground Not existed
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-188, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair harness or connector. K
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006546700

1.CHECK SUNLOAD SENSOR L

1. Turn ignition switch ON.


2. Check voltage between A/C auto amp. harness connector and ground. Refer to applicable table for the
normal value. M

+
N
A/C auto amp. −
Connector Terminal
M59 18 Ground O

HAC-153
B2630, B2631 SUNLOAD SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]

JPIIA1659GB

NOTE:
• When checking indoors, use a lamp of approximately 60 W. Move the lamp towards and away from the
sensor to check.
• The sunload amount produced by direct sunshine in fair weather is equivalent to approximately 0.77
kW/m2 (662 kcal/m2·h).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace sunload sensor. Refer to HAC-191, "Removal and Installation".

HAC-154
B2632, B2633 AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR PBR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
B2632, B2633 AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR PBR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006548590

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

Items
DTC DTC detection condition Possible cause
(CONSULT-III screen terms) C
Air mix door motor PBR position 95% • Air mix door motor
B2632
or more (PBR internal circuit is open or short-
ed)
• Air mix door motor installation condi- D
DR AIR MIX DOOR MOT tion
Air mix door motor PBR position 5% or • A/C auto amp.
B2633
less • Harness and connector
E
(LIN communication line is open or
shorted)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F


1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-III G
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “HVAC” using CONSULT-III.
3. Check DTC.
H
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to HAC-155, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
HAC
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006546701

1.CHECK AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR POWER SUPPLY J


1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between mode door motor harness connector and ground.
K
+
Voltage
Air mix door motor −
(Approx.)
L
Connector Terminal
M123 1 Ground 11 – 14 V
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5.
2.CHECK AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN N
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect air mix door motor and A/C auto amp. connector.
3. Check continuity between air mix door motor harness connector and A/C auto amp. harness connector. O

Air mix door motor A/C auto amp.


Continuity P
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M123 3 M59 37 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
3.CHECK AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR LIN SIGNAL
HAC-155
B2632, B2633 AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR PBR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
1. Connect air mix door motor and A/C auto amp. connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Confirm output waveform between air mix door motor harness connector and ground using oscilloscope.

+
Air mix door motor − Output waveform
Connector Terminal

M123 2 Ground

SJIA1453J

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 6.
4.CHECK INSTALLATION OF AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR
Check air mix door motor is properly installed. Refer to HAC-195, "Exploded View".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace air mix door motor. Refer to HAC-197, "AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
5.CHECK AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect air mix door motor and A/C auto amp. connector.
3. Check continuity between air mix door motor harness connector and A/C auto amp. harness connector.

Air mix door motor A/C auto amp.


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M123 1 M59 17 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-188, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
6.CHECK AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR LIN SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect air mix door motor and A/C auto amp. connector.
3. Check continuity between air mix door motor harness connector and A/C auto amp. harness connector.

Air mix door motor A/C auto amp.


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M123 2 M59 16 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-188, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair harness or connector.

HAC-156
B2636, B2637, B2638, B2639, B2654, B2655 MODE DOOR MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
B2636, B2637, B2638, B2639, B2654, B2655 MODE DOOR MOTOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006548591

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

Items
DTC DTC detection condition Possible cause
(CONSULT-III screen terms) C
When the malfunctioning door position
B2636 DR VENT DOOR FAIL
is detected at VENT position
When the malfunctioning door position • Mode door motor D
B2637 DR B/L DOOR FAIL
is detected at B/L position (PBR internal circuit is open or short-
When the malfunctioning door position ed)
B2638 DR D/F1 DOOR FAIL • Mode door motor control linkage in-
is detected at FOOT position
stallation condition E
When the malfunctioning door position • A/C auto amp.
B2639 DR DEF DOOR FAIL
is detected at DEF position • Harness and connector
When the malfunctioning door position (LIN communication line is open or
B2654 D/F2 VENT DOOR FAIL shorted)
F
is detected at D/F position
When the malfunctioning door position
B2655 B/L DOOR FAIL
is detected at B/L position
G
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “HVAC” using CONSULT-III. HAC
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to HAC-157, "Diagnosis Procedure". J
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006546702

K
1.CHECK MODE DOOR MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between mode door motor harness connector and ground. L

+
Voltage M
Mode door motor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
M124 1 Ground 11 – 14 V N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5. O
2.CHECK MODE DOOR MOTOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
P
2. Disconnect mode door motor and A/C auto amp. connector.
3. Check continuity between mode door motor harness connector and A/C auto amp. harness connector.

Mode door motor A/C auto amp.


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M124 3 M59 37 Existed

HAC-157
B2636, B2637, B2638, B2639, B2654, B2655 MODE DOOR MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
3.CHECK MODE DOOR MOTOR LIN SIGNAL
1. Connect mode door motor and A/C auto amp. connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Confirm output waveform between mode door motor harness connector and ground using oscilloscope.

+
Mode door motor − Output waveform
Connector Terminal

M124 2 Ground

SJIA1453J

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 6.
4.CHECK INSTALLATION OF MODE DOOR MOTOR
Check mode door motor is properly installed. Refer to HAC-195, "Exploded View".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace mode door motor. Refer to HAC-197, "MODE DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
5.CHECK MODE DOOR MOTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect mode door motor and A/C auto amp. connector.
3. Check continuity between mode door motor harness connector and A/C auto amp. harness connector.

Mode door motor A/C auto amp.


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M124 1 M59 17 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-188, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
6.CHECK MODE DOOR MOTOR LIN SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect mode door motor and A/C auto amp. connector.
3. Check continuity between mode door motor harness connector and A/C auto amp. harness connector.

Mode door motor A/C auto amp.


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M124 2 M59 16 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-188, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair harness or connector.

HAC-158
B263D, B263E, B263F INTAKE DOOR MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
B263D, B263E, B263F INTAKE DOOR MOTOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006548592

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

Items
DTC DTC detection condition Possible cause
(CONSULT-III screen terms) C
When the malfunctioning intake door • Intake door motor
B263D FRE DOOR FAIL
position is detected at FRE position (PBR internal circuit is open or short-
ed)
When the malfunctioning intake door D
• Intake door motor control linkage in-
B263E 20P FRE DOOR FAIL position is detected at 20% FRE posi-
stallation condition
tion
• A/C auto amp.
• Harness and connector
When the malfunctioning intake door E
B263F REC DOOR FAIL (LIN communication line is open or
position is detected at REC position
shorted)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F


1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-III G
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “HVAC” using CONSULT-III.
3. Check DTC.
H
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to HAC-159, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
HAC
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006546703

1.CHECK INTAKE DOOR MOTOR POWER SUPPLY J


1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between intake door motor harness connector and ground.
K
+
Voltage
Intake door motor −
(Approx.)
L
Connector Terminal
M122 1 Ground 11 – 14 V
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5.
2.CHECK INTAKE DOOR MOTOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN N
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect intake door motor and A/C auto amp. connector.
3. Check continuity between intake door motor harness connector and A/C auto amp. harness connector. O

Intake door motor A/C auto amp.


Continuity P
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M122 3 M59 37 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
3.CHECK INTAKE DOOR MOTOR LIN SIGNAL
HAC-159
B263D, B263E, B263F INTAKE DOOR MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
1. Connect intake door motor and A/C auto amp. connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Confirm output waveform between intake door motor harness connector and ground using oscilloscope.

+
Intake door motor − Output waveform
Connector Terminal

M122 2 Ground

SJIA1453J

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 6.
4.CHECK INSTALLATION OF INTAKE DOOR MOTOR
Check intake door motor is properly installed. Refer to HAC-195, "Exploded View".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace intake door motor. Refer to HAC-196, "INTAKE DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
5.CHECK INTAKE DOOR MOTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect intake door motor and A/C auto amp. connector.
3. Check continuity between intake door motor harness connector and A/C auto amp. harness connector.

Intake door motor A/C auto amp.


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M122 1 M59 17 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-188, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
6.CHECK INTAKE DOOR MOTOR LIN SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect intake door motor and A/C auto amp. connector.
3. Check continuity between intake door motor harness connector and A/C auto amp. harness connector.

Intake door motor A/C auto amp.


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M122 2 M59 16 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-188, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair harness or connector.

HAC-160
B27B0 A/C AUTO AMP.
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
B27B0 A/C AUTO AMP.
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006548594

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B


NOTE:
• If DTC is displayed along with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to HAC-
141, "DTC Logic". C
• If DTC is displayed along with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. HAC-142,
"DTC Logic".
D
Items
DTC DTC detection condition Possible cause
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
A/C auto amp. EEPROM system is mal-
B27B0 A/C AUTO AMP.
functioning.
A/C auto amp. E

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
G
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “HVAC” using CONSULT-III.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
H
YES >> Refer to HAC-161, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006548595 HAC

1.PERFORM SELF DIAGNOSTIC


With CONSULT-III J
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “HVAC” using CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “ERASE”. K
4. Turn ignition switch OFF.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
6. Perform “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to HAC-161, "DTC Logic".
L
Is DTC detected again?
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-188, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> INSPECTION END
M

HAC-161
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
A/C AUTO AMP.
A/C AUTO AMP. : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006546690

1.CHECK SYMPTOM
Check symptom (A or B).

Symptom
• Air conditioning system does not activate.
A • Air conditioning system does cannot be controlled.
• Operation status of air conditioning system is not indicated on display.
• Memory function does not operate normally.
B
• The setting is not maintained. (It returns to the initial condition)
Which symptom is detected?
A >> GO TO 2.
B >> GO TO 5.
2.CHECK FUSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 10A fuse (No. 3, located in fuse block (J/B)].
NOTE:
Refer to PG-22, "Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse is blown.
3.CHECK A/C AUTO AMP. IGNITION POWER SUPPLY
1. Disconnect A/C auto amp. connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between A/C auto amp. harness connector and ground.

+
A/C auto amp. − Voltage
Connector Terminal
M59 23 Ground 11 – 14 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair harness or connector between A/C auto amp. and fuse.
4.CHECK A/C AUTO AMP. GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check continuity between A/C auto amp. harness connector and ground.

A/C auto amp.


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
2
M59 Ground Existed
22
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-188, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
5.CHECK FUSE
HAC-162
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 10A fuse (No.7, located in fuse block (J/B)]. A
NOTE:
Refer to PG-22, "Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement".
Is the inspection result normal? B
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse is blown.
6.CHECK A/C AUTO AMP. BATTERY POWER SUPPLY C
1. Disconnect A/C auto amp. connector.
2. Check voltage between A/C auto amp. harness connector and ground.
D
+
A/C auto amp. − Voltage
E
Connector Terminal
M59 3 Ground 11 – 14 V
Is the inspection result normal? F
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-188, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair harness or connector between A/C auto amp. and fuse.
G

HAC

HAC-163
DOOR MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
DOOR MOTOR
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006546704

NOTE:
If all of door motor DTCs are detected, check this circuit.
1.CHECK DOOR MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between intake door motor harness connector and ground.

+
Voltage
Intake door motor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
M122 1 Ground 11 – 14 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 7.
2.CHECK DOOR MOTOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect intake door motor and A/C auto amp. connector.
3. Check continuity between intake door motor harness connector and A/C auto amp. harness connector.

Intake door motor A/C auto amp.


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M122 3 M59 37 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
3.CHECK DOOR MOTOR LIN SIGNAL
1. Connect A/C auto amp. and intake door motor connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Confirm output waveform between A/C auto amp. harness connector and ground using oscilloscope.

+
A/C auto amp. − Output waveform
Connector Terminal

M59 16 Ground

SJIA1453J

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 6.
4.CHECK DOOR MOTOR LIN SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/C auto amp. and intake door motor connector.
3. Check continuity between A/C auto amp. harness connector and intake door motor harness connector.

HAC-164
DOOR MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]

A/C auto amp. Intake door motor A


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M59 16 M122 2 Existed
B
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair harness or connector. C
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
D

>> INSPECTION END


6.CHECK DOOR MOTOR LIN SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT E
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect following connectors.
- A/C auto amp. F
- Air mix door motor
- Mode door motor
- Intake door motor
3. Check continuity between A/C auto amp. harness connector and ground. G

A/C auto amp.


— Continuity H
Connector Terminal
M59 16 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? HAC
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-188, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
7.CHECK DOOR MOTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN J

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect intake door motor and A/C auto amp. connector.
3. Check continuity between intake door motor harness connector and A/C auto amp. harness connector. K

Intake door motor A/C auto amp.


Continuity L
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M122 1 M59 17 Existed
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
8.CHECK DOOR MOTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR SHORT N

1. Disconnect following connectors.


- Air mix door motor
O
- Mode door motor
2. Check continuity between A/C auto amp. harness connector and ground.

A/C auto amp.


P
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M59 1 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-188, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair harness or connector.

HAC-165
A/C ON SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
A/C ON SIGNAL
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006546705

1.CHECK A/C ON SIGNAL


With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Operate blower motor.
3. Select “AIR CONDITIONER” of “BCM” using CONSULT-III.
4. Select “AIR COND SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
5. Check A/C ON signal when the A/C switch is operated.

Monitor item Condition Status


ON (A/C indicator:
On
ON)
AIR COND SW A/C switch
OFF (A/C indicator:
Off
OFF)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Refer to HAC-166, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006546706

1.CHECK A/C ON SIGNAL


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/C auto amp. connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check output waveform between A/C auto amp. harness connector and ground with using oscilloscope.

+
A/C auto amp. − Output waveform
Connector Terminal

M59 33 Ground

JPMIA0012GB

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-188, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK A/C ON SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect BCM connector.
3. Check continuity between A/C auto amp. harness connector and BCM harness connector.

A/C auto amp. BCM


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M65 (without Intelli-
gent Key)
M59 33 27 Existed
M68 (with Intelligent
Key)

HAC-166
A/C ON SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. A
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
3.CHECK A/C ON SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
B
Check continuity between A/C auto amp. harness connector and ground.

A/C auto amp. C


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M59 33 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-93, "Removal and Installation" (with Intelligent Key) or BCS-161,
"Removal and Installation" (without Intelligent Key).
NO >> Repair harness or connector. E

HAC

HAC-167
BLOWER FAN ON SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
BLOWER FAN ON SIGNAL
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006546707

1.CHECK BLOWER FAN ON SIGNAL


With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “AIR CONDITIONER” of “BCM” using CONSULT-III.
3. Select “FAN ON SIG” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
4. Check blower fan ON signal when the fan switch is operated.

Monitor item Condition Status


OFF position Off
FAN ON SIG Fan switch
Except OFF position On
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Refer to HAC-168, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006546708

1.CHECK BLOWER FAN ON SIGNAL


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/C auto amp. harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check output waveform between A/C auto amp. and ground with using oscilloscope.

+
A/C auto amp. − Output waveform
Connector Terminal

M59 38 Ground

PKIB4960J

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-188, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK BLOWER FAN ON SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect BCM connector.
3. Check continuity A/C auto amp. harness connector and BCM harness connector.

A/C auto amp. BCM


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M65 (without Intelli-
gent Key)
M59 38 28 Existed
M68 (with Intelligent
Key)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.

HAC-168
BLOWER FAN ON SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
3.CHECK BLOWER FAN ON SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT A

Check continuity between A/C auto amp. harness connector and ground.
B
A/C auto amp.
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M59 38 Ground Not existed C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-93, "Removal and Installation" (with Intelligent Key) or BCS-161,
"Removal and Installation" (without Intelligent Key). D
NO >> Repair harness or connector.

HAC

HAC-169
BLOWER MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
BLOWER MOTOR
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006546709

1.CHECK SYMPTOM
Check symptom (A, B or C).

Symptom
A Blower motor does not operate.
B Blower motor operates at the maximum fan Blower motor can be switched to OFF.
C speed and fan speed cannot be selected. Blower motor cannot be switched to OFF.
Which symptom is detected?
A >> GO TO 2.
B >> GO TO 11.
C >> GO TO 13.
2.CHECK FUSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check following fuses.
- 10A fuse [No. 15, located in fuse block (J/B)]
- 15A fuses [Nos. 14 and 16, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
NOTE:
Refer to PG-22, "Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse is blown.
3.CHECK BLOWER MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Disconnect blower motor connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between blower motor harness connector and ground.

+
Voltage
Blower motor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
M40 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK BLOWER RELAY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check blower relay. Refer to HAC-173, "Component Inspection (Blower Relay)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Repair harness or connector between blower motor and fuse.
NO >> Replace blower relay.
5.CHECK FAN CONTROL AMP. POWER SUPPLY (SOURCE) CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Connect blower motor connector.
3. Disconnect fan control amp. connector.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Check voltage between fan control amp. harness connector and ground.

HAC-170
BLOWER MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]

+ A
Voltage
Fan control amp. −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
B
M121 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. C
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK FAN CONTROL AMP. POWER SUPPLY (SOURCE) CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
D
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect blower motor connector.
3. Check continuity between fan control amp. harness connector and blower motor harness connector.
E
Fan control amp. Blower motor
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F
M121 1 M40 2 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace blower motor. Refer to VTL-15, "Removal and Installation (LHD models)" or VTL-16, G
"Removal and Installation (RHD models)".
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
7.CHECK FAN CONTROL AMP. GROUND (DRAIN) CIRCUIT FOR OPEN H
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check continuity between fan control amp. harness connector and ground.
HAC
Fan control amp.
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
J
M121 3 Ground Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. K
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
8.CHECK FAN CONTROL AMP. CONTROL SIGNAL (GATE) CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
L
1. Disconnect A/C auto amp. connector.
2. Check continuity between fan control amp. harness connector and A/C auto amp. harness connector.
M
Fan control amp. A/C auto amp.
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M121 2 M59 14 Existed N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair harness or connector. O
9.CHECK FAN CONTROL AMP. CONTROL SIGNAL (GATE) CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
Check continuity between fan control amp. harness connector and ground. P

Fan control amp.


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M121 2 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.

HAC-171
BLOWER MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
10.CHECK FAN CONTROL AMP.
Check fan control amp. Refer to HAC-173, "Component Inspection (Fan Control Amp.)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-188, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Replace fan control amp. Refer to HAC-194, "Removal and Installation".
11.CHECK A/C AUTO AMP. IGNITION POWER SUPPLY FEEDBACK SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between A/C auto amp. harness connector and ground.

+
Voltage
A/C auto amp. −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
M59 13 Ground 11 – 14 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Repair harness or connector between A/C auto amp. and fuse.
12.CHECK BLOWER MOTOR FEEDBACK SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect blower motor connector and A/C auto amp. connector.
3. Check continuity between blower motor harness connector and A/C auto amp. harness connector.

Blower motor A/C auto amp.


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M40 2 M59 34 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-188, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
13.CHECK BLOWER MOTOR FEEDBACK SIGNAL CIRCUIT AND FAN CONTROL AMP. POWER SUPPLY
(SOURCE) CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect following connectors.
- Blower fan motor
- Fan control amp.
- A/C auto amp.
3. Check continuity between blower motor harness connector and ground.

Blower motor
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M40 2 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
14.CHECK FAN CONTROL AMP. CONTROL SIGNAL (GATE) CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY
Check harness between fan control amp. harness connector and A/C auto amp. harness connector for short
to power supply.

HAC-172
BLOWER MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]

Fan control amp. A/C auto amp. A


Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M121 2 M59 14
B
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Repair harness or connector. C
Component Inspection (Blower Motor) INFOID:0000000006546710

1.CHECK BLOWER MOTOR D


1. Remove blower motor. Refer to VTL-15, "Removal and Installation (LHD models)" or VTL-16, "Removal
and Installation (RHD models)".
2. Check that there is not any mixing foreign object in the blower motor. E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace blower motor. Refer to VTL-15, "Removal and Installation (LHD models)" or VTL-16, F
"Removal and Installation (RHD models)".
2.CHECK BLOWER MOTOR
G
Check that there is not breakage or damage in the blower motor.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. H
NO >> Replace blower motor. Refer to VTL-15, "Removal and Installation (LHD models)" or VTL-16,
"Removal and Installation (RHD models)".
3.CHECK BLOWER MOTOR HAC
Check that blower motor turns smoothly.
Is the inspection result normal?
J
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace blower motor. Refer to VTL-15, "Removal and Installation (LHD models)" or VTL-16,
"Removal and Installation (RHD models)".
K
Component Inspection (Blower Relay) INFOID:0000000006546711

1.CHECK BLOWER RELAY L


1. Remove blower relay. Refer to PG-22, "Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement".
2. Check continuity between blower relay terminal 3 and 5 when
the voltage is supplied between terminal 1 and 2.
M

Terminal Voltage Continuity


ON Existed N
3 5
OFF Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END O
NO >> Replace blower relay.
JSIIA1551ZZ

Component Inspection (Fan Control Amp.) INFOID:0000000006546712 P

1.CHECK FAN CONTROL AMP.


1. Remove fan control amp. Refer to HAC-194, "Removal and Installation".
2. Check continuity between fan control amp. terminals.

HAC-173
BLOWER MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]

+ −
Continuity
Terminal Terminal
3 1 Existed
1 3 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace fan control amp. Refer to HAC-194, "Removal and Installation".

HAC-174
MAGNET CLUTCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
MAGNET CLUTCH
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006546713

1.CHECK MAGNET CLUTCH OPERATION B


Perform auto active test of IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-12, "Diagnosis Description" (with Intelligent Key) or PCS-
43, "Diagnosis Description" (without Intelligent Key).
Does it operate normally? C
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Refer to HAC-175, "Diagnosis Procedure".
D
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006546714

1.CHECK FUSE E
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 10A fuse (No. 49, located in IPDM E/R).
NOTE:
F
Refer to PG-25, "Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. G
NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse is blown.
2.CHECK MAGNET CLUTCH
1. Disconnect compressor connector. H
2. Directly apply battery voltage to the magnet clutch. Check for operation visually and by sound.
Does it operate normally?
YES >> GO TO 3. HAC
NO-1 >> HR16DE: Replace magnet clutch. Refer to HA-32, "MAGNET CLUTCH : Removal and Installation
of Compressor Clutch".
NO-2 >> MR16DDT: Replace magnet clutch. Refer to HA-88, "MAGNET CLUTCH : Removal and Installa- J
tion of Compressor Clutch".
NO-3 >> K9K: Replace magnet clutch.
3.CHECK MAGNET CLUTCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN K
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector.
2. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and compressor harness connector.
L
IPDM E/R Compressor
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M
F17 (with gasoline
engine models)
E14 64 1 Existed
F61 (with diesel en-
gine models) N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-34, "Removal and Installation" (with Intelligent Key) or PCS-63,
O
"Removal and Installation" (without Intelligent Key).
NO >> Repair harness or connector.

HAC-175
PTC HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
PTC HEATER
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006659836

1.CHECK PTC HEATER OPERATION


1. Start the engine.
2. Operate fan control dial.
3. Operate temperature control dial to full hot position.
4. Check for warm air at discharge air outlet.
NOTE:
• Engine must be cold.
• Battery must be charged.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Refer to HAC-176, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006659837

1.CHECK FUSE AND FUSIBLE LINK


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 30A fuses (Nos. 32 and 36) and 40A fusible link (letter F).
NOTE:
Refer to PG-23, "Fuse and Fusible Link Arrangement".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace the blown fuse or fusible link after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse or fusible link is
blown.
2.CHECK PTC RELAY POWER SUPPLY
1. Disconnect PTC relay connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between PTC relay harness connector and ground.

+
Relay PTC relay − Voltage
Connector Terminal
2
1 E83
3
2
2 E84 Ground Battery voltage
3
2
3 E85
3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair harness or connector between PTC relay and fuse or fusible link.
3.CHECK PTC RELAY CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Disconnect A/C auto amp. connector.
2. Check continuity between PTC relay harness connector and A/C auto amp. harness connector.

HAC-176
PTC HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]

PTC relay A/C auto amp. A


Continuity
Relay Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 E83 19
B
2 E84 1 M59 39 Existed
3 E85 20
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
4.CHECK PTC HEATER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN D

Check continuity between PTC relay harness connector and PTC heater harness connector.
E
PTC relay PTC heater
Continuity
Relay Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 E83 1 F
2 E84 5 E116 3 Existed
3 E85 5
G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair harness or connector. H
5.CHECK PTC HEATER GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
Check continuity between PTC heater harness connector and ground.
HAC
PTC heater
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
J
2
E117 Ground Existed
4
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
L
6.CHECK PTC RELAY
Check PTC relay. Refer to HAC-177, "Component Inspection (PTC Relay)".
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning PTC relay.
7.CHECK PTC HEATER N
Check PTC heater. Refer to HAC-178, "Component Inspection (PTC Heater)".
Is the inspection result normal?
O
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-188, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Replace PTC heater.
Component Inspection (PTC Relay) INFOID:0000000006659838 P

1.CHECK PTC RELAY


1. Remove PTC relay.

HAC-177
PTC HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
2. Check continuity between PTC relay terminals 3 and 5 when the
voltage is supplied between terminals 1 and 2.

Terminal Voltage Continuity


ON Existed
3 5
OFF Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning PTC relay.
JSIIA1551ZZ

Component Inspection (PTC Heater) INFOID:0000000006659839

1.CHECK PTC HEATER


Check resistance between PTC heater terminals.

Terminal Resistance (Ω)


1 2
3 2 and 4 Except 0 or ∞
5 4
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace PTC heater.

HAC-178
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS A
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM
Symptom Table INFOID:0000000006546715
B
NOTE:
Perform self-diagnoses with CONSULT-III before performing the symptom diagnosis. If any DTC is detected,
perform the corresponding diagnosis. C

Symptom Corresponding malfunction part Check item/Reference


• Air conditioning system does Fail-safe activates Multi display unit AV-124, "Symptom Table" D
not activate.
• Air conditioning system can-
not be controlled. • A/C auto amp. ignition power supply
Fail-safe does not acti- HAC-162, "A/C AUTO AMP. : Di- E
• Operation status of air condi- vates and ground circuit
agnosis Procedure"
tioning system is not indicat- • A/C auto amp.
ed on display.
Check air mix door motor sys- F
Air mix door motor system installation
Discharge air temperature does not change. tem is properly installed. Refer
condition
to HAC-195, "Exploded View".
Check mode door motor system G
Mode door motor system installation
Air outlet does not change. is properly installed. Refer to
condition
HAC-195, "Exploded View".
Check intake door motor system
Intake door motor system installation H
Air inlet does not change. is properly installed. Refer to
condition
HAC-195, "Exploded View".
• Blower motor power supply circuit.
• A/C auto amp. ignition power supply HAC
feedback signal circuit
• Fan control amp. power supply
(source) circuit
• Fan control amp. ground (drain) cir-
J
Blower motor does not operate.
cuit
• Fan control amp. control signal
(gate) circuit K
• Blower motor
• Fan control amp.
• A/C auto amp.
HAC-170, "Diagnosis Proce- L
• A/C auto amp. ignition power supply
dure"
Blower motor can be feedback signal circuit
switched to OFF. • Blower motor feedback signal circuit
• A/C auto amp.
M
• Blower motor feedback signal circuit
Blower motor operates at the • A/C auto amp. ignition power supply
maximum fan speed and fan circuit
speed cannot be selected. • Fan control amp. power supply N
Blower motor cannot be
(source) circuit
switched to OFF.
• Fan control amp. control signal
(gate) circuit
• Fan control amp.
O
• A/C auto amp.

HAC-179
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
Symptom Corresponding malfunction part Check item/Reference
• Magnet clutch
• The circuit between magnet clutch
and IPDM E/R
• IPDM E/R (A/C relay)
• The circuit between ECM and refrig-
HAC-175, "Diagnosis Proce-
Compressor does not operate. erant pressure sensor
dure"
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
• CAN communication line
• A/C ON signal circuit
• Blower fan ON signal circuit
• A/C auto amp.
• Magnet clutch control system
• Drive belt slipping
• Cooler cycle
• Insufficient cooling HAC-181, "Diagnosis Proce-
• Air leakage from each duct
• No cool air comes out. (Air flow volume is normal.) dure"
• A/C auto amp. connection recogni-
tion signal circuit
• Temperature setting trimmer
• Engine cooling system
• Heater hose
• Heater core
• Air leakage from each duct
• Temperature setting trimmer
• Insufficient heating HAC-183, "Diagnosis Proce-
• No warm air comes out. (Air flow volume is normal.) • Power supply system of PTC heater* dure"
• The circuit between A/C auto amp.
and blower motor*
• PTC heater*
• A/C auto amp.*
• HR16DE: HA-30, "Symptom
During compressor op- Table"
Cooler cycle
eration • MR16DDT: HA-30, "Symptom
Noise is heard when the A/C Table"
system operates. • Mixing any foreign object in blower
During blower motor op- motor HAC-173, "Component Inspec-
eration • Blower motor fan breakage tion (Blower Motor)"
• Blower motor rotation inferiority
• Memory function dose not operate normally. • A/C auto amp. battery power supply
HAC-162, "A/C AUTO AMP. : Di-
• The setting is not maintained. (It returns to initial condi- circuit
agnosis Procedure"
tion) • A/C auto amp.
*: With K9K engine models

HAC-180
INSUFFICIENT COOLING
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
INSUFFICIENT COOLING
A
Description INFOID:0000000006546716

B
Symptom
• Insufficient cooling
• No cool air comes out. (Air flow volume is normal.)
C
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006546717

NOTE:
Perform self-diagnoses with CONSULT-III before performing symptom diagnosis. If any DTC is detected, per- D
form the corresponding diagnosis.
1.CHECK MAGNET CLUTCH OPERATION
E
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Operate fan control dial.
3. Press A/C switch.
4. Check that A/C indicator turns ON. Check visually and by sound that compressor operates. F
5. Press A/C switch again.
6. Check that A/C indicator turns OFF. Check that compressor stops.
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform diagnosis of “COMPRESSOR DOSE NOT OPERATE” in “SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS”.
Refer to HAC-185, "Diagnosis Procedure". H
2.CHECK DRIVE BELT
Check tension of drive belt. Refer to the following.
• HR16DE: Refer to EM-154, "Checking". HAC
• MR16DDT: Refer to EM-20, "Checking".
• K9K: Refer to EM-276, "Checking Drive Belts".
Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Adjust or replace drive belt depending on the inspection results.
3.CHECK REFRIGERANT CYCLE PRESSURE K

Connect recovery/recycling recharging equipment to the vehicle and perform pressure inspection with gauge.
Refer to the following.
L
• HR16DE: Refer to HA-28, "Symptom Table".
• MR16DDT: Refer to HA-83, "Symptom Table".
Is the inspection result normal?
M
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace parts depending on the inspection results.
4.CHECK AIR LEAKAGE FROM EACH DUCT N
Check duct and nozzle, etc. of the air conditioning system for leakage.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. O
NO >> Repair or replace parts depending on the inspection results.
5.CHECK AMBIENT TEMPERATURE DISPLAY
P
Check that there is not much difference between actual ambient temperature and indicated temperature on
information display in combination meter.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Perform diagnosis for the A/C auto amp. connection recognition signal circuit. Refer to MWI-62,
"Diagnosis Procedure".

HAC-181
INSUFFICIENT COOLING
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]

6.CHECK SETTING OF TEMPERATURE SETTING TRIMMER


1. Check setting value of temperature setting trimmer. Refer to HAC-139, "Temperature Setting Trimmer".
2. Check that temperature setting trimmer is set to “+ direction”.
NOTE:
The control temperature can be set with the setting of the temperature setting trimmer.
3. Set difference between the set temperature and control temperature to “0”.
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-188, "Removal and Installation".

HAC-182
INSUFFICIENT HEATING
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
INSUFFICIENT HEATING
A
Description INFOID:0000000006546718

B
Symptom
• Insufficient heating
• No warm air comes out. (Air flow volume is normal.)
C
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006546719

NOTE:
Perform self-diagnoses with CONSULT-III before performing symptom diagnosis. If any DTC is detected, per- D
form the corresponding diagnosis.
1.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM
E
1. Check engine coolant level and check for leakage. Refer to the following.
- HR16DE: Refer to CO-37, "Inspection".
- MR16DDT: Refer to CO-11, "Inspection".
- K9K: Refer to CO-62, "Inspection". F
2. Check radiator cap (HR16DE and MR16DDT) or reservoir tank cap (K9K). Refer to the following.
- HR16DE: Refer to CO-40, "RADIATOR CAP : Inspection".
- MR16DDT: Refer to CO-15, "RADIATOR CAP : Inspection". G
- K9K: Refer to CO-65, "Inspection".
3. Check water flow sounds of the engine coolant. Refer to the following.
- HR16DE: Refer to CO-38, "Refilling".
- MR16DDT: Refer to CO-12, "Refilling". H
- K9K: Refer to CO-63, "Refilling".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> HR16DE and MR16DDT: GO TO 3. HAC
YES-2 >> K9K: GO TO 2.
NO >> Refill engine coolant and repair or replace the parts depending on the inspection results.
2.CHECK PTC HEATER OPERATION J

Check PTC heater operation. Refer to HAC-294, "Component Function Check".


Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace parts depending on the inspection results.
3.CHECK HEATER HOSE L
Check installation of heater hose by visually or touching.
Is the inspection result normal?
M
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace parts depending on the inspection results.
4.CHECK HEATER CORE N
1. Check temperature of inlet hose and outlet hose of heater core.
2. Check that inlet side of heater core is hot and the outlet side is slightly lower than/almost equal to the inlet
side. O
CAUTION:
Always perform the temperature inspection in a short period of time because the engine coolant
temperature is very hot.
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO-1 >> HR16DE: Replace heater core. Refer to HA-56, "HEATER CORE : Removal and Installation".
NO-2 >> MR16DDT: Replace heater core. Refer to HA-116, "HEATER CORE : Removal and Installation".
NO-3 >> K9K: Replace heater core.
5.CHECK AIR LEAKAGE FROM EACH DUCT
Check duct and nozzle, etc. of the air conditioning system for air leakage.
HAC-183
INSUFFICIENT HEATING
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace parts depending on the inspection results.
6.CHECK SETTING OF TEMPERATURE SETTING TRIMMER
1. Check setting value of temperature setting trimmer. Refer to HAC-139, "Temperature Setting Trimmer".
2. Check that temperature setting trimmer is set to “− direction”.
NOTE:
The control temperature can be set by the temperature setting trimmer.
3. Set difference between the set temperature and control temperature to “0”.
Are the symptoms solved?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-188, "Removal and Installation".

HAC-184
COMPRESSOR DOSE DOT OPERATE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
COMPRESSOR DOSE DOT OPERATE
A
Description INFOID:0000000006546720

SYMPTOM B
Compressor dose not operate.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006546721
C
NOTE:
• Perform self-diagnoses with CONSULT-III before performing symptom diagnosis. If any DTC is detected,
perform the corresponding diagnosis. D
• Check that refrigerant is enclosed in cooler cycle normally. If refrigerant amount is shortage from proper
amount, perform the inspection of refrigerant leakage.
1.CHECK MAGNET CLUTCH OPERATION E
Check magnet clutch. Refer to HAC-175, "Component Function Check".
Does it operate normally?
YES >> GO TO 2. F
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
2.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR G
Check refrigerant pressure sensor. Refer to the following.
• HR16DE: Refer to EC-790, "Component Function Check".
• MR16DDT: Refer to EC-423, "Component Function Check". H
• K9K: Refer to EC-960, "DTC Logic".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. HAC
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
3.CHECK A/C ON SIGNAL
Check A/C ON signal. Refer to HAC-166, "Component Function Check". J
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts. K
4.CHECK BLOWER FAN ON SIGNAL
Check blower fan ON signal. Refer to HAC-168, "Component Function Check". L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts M
5.CHECK BCM OUTPUT SIGNAL
With CONSULT-III
N
1. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ECM” using CONSULT-III.
2. Select “AIR COND SIG” and “HEATER FAN SW”, and check status under the following conditions.

O
Monitor item Condition Status
OFF (A/C indicator: OFF) Off
AIR COND SIG A/C switch
ON (A/C indicator: ON) On P
OFF Off
HEATER FAN SW Blower motor
ON On
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-34, "Removal and Installation" (with Intelligent Key) or PCS-63,
"Removal and Installation" (without Intelligent Key).

HAC-185
COMPRESSOR DOSE DOT OPERATE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
NO >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-93, "Removal and Installation" (with Intelligent Key) or BCS-161,
"Removal and Installation" (without Intelligent Key).

HAC-186
CONTROLLER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [TYPE 2]

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION A


CONTROLLER
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006695890
B

REMOVAL
Remove multi display unit. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation". C
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
D

HAC

HAC-187
A/C AUTO AMP.
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [TYPE 2]
A/C AUTO AMP.
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006695891

REMOVAL
1. Remove audio unit. Refer to AV-38, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove inside key antenna (instrument center). Refer to DLK-188, "INSTRUMENT CENTER : Removal
and Installation".
3. Remove fixing screws (A), and then remove A/C auto amp.

JMIIA1016ZZ

INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

HAC-188
AMBIENT SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [TYPE 2]
AMBIENT SENSOR
A
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006695892

REMOVAL B
1. Remove bumper fascia assembly. Refer to EXT-13, "Removal and Installation".
2. Disengage fixing pawl, and then remove ambient sensor (1)
from air guide RH. C

: Pawl
D
3. Disconnect ambient sensor connector (2), and then remove
ambient sensor.
E

JMIIA0895ZZ
F
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
G

HAC

HAC-189
IN-VEHICLE SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [TYPE 2]
IN-VEHICLE SENSOR
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006695893

REMOVAL
1. Remove instrument lower panel (LH/RH). Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove fixing screw, and then remove in-vehicle sensor from instrument lower panel (LH/RH).
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

HAC-190
SUNLOAD SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [TYPE 2]
SUNLOAD SENSOR
A
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006695894

REMOVAL B
1. Remove switch panel. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation".
2. Disconnect sunload sensor connector, and then remove sunload sensor.
C
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
D

HAC

HAC-191
INTAKE SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [TYPE 2]
INTAKE SENSOR
Exploded View INFOID:0000000006695895

Refer to HA-43, "Exploded View (Automatic Air Conditioning)". (HR16DE)


Refer to HA-97, "Exploded View (Automatic Air Conditioning)". (MR16DDT)
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006695896

REMOVAL
1. Remove evaporator.
• Refer to HA-55, "EVAPORATOR : Removal and Installation". (HR16DE)
• Refer to HA-115, "EVAPORATOR : Removal and Installation". (MR16DDT)
2. Remove intake sensor from evaporator.
INSTALLATION
Note the following items, and then install in the order of removal.
CAUTION:
• Replace O-rings with new ones. Then apply the compressor oil to them when installing.
• Mark the mounting position of intake sensor bracket prior to removal so that the reinstalled sensor
can be located in the same position.
• Never rotate the bracket insertion part when removing and installing the intake sensor.
• Check for leakages when recharging refrigerant. Refer to HA-19, "Leak Test". (HR16DE) or HA-74,
"Leak Test". (MR16DDT)

HAC-192
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [TYPE 2]
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000006695897

Refer to HA-39, "Exploded View". (HR16DE) B


Refer to HA-94, "Exploded View". (MR16DDT)
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006695898

C
REMOVAL
Refer to HA-42, "REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR : Removal and Installation". (HR16DE)
Refer to HA-96, "REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR : Removal and Installation". (MR16DDT) D
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
E

HAC

HAC-193
FAN CONTROL AMPLIFIER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [TYPE 2]
FAN CONTROL AMPLIFIER
Exploded View INFOID:0000000006695899

JMIIA1017ZZ

1. A/C unit assembly 2. Fan control amp.*1 3. Blower fan resistor*2


4. Blower motor 5. Blower motor cover

• *1: Automatic air conditioner


• *2: Manual air conditioner

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006695900

REMOVAL
1. Remove instrument panel assembly. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation". (LHD models)
2. Remove glove box assembly. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation". (RHD models)
3. Disconnect fan control amp. connector.
4. Remove fixing screws (A), and then remove fan control amp.
(1).

JMIIA1018ZZ

INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

HAC-194
DOOR MOTOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [TYPE 2]
DOOR MOTOR
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000006695901

LEFT SIDE B

HAC

JMIIA1020ZZ
J
1. A/C unit assembly 2. Intake door lever 3. Intake door link
4. Intake door motor 5. Air mix door motor 6. Air mix door link
7. Max. cool door 8. Upper air mix door lever 9. Air mix door rod K
10. Lower air mix door lever

RIGHT SIDE L

HAC-195
DOOR MOTOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [TYPE 2]

JMIIA1019ZZ

1. A/C unit assembly 2. Foot door link 3. Foot door lever


4. Side ventilator door lever 5. Mode door main link 6. Mode door link rod
7. Mode door motor 8. Mode door main link adapter rod 9. Mode door main link adapter
10. Defroster door lever 11. Center ventilator door lever

INTAKE DOOR MOTOR


INTAKE DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006695902

REMOVAL
1. Remove instrument lower panel LH. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation". (LHD models)
2. Remove glove box assembly. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation". (RHD models)
3. Disconnect intake door motor connector.
4. Remove fixing screws (A), and then remove intake door motor
(1) from A/C unit assembly.

JMIIA1021ZZ

INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
MODE DOOR MOTOR

HAC-196
DOOR MOTOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [TYPE 2]
MODE DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006695903

A
REMOVAL
1. Remove glove box assembly Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation". (LHD models)
B
2. Remove instrument lower panel RH. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation". (RHD models)
3. Disconnect mode door motor connector.
4. Disconnect mode door link rod from mode door motor (1). C
5. Remove fixing screws (A), and then remove mode door motor
from A/C unit assembly.
D

JMIIA1023ZZ
F
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR G

AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006695904

H
REMOVAL
1. Remove instrument lower panel LH. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation". (LHD models)
2. Remove glove box assembly. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation". (RHD models) HAC
3. Disconnect air mix door motor harness connector.
4. Remove fixing screws (A), and then remove air mix door motor
(1) from A/C unit assembly. J

JMIIA1022ZZ
M
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
N

HAC-197
APPLICATION NOTICE
< HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL > [TYPE 3]

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL


APPLICATION NOTICE
Information INFOID:0000000006626856

Check the vehicle type to use the service information in this section.

Destination Service information


Automatic air conditioning (4WD models) “TYPE 1”
Automatic air conditioning (2WD models) “TYPE 2”
Manual air conditioning (4WD models) “TYPE 3”
Manual air conditioning (2WD models) “TYPE 4”
Manual heater “TYPE 5”

HAC-198
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [TYPE 3]

PRECAUTION A
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT B
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000006626861

The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along C
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and
“SEAT BELT” of this Service Manual.
D
The vehicle may be equipped with a passenger air bag deactivation switch. Because no rear seat exists where
a rear-facing child restraint can be placed, the switch is designed to turn off the passenger air bag so that a
rear-facing child restraint can be used in the front passenger seat. The switch is located in the center of the E
instrument panel, near the ashtray. When the switch is turned to the ON position, the passenger air bag is
enabled and could inflate for certain types of collision. When the switch is turned to the OFF position, the pas-
senger air bag is disabled and will not inflate. A passenger air bag OFF indicator on the instrument panel lights
up when the passenger air bag is switched OFF. The driver air bag always remains enabled and is not affected F
by the passenger air bag deactivation switch.

WARNING: G
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. H
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this HAC
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-
ness connectors.
• The vehicle may be equipped with a passenger air bag deactivation switch which can be operated by J
the customer. When the passenger air bag is switched OFF, the passenger air bag is disabled and
will not inflate. When the passenger air bag is switched ON, the passenger air bag is enabled and
could inflate for certain types of collision. After SRS maintenance or repair, make sure the passenger
air bag deactivation switch is in the same position (ON or OFF) as when the vehicle arrived for ser- K
vice.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
L
WARNING:
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s)
with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly M
causing serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. N

HAC-199
COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 3]

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
COMPONENT PARTS
Component Part Location INFOID:0000000006547913

JMIIA1052ZZ

1. BCM 2. Magnet clutch 3. Refrigerant pressure sensor


• With Intelligent Key: Refer to BCS-
6, "BODY CONTROL SYSTEM :
Component Parts Location".
• Without Intelligent Key: Refer to
BCS-96, "BODY CONTROL SYS-
TEM : Component Parts Loca-
tion".
4. ECM 5. IPDM E/R 6. A/C control
Refer to EC-25, "ENGINE CON- • With Intelligent Key: Refer to PCS-
TROL SYSTEM : 5, "Component Parts Location".
Component Parts Location". • Without Intelligent Key: Refer to
PCS-37, "Component Parts Loca-
tion".
7. Thermo control amp. 8. Blower fan resistor 9. Blower motor
A. Left side of A/C unit assembly B. Back side of A/C unit assembly C. Right side of A/C unit assembly

HAC-200
COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 3]
Component Description INFOID:0000000006547914

Component Description
Thermo control amp. HAC-201 B
A/C unit assembly Blower motor HAC-201
Blower fan resistor HAC-202
C
A/C control HAC-202
BCM HAC-202
ECM HAC-202 D
IPDM E/R HAC-202
Refrigerant pressure sensor HAC-202
E
Magnet clutch HAC-202

A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY


F
A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Thermo Control Amp. INFOID:0000000006547915

• Thermo control amp. is composed of thermistor and amplifier. Thermistor is installed on evaporator, and
amplifier is attached to foot duct. G
• When the thermistor detecting temperature of the evaporator fin is extremely low, thermo control amp. sends
the thermo control amp. OFF signal to BCM, and stops the compressor.
A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Blower Motor INFOID:0000000006547916
H

• The blower motor utilizes a brush-less motor with a rotating mag-


net. HAC
• Quietness is improved over previous motors where the brush was
the point of contact and the coil rotated.
J

JPIIA1575ZZ

O
ZHA152H

HAC-201
COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 3]
A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Blower Fan Resistor INFOID:0000000006547917

• Compact and lightweight resistor is adopted with outstanding venti-


lation.
• Temperature fuse is installed to protects the blower motor circuit.

ZJIA0545J

A/C Control INFOID:0000000006547918

Controls the air conditioning function.


BCM INFOID:0000000006547919

BCM transmits A/C ON signal and blower fan ON signal to ECM via CAN communication, according to A/C
switch signal and blower fan ON signal that are received from A/C control and thermo control amp. signal that
is received from thermo control amp. and A/C indicator is turned ON.
ECM INFOID:0000000006547920

ECM, when receiving A/C ON signal and blower fan ON signal from BCM, transmits A/C compressor request
signal to IPDM E/R via CAN communication according to status of the engine and refrigerant pressure.
IPDM E/R INFOID:0000000006547921

A/C relay is integrated in IPDM E/R. IPDM E/R operates A/C relay when A/C compressor request signal is
received from ECM via CAN communication line.
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000006547922

DESCRIPTION
• The refrigerant pressure sensor converts high-pressure side refrigerant pressure into voltage and outputs it
to ECM.
• ECM operates cooling system protection and idle speed control according to voltage value that is input.

PBIB2657E

STRUCTURE AND OPERATION


• The refrigerant pressure sensor is a capacitance type sensor. It consists of a pressure detection ares and a
signal processing area.
• The pressure detection area, which is a variable capacity condenser, changes internal static capacitance
according to pressure force.
• The signal processing area detects the static capacitance of the pressure detection area, converts the static
capacitance into a voltage value, and transmits the voltage value to ECM.
Magnet Clutch INFOID:0000000006547923

Compressor is driven by the magnet clutch which is magnetized by electric power supply.

HAC-202
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 3]
SYSTEM
A
System Diagram INFOID:0000000006547924

JMIIA1053GB
HAC

System Description INFOID:0000000006547925

J
DESCRIPTION
• Manual air conditioning system is controlled by each function of thermo control amp., BCM, ECM and IPDM
E/R.
K
• Fan speed of blower motor is changed by the combination of fan control dial operation and blower fan resis-
tor control.
CONTROL BY THERMO CONTROL AMP. L
HAC-203, "Compressor Control"
CONTROL BY BCM
HAC-203, "Compressor Control" M
CONTROL BY ECM
• HAC-203, "Compressor Control"
• Cooling fan control: Refer to EC-61, "COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description". N

CONTROL BY IPDM E/R


• HAC-203, "Compressor Control"
• Cooling fan control O
- With Intelligent Key system: Refer to PCS-9, "POWER CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description".
- Without Intelligent Key system: Refer to PCS-41, "POWER CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description".
P
Compressor Control INFOID:0000000006547926

DESCRIPTION
• BCM transmits the A/C ON signal and blower fan ON signal to ECM via CAN communication line only when
the compressor operational condition is satisfied, and A/C indicator is turned ON.
Refer to BCS-13, "SIGNAL BUFFER SYSTEM : System Description" (with Intelligent Key system) or BCS-
103, "SIGNAL BUFFER SYSTEM : System Description" (without Intelligent Key system).

HAC-203
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 3]
NOTE:
Compressor operational condition
• A/C switch signal: ON
• Blower fan ON signal: ON
• Thermo control amp. signal: ON
• ECM judges the conditions of each sensor (Refrigerant pressure sensor signal, accelerator position signal,
etc.), and transmits the A/C compressor request signal to IPDM E/R via CAN communication line.
• By receiving the A/C compressor request signal from ECM, IPDM E/R turns the A/C relay to ON, and acti-
vates the compressor.
Refer to PCS-6, "RELAY CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description" (with Intelligent Key system) or PCS-
38, "RELAY CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description" (without Intelligent Key system).
CONTROL BY THERMO CONTROL AMP.
Low Temperature Protection Control
• When the thermo control amp. detects that evaporator fin tempera-
ture is 2°C (36°F) or less, thermo control amp. signal becomes
OFF, and stops the compressor.
• When the air temperature returns to 3.5°C (38°F) or more, the
compressor is activated.

JMIIA1055GB

CONTROL BY ECM
Compressor Protection Control at Pressure Malfunction
The high-pressure side value that is detected by refrigerant pressure sensor is as per the following state, ECM
requests IPDM E/R to turn A/C relay OFF and stop the compressor.
• 3.12 MPa (31.82 kg/cm2, 452.4 psi) or more (When the engine speed is less than 1,500 rpm)
• 2.74 MPa (27.95 kg/cm2, 397.3 psi) or more (When the engine speed is 1,500 rpm or more)
• 0.14 MPa (1.43 kg/cm2, 20.3 psi) or less
Compressor Oil Circulation Control
When the engine starts while the engine coolant temperature is 56°C (133°F) or less, ECM activates the com-
pressor for approximately 6 seconds and circulates the compressor oil once.
Air Conditioning Cut Control
When the engine condition is high load, ECM makes the A/C relay to OFF, and stops the compressor.
Refer to EC-60, "AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System Description".
Door Control INFOID:0000000006547927

SWITCHES AND THEIR CONTROL FUNCTIONS

HAC-204
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 3]

HAC
JPIIA1584ZZ

1. Intake door 2. Blower motor 3. Air conditioner filter


J
4. Evaporator 5. Upper air mix door 6. Lower air mix door
7. Heater core 8. Foot door 9. Side ventilator door
10. Sub defroster door 11. Center ventilator and defroster door
K
Fresh air intake Recirculation air Defroster

Center ventilator Side ventilator Foot

Rear foot*
L

*: With rear foot duct


M

HAC-205
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 3]

Door position

Center ventilator and defroster door

Side ventilator door


Sub defroster door

Upper air mix door

Lower air mix door


Intake door
Foot door
Switch/dial position

M L G
P
N K H

MODE dial O —
I
Q N J — —

M G

A
Intake lever
B
— — — —
Full cold D E
Temperature control dial —
Full hot C F

AIR DISTRIBUTION
Without rear foot duct
Discharge air flow
Air outlet/distribution
MODE dial position Ventilator
Foot Defroster
Center Side
52.6% 47.3% — —

34.0% 27.7% 38.4% —

— 19.1% 57.9% 23.0%

— 13.5% 42.4% 44.1%

— 16.3% — 83.8%

With rear foot duct


Discharge air flow
Air outlet/distribution
MODE dial position Ventilator Foot
Defroster
Center Side Front Rear
52.6% 47.3% — — —

28.2% 25.9% 29.6% 16.3% —

— 16.3% 43.0% 21.0% 19.7%

— 12.2% 33.1% 16.3% 38.4%

— 16.3% — — 83.8%

HAC-206
OPERATION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 3]
OPERATION
A
Switch Name and Function INFOID:0000000006547928

A/C CONTROLLER (A/C CONTROL) B

JMIIA1054ZZ

H
1. MODE dial 2. Fan control dial 3. A/C switch
4. Temperature control dial 5. Intake lever

HAC
MODE dial Mode position is selected to an optimal position by operating this dial.
Fan control dial Fan speed can be adjusted within a range from 1st to 4th.
J
The compressor control (switch indicator) is turned ON ⇔ OFF each time by pressing this switch
A/C switch
while the blower motor is activated.
The setting temperature can be selected to an optimum temperature by operating this dial.
Temperature control dial • Clockwise rotation: Discharge air flow temperature increases K
• Counterclockwise rotation: Discharge air flow temperature decreases.
Intake lever The air inlet changes REC ⇔ FRE each time by operation this lever.
L

HAC-207
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 3]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)
Description INFOID:0000000006705741

Air conditioning system performs self-diagnosis, operation check, function diagnosis, and various settings
using diagnosis function of each control unit.

Diagnostic item
ECU
(CONSULT-III)
Self Diagnostic Result
BCM BCM-AIR CONDITIONER Data Monitor
Active Test
Self Diagnostic Result
ECM ENGINE
Data Monitor
Self Diagnostic Result
IPDM E/R
IPDM E/R Data Monitor
Auto active test

COMMON ITEM
COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM) INFOID:0000000006706387

APPLICATION ITEM
CONSULT-III performs the following functions via CAN communication with BCM.

Diagnosis mode Function Description


Work Support Changes the setting for each system function.
Self Diagnostic Result Displays the diagnosis results judged by BCM.
Monitors the reception status of CAN communication viewed from BCM. Refer to CONSULT-III opera-
CAN Diag Support Monitor
tion manual.
Data Monitor The BCM input/output signals are displayed.
Active Test The signals used to activate each device are forcibly supplied from BCM.
Ecu Identification The BCM part number is displayed.
• Read and save the vehicle specification.
Configuration
• Write the vehicle specification when replacing BCM.

SYSTEM APPLICATION
BCM can perform the following functions for each system.
NOTE:
It can perform the diagnosis modes except the following for all sub system selection items.
×: Applicable item

Diagnosis mode
System Sub system selection item
Work Support Data Monitor Active Test
Door lock DOOR LOCK × × ×
Rear window defogger REAR DEFOGGER × ×
Warning chime BUZZER × ×
Interior room lamp timer INT LAMP × × ×
Exterior lamp HEAD LAMP × × ×
Wiper and washer WIPER × × ×
Turn signal and hazard warning lamps FLASHER × × ×
• Automatic A/C
AIR CONDITONER × ×*2
• Manual A/C

HAC-208
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 3]
Diagnosis mode
System Sub system selection item A
Work Support Data Monitor Active Test
• Intelligent Key system
INTELLIGENT KEY × × ×
• Engine start system
B
Combination switch COMB SW ×
Body control system BCM ×
NVIS - NATS IMMU × × × C
Interior room lamp battery saver BATTERY SAVER × × ×
Back door open TRUNK ×
D
Theft warning alarm THEFT ALM × × ×
— RETAINED PWR*1 ×
Signal buffer system SIGNAL BUFFER × × E
NOTE:
• *1: This item is displayed, but not used.
• *2: For models with automatic A/C, this diagnosis mode is not used. F
FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)
The BCM records the following vehicle condition at the time a particular DTC is detected, and displays on
CONSULT-III. G

CONSULT screen item Indication/Unit Description


H
Vehicle Speed km/h Vehicle speed of the moment a particular DTC is detected
Odo/Trip Meter km Total mileage (Odometer value) of the moment a particular DTC is detected

HAC

HAC-209
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 3]
CONSULT screen item Indication/Unit Description
While turning BCM status from low power consumption mode to
SLEEP>LOCK
normal mode (Power supply position is “LOCK”)
While turning BCM status from low power consumption mode to
SLEEP>OFF
normal mode (Power supply position is “OFF”.)
LOCK>ACC While turning power supply position from “LOCK” to “ACC”
ACC>ON While turning power supply position from “ACC” to “IGN”
While turning power supply position from “RUN” to “ACC” (Vehicle
RUN>ACC
is stopping and selector lever is except P position.)
While turning power supply position from “CRANKING” to “RUN”
CRANK>RUN
(From cranking up the engine to run it)
While turning power supply position from “RUN“ to “ACC” (Emer-
RUN>URGENT
gency stop operation)
ACC>OFF While turning power supply position from “ACC” to “OFF”
OFF>LOCK While turning power supply position from “OFF” to “LOCK”
Power position status of
OFF>ACC While turning power supply position from “OFF” to “ACC”
Vehicle Condition the moment a particular
ON>CRANK DTC is detected While turning power supply position from “IGN” to “CRANKING”
While turning BCM status from normal mode (Power supply posi-
OFF>SLEEP
tion is “OFF”.) to low power consumption mode
While turning BCM status from normal mode (Power supply posi-
LOCK>SLEEP
tion is “LOCK”.) to low power consumption mode
Power supply position is “LOCK” (Ignition switch OFF with steer-
LOCK
ing is locked.)
Power supply position is “OFF” (Ignition switch OFF with steering
OFF
is unlocked.)
ACC Power supply position is “ACC” (Ignition switch ACC)
Power supply position is “IGN” (Ignition switch ON with engine
ON
stopped)
Power supply position is “RUN” (Ignition switch ON with engine
ENGINE RUN
running)
CRANKING Power supply position is “CRANKING” (At engine cranking)
The number of times that ignition switch is turned ON after DTC is detected
• The number is 0 when a malfunction is detected now.
IGN Counter 0 - 39 • The number increases like 1 → 2 → 3...38 → 39 after returning to the normal condition
whenever ignition switch OFF → ON.
• The number is fixed to 39 until the self-diagnosis results are erased if it is over 39.

AIR CONDITIONER
AIR CONDITIONER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - AIR CONDITIONER) (Manual A/
C 4WD Models) INFOID:0000000006547930

DATA MONITOR
Display item list
Monitor Item [Unit] Contents
FAN ON SIG [On/Off] Displays blower motor status as judged from blower fan ON signal.
AIR COND SW [On/Off] Displays A/C switch status as judged from A/C switch signal.
THERMO AMP [On/Off] Displays thermo control amp. status as judged from thermo control amp. signal.
IGN SW [On/Off] Displays ignition switch position status as judged form ignition switch signal.

ACTIVE TEST

HAC-210
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 3]

Test item Operation Description A


On A/C indicator is turned ON.
A/C INDICATOR
Off A/C indicator is turned OFF.
B

HAC

HAC-211
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 3]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)
Description INFOID:0000000006706007

Air conditioning system performs self-diagnosis, operation check, function diagnosis, and various settings
using diagnosis function of each control unit.

Diagnostic item
ECU
(CONSULT-III)
Self Diagnostic Result
BCM BCM-AIR CONDITIONER Data Monitor
Active Test
Self Diagnostic Result
ECM ENGINE
Data Monitor
Self Diagnostic Result
IPDM E/R
IPDM E/R Data Monitor
Auto active test

COMMON ITEM
COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM) INFOID:0000000006706388

APPLICATION ITEM
CONSULT-III performs the following functions via CAN communication with BCM.

Diagnosis mode Function Description


Work Support Changes the setting for each system function.
Self Diagnostic Result Displays the diagnosis results judged by BCM.
Monitors the reception status of CAN communication viewed from BCM. Refer to CONSULT-III opera-
CAN Diag Support Monitor
tion manual.
Data Monitor The BCM input/output signals are displayed.
Active Test The signals used to activate each device are forcibly supplied from BCM.
Ecu Identification The BCM part number is displayed.
• Read and save the vehicle specification.
Configuration
• Write the vehicle specification when replacing BCM.

SYSTEM APPLICATION
BCM can perform the following functions for each system.
NOTE:
It can perform the diagnosis modes except the following for all sub system selection items.
×: Applicable item
Diagnosis mode
System Sub system selection item
Work Support Data Monitor Active Test
Door lock DOOR LOCK × × ×
Rear window defogger REAR DEFOGGER × ×
Warning chime BUZZER × ×
Interior room lamp control INT LAMP × × ×
Remote keyless entry system MULTI REMOTE ENT × × ×
Exterior lamp HEAD LAMP × × ×
Wiper and washer WIPER × × ×
Turn signal and hazard warning lamps FLASHER × ×

HAC-212
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 3]
Diagnosis mode
System Sub system selection item A
Work Support Data Monitor Active Test
• Automatic A/C
• Manual A/C AIR CONDITONER × ×*2
• Manual heater B
Combination switch COMB SW ×
Body control system BCM ×
C
NATS IMMU × ×
Interior room lamp battery saver BATTERY SAVER × × ×
Back door open TRUNK × D
Vehicle security system THEFT ALM × × ×
— RETAINED PWR*1 × ×
E
Signal buffer system SIGNAL BUFFER × ×
— PANIC ALARM*1 ×
• *1: This item is displayed, but is not used. F
• *2: For models with automatic A/C, this mode is not used.
AIR CONDITIONER
G
AIR CONDITIONER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - AIR CONDITIONER) (Manual A/
C 4WD Models) INFOID:0000000006547932
H
DATA MONITOR
Display item list
HAC
Monitor Item [Unit] Contents
FAN ON SIG [On/Off] Displays blower motor status as judged from blower fan ON signal.
AIR COND SW [On/Off] Displays A/C switch status as judged from A/C switch signal. J
THERMO AMP [On/Off] Displays thermo control amp. status as judged from thermo control amp. signal.
IGN SW [On/Off] Displays ignition switch position status as judged form ignition switch signal.
K
ACTIVE TEST

Test item Operation Description L


On A/C indicator is turned ON.
A/C INDICATOR
Off A/C indicator is turned OFF.
M

HAC-213
BCM, ECM, IPDM E/R
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [TYPE 3]

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION


BCM, ECM, IPDM E/R
List of ECU Reference INFOID:0000000006547933

ECU Reference
BCS-41, "Reference Value"
BCS-64, "Fail-safe"
With Intelligent Key system
BCS-66, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart"
BCS-67, "DTC Index"
BCM BCS-125, "Reference Value"
BCS-140, "Fail-safe"
Without Intelligent Key system BCS-140,
"DTC Inspection Priority Chart"
BCS-141, "DTC Index"
EC-90, "Reference Value"
EC-104, "Fail Safe"
ECM
EC-106, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart"
EC-108, "DTC Index"
PCS-17, "Reference Value"
With Intelligent Key system PCS-24, "Fail-Safe"
PCS-25, "DTC Index"
IPDM E/R
PCS-48, "Reference Value"
Without Intelligent Key system PCS-54, "Fail-Safe"
PCS-55, "DTC Index"

HAC-214
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [TYPE 3]

WIRING DIAGRAM A
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000006547934
B

For connector terminal arrangements, harness layouts, and alphabets in a (option abbreviation; if not
described in wiring diagram), refer to GI-12, "Connector Information/Explanation of Option Abbreviation".
C

HAC

JCIWA0513GB

HAC-215
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [TYPE 3]

BASIC INSPECTION
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
Work Flow INFOID:0000000006547935

OVERALL SEQUENCE

JPIIA1673GB

DETAILED FLOW

HAC-216
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [TYPE 3]

1.INTERVIEW FOR MALFUNCTION A


Interview the symptom to the customer.

>> GO TO 2. B
2.SYMPTOM CHECK
Check the symptom from the customer's information.
C

>> GO TO 3.
3.BASIC INSPECTION D
Check the operation of each part. Check that any symptom occurs other than the interviewed symptom.

E
>> GO TO 4.
4.SELF-DIAGNOSIS WITH CONSULT-III
Perform the self-diagnosis with CONSULT-III. Check that any DTC is detected. F
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 6. G
5.TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS BY DTC
Perform the trouble diagnosis for the detected DTC. Specify the malfunctioning part. H

>> GO TO 6.
6.SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS HAC

Perform the symptom diagnosis. Specify the malfunctioning part.


J
>> GO TO 7.
7.MALFUNCTION PART REPAIR
Repair or replace the malfunctioning part. K

>> GO TO 8.
L
8.REPAIR CHECK (SELF-DIAGNOSIS WITH CONSULT-III)
Perform the self-diagnoses with CONSULT-III. Check that any DTC is not detected. Erase DTC if DTC is
detected before the repair. Check that DTC is not detected again. M
Is any or malfunction result or DTC detected?
YES >> If DTC is detected, GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 9. N
9.REPAIR CHECK (OPERATION CHECK)
Check the operation of each part. O
Does it operate normally?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3. P

HAC-217
OPERATION INSPECTION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [TYPE 3]
OPERATION INSPECTION
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006547936

The purpose of the operational check is to check that the individual system operates normally.

Check condition : Engine running at normal operating temperature.

1.CHECK BLOWER MOTOR


1. Operate fan control dial.
2. Check that fan speed changes. Check operation for all fan speeds.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 8.
2.CHECK DISCHARGE AIR
1. Operate fan control dial to set the fan speed to maximum speed.
2. Operate MODE dial to each position.
3. Check that air outlets change according to each indicated air outlet by placing a hand in front of the air
outlets. Refer to VTL-5, "System Description".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 8.
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR
1. Operate intake lever to each position.
2. Listen to intake sound and confirm air inlets change.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 8.
4.CHECK COMPRESSOR
1. Press A/C switch. The A/C switch indicator is turns ON.
2. Check visually and by sound that the compressor operates.
3. Press A/C switch again. The A/C switch indicator is turns OFF.
4. Check that compressor stops.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 8.
5.CHECK DISCHARGE AIR TEMPERATURE
1. Operate temperature control dial.
2. Check that discharge air temperature changes.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 8.
6.CHECK TEMPERATURE DECREASE
1. Operate compressor.
2. Turn temperature control dial to full cold position.
3. Check that cool air blows from the air outlets.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 8.
7.CHECK TEMPERATURE INCREASE
1. Turn temperature control dial to full hot position.

HAC-218
OPERATION INSPECTION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [TYPE 3]
2. Check that warm air blows from air outlets.
Is the inspection result normal? A
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS WITH CONSULT-III B

1. Perform self-diagnosis with CONSULT-III.


2. Check that any DTC is detected.
C
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for the detected DTC.
NO >> Refer to HAC-233, "Symptom Table" and perform the appropriate diagnosis. D

HAC

HAC-219
A/C SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 3]

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
A/C SWITCH
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006547937

1.CHECK A/C ON SIGNAL


With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “AIR CONDITIONER” of “BCM” using CONSULT-III.
3. Select “AIR COND SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check status under the following condition.

Monitor item Condition Status


While pushing On
AIR COND SW A/C switch
While not pushing Off
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Refer to HAC-220, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006547938

1.CHECK A/C SWITCH POWER SUPPLY


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/C control connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check output waveform between A/C control harness connector and ground with using oscilloscope.

+
A/C control − Output waveform
Connector Terminal

M53 1 Ground

JPMIA0012GB

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK A/C SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect BCM connector.
3. Check continuity between A/C control harness connector and ground.

A/C control
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M53 8 Ground Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C control. Refer to HAC-239, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair harness or connector.

HAC-220
A/C SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 3]

3.CHECK A/C SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN A


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect BCM connector.
3. Check continuity between A/C control harness connector and BCM harness connector.
B

A/C control BCM


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal C
M65 (without Intelli-
gent Key)
M53 1 27 Existed
M68 (with Intelligent
Key)
D

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 4. E
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
4.CHECK A/C SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
Check continuity between A/C control harness connector and ground. F

A/C control
— Continuity G
Connector Terminal
M53 1 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-93, "Removal and Installation" (with Intelligent Key) or BCS-161,
"Removal and Installation" (without Intelligent Key).
NO >> Repair harness or connector. HAC

HAC-221
BLOWER FAN ON SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 3]
BLOWER FAN ON SIGNAL
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006547940

1.CHECK BLOWER FAN ON SIGNAL


With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “AIR CONDITIONER” of “BCM” using CONSULT-III.
3. Select “FAN ON SIG” in “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check status under the following condition.

Monitor item Condition Status


Except OFF position On
FAN ON SIG Fan control dial
OFF position Off
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Refer to HAC-222, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006547941

1.CHECK FAN SWITCH POWER SUPPLY SIGNAL


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/C control harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check output waveform between A/C control and ground with using oscilloscope.

+
A/C control − Output waveform
Connector Terminal

M53 14 Ground

PIIB7730J

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace A/C control. Refer to HAC-239, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK BLOWER FAN ON SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect BCM connector.
3. Check continuity A/C control harness connector and BCM harness connector.

A/C control BCM


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M65 (without Intelli-
gent Key)
M53 14 28 Existed
M68 (with Intelligent
Key)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.

HAC-222
BLOWER FAN ON SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 3]

3.CHECK BLOWER FAN ON SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT A


Check continuity between A/C control harness connector and ground.

A/C control B
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M53 14 Ground Not existed
C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-93, "Removal and Installation" (with Intelligent Key) or BCS-161,
"Removal and Installation" (without Intelligent Key).
NO >> Repair harness or connector. D

HAC

HAC-223
THERMO CONTROL AMPLIFIER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 3]
THERMO CONTROL AMPLIFIER
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006660870

1.CHECK A/C ON SIGNAL


With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “AIR CONDITIONER” of “BCM” using CONSULT-III.
3. Select “THERMO AMP” in “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check status under the following condition.

Monitor item Condition Status


ON On
THERMO AMP Ignition switch
OFF Off
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Refer to HAC-224, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006660871

1.CHECK FUSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 10A fuse (No. 15, located in fuse block (J/B)].
NOTE:
Refer to PG-22, "Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse is blown.
2.CHECK THERMO CONTROL AMP. POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect thermo control amp. connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between thermo control amp. harness connector and ground.

+
Thermo control amp. − Voltage
Connector Terminal
M44 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair harness or connector between thermo control amp. and fuse.
3.CHECK THERMO CONTROL AMP. GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check continuity between thermo control amp. harness connector and ground.

Thermo control amp.


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M44 3 Ground Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.

HAC-224
THERMO CONTROL AMPLIFIER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 3]

4.CHECK THERMO CONTROL AMP. SIGNAL A


1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between thermo control amp. harness connector and ground.
B
+
Voltage
Thermo control amp. −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal C
M44 2 Ground 12 V
Is the inspection result normal?
D
YES >> Replace thermo control amp. Refer to HAC-240, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK THERMO CONTROL AMP. SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN E
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect BCM connector.
3. Check continuity between thermo control amp. harness connector and BCM harness connector. F

Thermo control amp. A/C control


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal G
M65 (with Intelligent
Key)
M44 2 26 Existed
M68 (without Intelli- H
gent Key)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-93, "Removal and Installation" (with Intelligent Key) or BCS-161, HAC
"Removal and Installation" (without Intelligent Key).
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
J

HAC-225
A/C INDICATOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 3]
A/C INDICATOR
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006547942

1.CHECK SYMPTOM
Check symptom.

A/C indicator dose not turn ON>>GO TO 2.


A/C indicator dose not turn OFF>>GO TO 6.
2.CHECK FUSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 10A fuse (No. 15, located in fuse block (J/B)].
NOTE:
Refer to PG-22, "Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse is blown.
3.CHECK A/C INDICATOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between A/C control harness connector and ground.

+
A/C control − Voltage
Connector Terminal
M53 7 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair harness or connector between A/C control and fuse.
4.CHECK A/C INDICATOR CIRCUIT
Check voltage between A/C control harness connector and ground.

+
Voltage
A/C control −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
M53 2 Ground 12 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace A/C control. Refer to HAC-239, "Removal and Installation".
5.CHECK A/C INDICATOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/C control connector and BCM connector.
3. Check continuity between A/C control harness connector and BCM harness connector.

A/C control BCM


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M66 (without Intelli-
63 Existed
gent Key)
M53 2
M69 (with Intelligent
72 Existed
Key)

HAC-226
A/C INDICATOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 3]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-93, "Removal and Installation" (with Intelligent Key) or BCS-161, A
"Removal and Installation" (without Intelligent Key).
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
6.CHECK A/C INDICATOR CIRCUIT FOR SHORT B
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/C control connector and BCM connector.
3. Check continuity between A/C control harness connector and ground. C

A/C control
— Continuity D
Connector Terminal
M53 2 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-93, "Removal and Installation" (with Intelligent Key) or BCS-161,
"Removal and Installation" (without Intelligent Key).
NO >> Repair harness or connector. F

HAC

HAC-227
BLOWER MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 3]
BLOWER MOTOR
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006547943

1.CHECK SYMPTOM
Check symptom (A or B).

Symptom
A Blower motor does not operate at any dial position
Blower motor does not operate at any dial position other than 4, or oper-
B
ation speed is not normal.
Which symptom is detected?
A >> GO TO 2.
B >> GO TO 7.
2.CHECK FUSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 15A fuses (Nos. 14 and 16, located in fuse block (J/B)].
NOTE:
Refer to PG-22, "Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse is blown.
3.CHECK BLOWER MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Disconnect blower motor connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between blower motor harness connector and ground.

+
Blower motor − Voltage
Connector Terminal
M39 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK BLOWER RELAY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check blower relay. Refer to HAC-230, "Component Inspection (Blower Relay)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Repair harness or connector between blower motor and fuse.
NO >> Replace blower relay.
5.CHECK FAN SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/C control connector.
3. Check continuity between A/C control harness connector and ground.

A/C control
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M53 9 Ground Existed
Is the inspection result normal?

HAC-228
BLOWER MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 3]
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair harness or connector. A
6.CHECK FAN SWITCH 4 POSITION CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
Check continuity between A/C control harness connector and blower motor harness connector.
B

A/C control Blower motor


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal C
M53 13 M39 2 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10. D
NO >> Repair the harness or connector.
7.CHECK BLOWER FAN RESISTOR POWER SUPPLY E
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect blower fan resistor connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
F
4. Check voltage between blower fan resistor harness connector and ground.

+
G
Blower fan resistor − Voltage
Connector Terminal
M346 4 Ground Battery voltage H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair harness or connector between blower fan resistor and blower motor. HAC

8.CHECK BLOWER FAN RESISTOR


1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. J
2. Check blower fan resistor. Refer to HAC-230, "Component Inspection (Blower Fan Resistor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9. K
NO >> Replace blower fan resistor. Refer to HAC-242, "Removal and Installation".
9.CHECK FAN SWITCH 1, 2, 3 POSITION CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
L
Check continuity between A/C control harness connector and blower fan resistor.

A/C control Blower fan resistor


Continuity M
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
10 1
M53 11 M346 2 Existed N
12 3
Is the inspection result normal?
O
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
10.CHECK FAN SWITCH P
Check fan switch. Refer to HAC-231, "Component Inspection (Fan Switch)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace blower motor. Refer to VTL-15, "Removal and Installation (LHD models)" or VTL-16,
"Removal and Installation (RHD models)".
NO >> Replace A/C control. Refer to HAC-239, "Removal and Installation".

HAC-229
BLOWER MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 3]
Component Inspection (Blower Motor) INFOID:0000000006547944

1.CHECK BLOWER MOTOR


1. Remove blower motor. Refer to VTL-15, "Removal and Installation (LHD models)" or VTL-16, "Removal
and Installation (RHD models)".
2. Check that there is not any mixing foreign object in the blower motor.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace blower motor. Refer to VTL-15, "Removal and Installation (LHD models)" or VTL-16,
"Removal and Installation (RHD models)".
2.CHECK BLOWER MOTOR
Check that there is not breakage or damage in the blower motor.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace blower motor. Refer to VTL-15, "Removal and Installation (LHD models)" or VTL-16,
"Removal and Installation (RHD models)".
3.CHECK BLOWER MOTOR
Check that blower motor turns smoothly.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace blower motor. Refer to VTL-15, "Removal and Installation (LHD models)" or VTL-16,
"Removal and Installation (RHD models)".
Component Inspection (Blower Relay) INFOID:0000000006547945

1.CHECK BLOWER RELAY


1. Remove blower relay. Refer to PG-22, "Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement".
2. Check continuity between blower relay terminal 3 and 5 when
the voltage is supplied between terminal 1 and 2.

Terminal Voltage Continuity


ON Existed
3 5
OFF Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace blower relay.
JSIIA1551ZZ

Component Inspection (Blower Fan Resistor) INFOID:0000000006547946

1.CHECK BLOWER FAN RESISTOR


1. Disconnect blower fan resistor connector.
2. Check resistance between blower fan resistor terminals. Refer to applicable table for the normal value.

Resistance: Ω
Terminal
(Approx.)
3 0.43
4 2 1.03
1 3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace blower fan resistor. Refer to HAC-242, "Removal and Installation".

HAC-230
BLOWER MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 3]
Component Inspection (Fan Switch) INFOID:0000000006547947

A
1.CHECK FAN SWITCH
Check continuity between A/C control terminals.
B

Condition
Terminal Fan control dial po- Continuity
C
sition
10 1st
11 2nd D
9 Existed
12 3rd
13 4th
E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace A/C control. Refer to HAC-239, "Removal and Installation".
F

HAC

HAC-231
MAGNET CLUTCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 3]
MAGNET CLUTCH
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006547948

1.CHECK MAGNET CLUTCH OPERATION


Perform auto active test of IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-12, "Diagnosis Description" (with Intelligent Key) or PCS-
43, "Diagnosis Description" (without Intelligent Key).
Does it operate normally?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Refer to HAC-232, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006547949

1.CHECK FUSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 10A fuse (No. 49, located in IPDM E/R).
NOTE:
Refer to PG-25, "Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse is blown.
2.CHECK MAGNET CLUTCH
1. Disconnect compressor connector.
2. Directly apply battery voltage to the magnet clutch. Check for operation visually and by sound.
Does it operate normally?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace magnet clutch. Refer to HA-88, "MAGNET CLUTCH : Removal and Installation of Com-
pressor Clutch".
3.CHECK MAGNET CLUTCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector.
2. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and compressor harness connector.

IPDM E/R Compressor


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E15 56 F17 1 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-34, "Removal and Installation" (with Intelligent Key) or PCS-63,
"Removal and Installation" (without Intelligent Key).
NO >> Repair harness or connector.

HAC-232
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 3]

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS A
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
Symptom Table INFOID:0000000006547950
B
NOTE:
Perform self-diagnosis with CONSULT-III before performing the symptom diagnosis. If any malfunction result
or DTC is detected, perform the corresponding diagnosis. C

Symptom Corresponding malfunction part Check item/Reference


• Blower motor D
• Blower motor power supply circuit
• The circuit between blower motor
and fan switch
• Blower motor does not operate at any dial position. E
• The circuit between blower motor HAC-228, "Diagnosis Proce-
• Blower motor does not operate at any dial position other
and blower fan resistor dure"
than 4, or operation speed is not normal.
• The circuit between blower fan re-
sistor and fan switch (A/C control) F
• Blower fan resistor
• Fan switch (A/C control)
• A/C indicator (A/C control) power
• A/C indicator dose not turn ON. supply circuit G
(Compressor operates) • The circuit between A/C indicator HAC-226, "Diagnosis Proce-
• A/C indicator dose not turn OFF. (A/C control) and BCM dure"
(Compressor stops) • A/C indicator (A/C control) H
• BCM
• Magnet clutch
• The circuit between magnet clutch
and IPDM E/R HAC
• IPDM E/R (A/C relay)
• The circuit between ECM and re-
frigerant pressure sensor
Compressor does not operate. HAC-237, "Diagnosis Proce- J
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
(Blower motor operates) dure"
• A/C ON signal circuit
• Blower fan ON signal circuit
• CAN communication line K
• A/C control
• Thermo control amp.
• BCM
• Magnet clutch control system
L
• Insufficient cooling • Drive belt slipping HAC-235, "Diagnosis Proce-
• No cool air comes out. (Air flow volume is normal.) • Cooler cycle dure"
• Air leakage from each duct
M
• Engine cooling system
• Insufficient heating • Heater hose HAC-236, "Diagnosis Proce-
• No warm air comes out. (Air flow volume is normal.) • Heater core dure"
• Air leakage from each duct N
During compressor op-
Cooler cycle HA-85, "Symptom Table"
eration
Noise is heard when the A/C • Mixing any foreign object in blower
O
system operates. During blower motor op- motor HAC-230, "Component Inspec-
eration • Blower motor fan breakage tion (Blower Motor)"
• Blower motor rotation inferiority P
• A/C control
Check the air mix door installa-
Discharge air temperature dose not change. • Air mix door cable
tion and door operation
• Air mix door

HAC-233
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 3]
Symptom Corresponding malfunction part Check item/Reference
• A/C control
Check the mode door installa-
Air outlet dose not change. • Mode door cable
tion and door operation
• Mode door
• A/C control
Check the intake door installa-
Air inlet dose not change. • Intake door cable
tion and door operation
• Intake door

HAC-234
INSUFFICIENT COOLING
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 3]
INSUFFICIENT COOLING
A
Description INFOID:0000000006547951

B
Symptom
• Insufficient cooling
• No cool air comes out. (Air flow volume is normal.)
C
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006547952

NOTE:
Perform self-diagnosis with CONSULT-III before performing symptom diagnosis. If any malfunction result or D
DTC is detected, perform the corresponding diagnosis.
1.CHECK MAGNET CLUTCH OPERATION
E
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn fan control dial ON.
3. Press A/C switch.
4. Check that A/C indicator turns ON. Check visually and by sound that compressor operates. F
5. Press A/C switch again.
6. Check that A/C indicator turns OFF. Check that compressor stops.
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform the diagnosis of “COMPRESSOR DOSE NOT OPERATE” in “SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS”.
Refer to HAC-237, "Diagnosis Procedure". H
2.CHECK DRIVE BELT
Check tension of the drive belt. Refer to EM-20, "Checking".
HAC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Adjust or replace drive belt depending on the inspection results.
J
3.CHECK REFRIGERANT CYCLE PRESSURE
Connect the recovery/recycling recharging equipment to the vehicle and perform the pressure inspection with
the gauge. Refer to HA-83, "Symptom Table". K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace parts depending on the inspection results. L
4.CHECK AIR LEAKAGE FROM EACH DUCT
Check duct and nozzle, etc. of the air conditioner system for leakage.
M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check air mix door cable installation and air mix door operation.
NO >> Repair or replace parts depending on the inspection results. N

HAC-235
INSUFFICIENT HEATING
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 3]
INSUFFICIENT HEATING
Description INFOID:0000000006547953

Symptom
• Insufficient heating
• No warm air comes out. (Air flow volume is normal.)
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006547954

NOTE:
Perform self-diagnosis with CONSULT-III before performing symptom diagnosis. If any malfunction result or
DTC is detected, perform the corresponding diagnosis.
1.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM
1. Check engine coolant level and check for leakage. Refer to CO-11, "Inspection".
2. Check radiator cap. Refer to CO-15, "RADIATOR CAP : Inspection".
3. Check water flow sounds of the engine coolant. Refer to CO-12, "Refilling".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Refill engine coolant and repair or replace parts depending on the inspection results.
2.CHECK HEATER HOSE
Check installation of heater hose by visually or touching.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace parts depending on the inspection results.
3.CHECK HEATER CORE
1. Check temperature of inlet hose and outlet hose of heater core.
2. Check that inlet side of heater core is hot and the outlet side is slightly lower than/almost equal to the inlet
side.
CAUTION:
Always perform the temperature inspection in a short period of time because the engine coolant
temperature is very hot.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace heater core. Refer to HA-116, "HEATER CORE : Removal and Installation".
4.CHECK AIR LEAKAGE FROM EACH DUCT
Check duct and nozzle, etc. of air conditioning system for air leakage.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check air mix door cable installation and air mix door operation.
NO >> Repair or replace parts depending on the inspection results.

HAC-236
COMPRESSOR DOSE DOT OPERATE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 3]
COMPRESSOR DOSE DOT OPERATE
A
Description INFOID:0000000006547955

SYMPTOM B
Compressor dose not operate.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006547956
C
NOTE:
• Perform self-diagnosis with CONSULT-III before performing symptom diagnosis. If any malfunction result or
DTC is detected, perform the corresponding diagnosis. D
• Check that refrigerant is enclosed in cooler cycle normally. If the refrigerant amount is shortage from proper
amount, perform the inspection of refrigerant leakage
1.CHECK A/C INDICATOR E
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Operate blower motor.
3. Check that A/C indicator is turned ON/OFF when operating A/C switch. F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5. G
2.CHECK MAGNET CLUTCH OPERATION
Check magnet clutch. Refer to HAC-232, "Component Function Check". H
Does it operate normally?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts. HAC
3.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Check refrigerant pressure sensor. Refer to EC-423, "Component Function Check".
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
K
4.CHECK BCM OUTPUT SIGNAL
With CONSULT-III
1. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ECM” using CONSULT-III. L
2. Select “AIR COND SIG” and “HEATER FAN SW”, and check status under the following conditions.

Monitor item Condition Status M


OFF (A/C indicator: OFF) Off
AIR COND SIG A/C switch
ON (A/C indicator: ON) On
N
OFF Off
HEATER FAN SW Blower motor
ON On
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-34, "Removal and Installation" (with Intelligent Key) or PCS-63,
"Removal and Installation" (without Intelligent Key).
NO >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-93, "Removal and Installation" (with Intelligent Key) or BCS-161, P
"Removal and Installation" (without Intelligent Key).
5.CHECK A/C SWITCH
Check A/C switch. Refer to HAC-220, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.

HAC-237
COMPRESSOR DOSE DOT OPERATE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 3]

6.CHECK BLOWER FAN ON SIGNAL


Check blower fan ON signal. Refer to HAC-222, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts
7.CHECK THERMO CONTROL AMP.
Check thermo control amp. Refer to HAC-224, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-93, "Removal and Installation" (with Intelligent Key) or BCS-161,
"Removal and Installation" (without Intelligent Key).
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts

HAC-238
A/C CONTROL
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [TYPE 3]

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION A


A/C CONTROL
Exploded View INFOID:0000000006547957
B

JMIIA0899ZZ
H
1. Intake door cable 2. Mode door cable 3. A/C control
4. Air mix door cable 5. Intake door lever knob
A. To mode door link B. To intake door link C. To air mix door link HAC

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006547958

J
REMOVAL
1. Remove A/C finisher. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove A/C control fixing screws (A) and fixing pawls, and then K
remove A/C control.

: Pawl L

JMIIA0900ZZ N

3. Disconnect door cable and harness connector from A/C control.


INSTALLATION O
Install in the reverse order of removal.

HAC-239
THERMO CONTROL AMPLIFIER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [TYPE 3]
THERMO CONTROL AMPLIFIER
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006547960

REMOVAL
1. Remove evaporator. Refer to HA-115, "EVAPORATOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Remove thermo control amp. from evaporator.
INSTALLATION
Note the following items, and then install in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• Replace O-ring with new one. Then apply compressor oil to them when installing.
• When install the thermo control amp., set the same position before replacement.
• When remove the thermo control amp., never turn the bracket which is equipped the top of the
thermo control amp.
• Check for the leakages when recharging refrigerant. Refer to HA-74, "Leak Test".

HAC-240
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [TYPE 3]
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000006547961

Refer to HA-94, "Exploded View". B


Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006547962

REMOVAL C
Refer to HA-96, "REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
INSTALLATION
D
Install in the reverse order of removal.

HAC

HAC-241
BLOWER FAN RESISTOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [TYPE 3]
BLOWER FAN RESISTOR
Exploded View INFOID:0000000006547963

JPIIA1549ZZ

1. A/C unit assembly 2. Blower fan resistor*1 3. Sub harness*1


4. Power transistor*2 5. Sub harness*2 6. Blower motor

• *1: Manual air conditioner


• *2: Automatic air conditioner

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006547964

REMOVAL
1. Remove instrument panel assembly. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation". (LHD models)
2. Remove glove box assembly. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation". (RHD models)
3. Disconnect blower fan resistor harness connector.
4. Remove fixing screws, and then remove blower fan resistor from A/C unit assembly.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

HAC-242
DOOR CABLE
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [TYPE 3]
DOOR CABLE
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000006547965

LEFT SIDE B

HAC

JPIIA1559ZZ
J
1. A/C unit assembly 2. Intake door lever 3. Intake door link
4. Intake door cable 5. Air mix door cable 6. Upper air mix door rod
7. Upper air mix door lever 8. Lower air mix door lever 9. Lower air mix door rod K
10. Air mix door link
A. To A/C control
L
RIGHT SIDE

HAC-243
DOOR CABLE
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [TYPE 3]

JPIIA1560ZZ

1. A/C unit assembly 2. Main link 3. Sub defroster door link


4. Sub defroster door rod 5. Mode door cable 6. Plate
7. Mode link 8. Sub defroster door lever 9. Center ventilator and defroster door link
10. Plate 11. Center ventilator and defroster door rod 12. Center ventilator and defroster door lever
A. To A/C control

INTAKE DOOR CABLE


INTAKE DOOR CABLE : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006547966

REMOVAL
1. Disconnect intake door cable from A/C control. Refer to HAC-239, "Exploded View".
2. Remove instrument lower panel LH. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation". (LHD models)
3. Remove glove box assembly. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation". (RHD models)
4. Disconnect intake door cable from A/C unit assembly as shown
by the arrow in the figure, and then remove intake door cable.

JMIIA0901ZZ

INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
MODE DOOR CABLE

HAC-244
DOOR CABLE
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [TYPE 3]
MODE DOOR CABLE : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006547968

A
REMOVAL
1. Disconnect mode door cable from A/C control. Refer to HAC-239, "Exploded View".
B
2. Remove glove box assembly. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation". (LHD models)
3. Remove instrument panel RH. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation". (RHD models)
4. Disconnect mode door cable from A/C unit assembly as shown C
by the arrow in the figure, and then remove mode door cable.

JMIIA0903ZZ
F
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
AIR MIX DOOR CABLE G

AIR MIX DOOR CABLE : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006547970

H
REMOVAL
1. Disconnect air mix door cable from A/C control. Refer to HAC-239, "Exploded View".
2. Remove instrument panel LH. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation". (LHD models) HAC
3. Remove glove box assembly. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation". (RHD models)
4. Disconnect air mix door cable from A/C unit assembly as shown
by the arrow in the figure, and then remove air mix door cable. J

JMIIA0902ZZ
M
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
N

HAC-245
APPLICATION NOTICE
< HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL > [TYPE 4]

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL


APPLICATION NOTICE
Information INFOID:0000000006626857

Check the vehicle type to use the service information in this section.

Destination Service information


Automatic air conditioning (4WD models) “TYPE 1”
Automatic air conditioning (2WD models) “TYPE 2”
Manual air conditioning (4WD models) “TYPE 3”
Manual air conditioning (2WD models) “TYPE 4”
Manual heater “TYPE 5”

HAC-246
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [TYPE 4]

PRECAUTION A
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT B
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000006626862

The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along C
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and
“SEAT BELT” of this Service Manual.
D
The vehicle may be equipped with a passenger air bag deactivation switch. Because no rear seat exists where
a rear-facing child restraint can be placed, the switch is designed to turn off the passenger air bag so that a
rear-facing child restraint can be used in the front passenger seat. The switch is located in the center of the E
instrument panel, near the ashtray. When the switch is turned to the ON position, the passenger air bag is
enabled and could inflate for certain types of collision. When the switch is turned to the OFF position, the pas-
senger air bag is disabled and will not inflate. A passenger air bag OFF indicator on the instrument panel lights
up when the passenger air bag is switched OFF. The driver air bag always remains enabled and is not affected F
by the passenger air bag deactivation switch.

WARNING: G
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. H
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this HAC
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-
ness connectors.
• The vehicle may be equipped with a passenger air bag deactivation switch which can be operated by J
the customer. When the passenger air bag is switched OFF, the passenger air bag is disabled and
will not inflate. When the passenger air bag is switched ON, the passenger air bag is enabled and
could inflate for certain types of collision. After SRS maintenance or repair, make sure the passenger
air bag deactivation switch is in the same position (ON or OFF) as when the vehicle arrived for ser- K
vice.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
L
WARNING:
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s)
with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly M
causing serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. N

HAC-247
COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 4]

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
COMPONENT PARTS
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Component Part Location INFOID:0000000006553380

JMIIA1063ZZ

1. BCM 2. Magnet clutch 3. Refrigerant pressure sensor


• With Intelligent Key: Refer to BCS-
6, "BODY CONTROL SYSTEM :
Component Parts Location".
• Without Intelligent Key: Refer to
BCS-161, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
4. ECM 5. IPDM E/R 6. A/C control
• HR16DE: Refer to EC-455, "EN- • With Intelligent Key: Refer to PCS-
GINE CONTROL SYSTEM : 5, "Component Parts Location".
Component Parts Location". • Without Intelligent Key: Refer to
• MR16DDT: Refer to EC-25, "EN- PCS-37, "Component Parts Loca-
GINE CONTROL SYSTEM : tion".
Component Parts Location".
• K9K: Refer to EC-813, "Compo-
nent Parts Location".
7. Blower fan resistor 8. Thermo control amp. 9. Blower motor
A. Left side of A/C unit assembly B. Right side of A/C unit assembly

HAC-248
COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 4]
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Component Description INFOID:0000000006553381

Component Description
Thermo control amp. HAC-250 B
A/C unit assembly Blower motor HAC-250
Blower fan resistor HAC-251
C
A/C control HAC-251
BCM HAC-251
ECM HAC-251 D
IPDM E/R HAC-251
Refrigerant pressure sensor HAC-251
E
Magnet clutch HAC-252

PTC HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM


F
PTC HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000006660948

HAC

O
JMIIA1065ZZ

1. BCM 2. Ambient sensor 3. ECM


P
• With Intelligent Key: Refer to BCS- Refer to EC-813.
6, "BODY CONTROL SYSTEM :
Component Parts Location".
• Without Intelligent Key: Refer to
BCS-161, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
4. A/C control 5. PTC heater 6. PTC heater control unit
A. Left side of A/C unit assembly B. Back side of A/C unit assembly

HAC-249
COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 4]
PTC HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Description INFOID:0000000006660949

Component parts Description


PTC heater control unit HAC-251
A/C unit assembly
PTC heater HAC-251
A/C control HAC-251
BCM transmits electrical load signal (high beam request signal, low beam
BCM request signal, rear window defogger ON signal, and others) to PTC heater
control unit via CAN communication line.
ECM transmits engine speed signal, engine coolant temperature signal,
ECM cooling fan speed request signal, and electrical power cut freeze signal to
PTC heater control unit via CAN communication line.
Ambient sensor HAC-251

A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY


A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Thermo Control Amp. INFOID:0000000006553382

• Thermo control amp. is composed of thermistor and amplifier. Thermistor is installed on evaporator, and
amplifier is attached to foot duct.
• When the thermistor detecting temperature of the evaporator fin is extremely low, thermo control amp. sends
the thermo control amp. OFF signal to BCM, and stops the compressor.
A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Blower Motor INFOID:0000000006553383

• The blower motor utilizes a brush-less motor with a rotating mag-


net.
• Quietness is improved over previous motors where the brush was
the point of contact and the coil rotated.

JPIIA1575ZZ

ZHA152H

HAC-250
COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 4]
A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Blower Fan Resistor INFOID:0000000006553384

A
• Compact and lightweight resistor is adopted with outstanding venti-
lation.
• Temperature fuse is installed to protects the blower motor circuit. B

D
ZJIA0545J

A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : PTC Heater Control Unit INFOID:0000000006660982


E
• The PTC heater control unit consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal input and output and for
power supply. The PTC heater control unit controls PTC heater system.
• Self-diagnosis functions are also built into PTC heater control unit to provide quick check of malfunctions in F
the PTC heater control system.
A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : PTC Heater INFOID:0000000006660950

G
Heat element is heated and air flow temperature is increased by power supply from PTC relay.
A/C Control INFOID:0000000006553385
H
Controls the air conditioning function.
BCM INFOID:0000000006553386
HAC
BCM transmits A/C ON signal and blower fan ON signal to ECM via CAN communication, according to A/C
switch signal and blower fan ON signal that are received from A/C control and thermo control amp. signal that
is received from thermo control amp. and A/C indicator is turned ON. J
ECM INFOID:0000000006553387

ECM, when receiving A/C ON signal and blower fan ON signal from BCM, transmits A/C compressor request K
signal to IPDM E/R via CAN communication according to status of the engine and refrigerant pressure.
IPDM E/R INFOID:0000000006553388
L
A/C relay is integrated in IPDM E/R. IPDM E/R operates A/C relay when A/C compressor request signal is
received from ECM via CAN communication line.
M
Ambient Sensor INFOID:0000000006660957

Ambient sensor measures ambient air temperature. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the
change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases. N

Refrigerant Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000006553389

O
DESCRIPTION
• The refrigerant pressure sensor converts high-pressure side refrigerant pressure into voltage and outputs it
to ECM.
P

HAC-251
COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 4]
• ECM operates cooling system protection and idle speed control according to voltage value that is input.

PBIB2657E

STRUCTURE AND OPERATION


• The refrigerant pressure sensor is a capacitance type sensor. It consists of a pressure detection ares and a
signal processing area.
• The pressure detection area, which is a variable capacity condenser, changes internal static capacitance
according to pressure force.
• The signal processing area detects the static capacitance of the pressure detection area, converts the static
capacitance into a voltage value, and transmits the voltage value to ECM.
Magnet Clutch INFOID:0000000006553390

Compressor is driven by the magnet clutch which is magnetized by electric power supply.

HAC-252
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 4]
SYSTEM
A
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006553391
B

HAC
JMIIA1064GB

MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000006553392 J

DESCRIPTION
• Manual air conditioning system is controlled by each function of thermo control amp., BCM, ECM and IPDM K
E/R.
• Fan speed of blower motor is changed by the combination of fan control dial operation and blower fan resis-
tor control.
L
CONTROL BY THERMO CONTROL AMP.
• HAC-253, "MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Compressor Control"
CONTROL BY BCM M
• HAC-253, "MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Compressor Control"
CONTROL BY ECM N
• HAC-253, "MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Compressor Control"
• Cooling fan control
- HR16DE: Refer to EC-479, "COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description".
- MR16DDT: Refer to EC-61, "COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description". O
- K9K: Refer to EC-827, "COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description".
CONTROL BY IPDM E/R
• HAC-253, "MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Compressor Control" P
• Cooling fan control. Refer to PCS-9, "POWER CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description" (with Intelligent
Key) or PCS-41, "POWER CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description" (without Intelligent Key).
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Compressor Control INFOID:0000000006553393

DESCRIPTION

HAC-253
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 4]
• BCM transmits the A/C ON signal and blower fan ON signal to ECM via CAN communication line only when
the compressor operational condition is satisfied, and A/C indicator is turned ON.
Refer to BCS-13, "SIGNAL BUFFER SYSTEM : System Description" (with Intelligent Key system) or BCS-
103, "SIGNAL BUFFER SYSTEM : System Description" (without Intelligent Key system).
NOTE:
Compressor operational condition
• A/C switch signal: ON
• Blower fan ON signal: ON
• Thermo control amp. signal: ON
• ECM judges the conditions of each sensor (Refrigerant pressure sensor signal, accelerator position signal,
etc.), and transmits the A/C compressor request signal to IPDM E/R via CAN communication line.
• By receiving the A/C compressor request signal from ECM, IPDM E/R turns the A/C relay to ON, and acti-
vates the compressor.
Refer to PCS-6, "RELAY CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description" (with Intelligent Key system) or PCS-
38, "RELAY CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description" (without Intelligent Key system).
CONTROL BY THERMO CONTROL AMP.
Low Temperature Protection Control

With HR16DE and MR16DDT


• When intake sensor detects that evaporator surface temperature is
3°C (37°F) or less, A/C auto amp. requests ECM to turn the com-
pressor OFF, and stops the compressor.
When the air temperature returns to 5°C (41°F) or more, the com-
pressor is activated.

JMIIA1058GB

With K9K
• When intake sensor detects that evaporator surface temperature is
−5°C (23°F) or less, A/C auto amp. requests ECM to turn the com-
pressor OFF, and stops the compressor.
When the air temperature returns to −2°C (28°F) or more, the com-
pressor is activated.

JMIIA1132GB

CONTROL BY ECM
Compressor Protection Control at Pressure Malfunction
The high-pressure side value that is detected by refrigerant pressure sensor is as per the following state, ECM
requests IPDM E/R to turn A/C relay OFF and stop the compressor.
With HR16DE and MR16DDT
• 3.12 MPa (31.82 kg/cm2, 452.4 psi) or more (When the engine speed is less than 1,500 rpm)
• 2.74 MPa (27.95 kg/cm2, 397.3 psi) or more (When the engine speed is 1,500 rpm or more)
• 0.14 MPa (1.43 kg/cm2, 20.3 psi) or less
With K9K
• 2.8 MPa (28.56 kg/cm2, 406 psi) or more (When the engine speed is less than 1,500 rpm)
• 2.8 MPa (28.56 kg/cm2, 406 psi) or more (When the engine speed is 1,500 rpm or more)
• 0.12 MPa (1.22 kg/cm2, 17.4 psi) or less

HAC-254
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 4]
Compressor Oil Circulation Control
When the engine starts while the engine coolant temperature is 56°C (133°F) or less, ECM activates the com- A
pressor for approximately 6 seconds and circulates the compressor oil once.
Air Conditioning Cut Control
When the engine condition is high load, ECM makes the A/C relay to OFF, and stops the compressor. Refer to B
following.
• HR16DE: EC-476, "AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System Description"
• MR16DDT: EC-60, "AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System Description" C
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Door Control INFOID:0000000006553394

SWITCHES AND THEIR CONTROL FUNCTIONS D

HAC

JMIIA1060ZZ
M
1. Intake door 2. Blower motor 3. Air conditioner filter
4. Evaporator 5. Max. cool door 6. Upper air mix door
N
7. Lower air mix door 8. Heater core 9. Foot door
10. Side ventilator door 11. Center ventilator door 12. Defroster door
Fresh air intake Recirculation air Defroster
O
Center ventilator Side ventilator Foot

Rear foot*
P
*: With rear foot duct

HAC-255
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 4]

Door position

Center ventilator door

Side ventilator door

Upper air mix door

Lower air mix door


Max. cool door
Defroster door

Intake door
Foot door
Switch/dial position

A A A A

B B B A

MODE dial —
C B
C C — — —

A C

A
Air intake lever
B
— — — —
Temperature control Full cold A A A

dial Full hot B B B

AIR DISTRIBUTION
Without rear foot duct
Discharge air flow
Air outlet/distribution
MODE/DEF setting po-
Ventilator
sition Foot Defroster
Center Side
52.6% 47.3% — —

34.0% 27.7% 38.4% —

— 19.1% 57.9% 23.0%

— 13.5% 42.4% 44.1%

— 16.3% — 83.8%

With rear foot duct


Discharge air flow
Air outlet/distribution
MODE/DEF setting
Ventilator Foot
position Defroster
Center Side Front Rear
52.6% 47.3% — — —

28.2% 25.9% 29.6% 16.3% —

— 16.3% 43.0% 21.0% 19.7%

— 12.2% 33.1% 16.3% 38.4%

— 16.3% — — 83.8%

PTC HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM

HAC-256
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 4]
PTC HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006660955

E
JMIIA1066GB

PTC HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000006660956


F

• PTC heater control unit performs PTC relay ON/OFF control based on engine speed, engine coolant tem-
perature, electrical power cut freeze signal (permission signal, retention signal, stop signal), fan speed, G
ambient temperature, battery voltage, and electrical load signal (high beam request signal, low beam
request signal, rear window defogger ON signal, and others).
• When PTC relay turns ON, power supply is supplied to PTC heater. Heating element is heated and air flow
H
temperature is increased. Heating is available for a period of time until engine coolant temperature is
increased when engine starts cold in cold climate.
• Idle up request signal is transmitted from PTC heater control unit to ECM while PTC heater operates. Idle
speed is increased, warming-up is facilitated, and battery electric power is obtained. HAC
• Electric power supplied to PTC heating element is subject to PTC relay control conditions.

PTC heater Operation PTC relay-1 PTC relay-2 PTC relay-3 Electric power (W) J
OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF Approx. 0
PTC heater-1 LOW ON OFF OFF Approx. 333
PTC heater-2 MID ON ON OFF Approx. 666 K
PTC heater-3 HI ON ON ON Approx. 999
NOTE: L
PTC heater operation depends on ambient temperature and battery voltage. PTC heater is ON when ambient
temperature is 8°C or less. PTC heater is OFF when ambient temperature is 12°C or more. PTC heater is ON
when battery voltage is 11.5 V or more. PTC heater is OFF when battery voltage is 11 V or less.
M

HAC-257
OPERATION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 4]
OPERATION
Switch Name and Function INFOID:0000000006553395

A/C CONTROLLER (A/C CONTROL)

JMIIA1054ZZ

1. MODE dial 2. Fan control dial 3. A/C switch


4. Temperature control dial 5. Intake lever

MODE dial Mode position is selected to an optimal position by operating this dial.
Fan control dial Fan speed can be adjusted within a range from 1st to 4th.
The compressor control (switch indicator) is turned ON ⇔ OFF each time by pressing this switch
A/C switch
while the blower motor is activated.
The setting temperature can be selected to an optimum temperature by operating this dial.
Temperature control dial • Clockwise rotation: Discharge air flow temperature increases
• Counterclockwise rotation: Discharge air flow temperature decreases.
Intake lever The air inlet changes REC ⇔ FRE each time by operation this lever.

HAC-258
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (PTC HEATER CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 4]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (PTC HEATER CONTROL UNIT)
A
CONSULT-III Function INFOID:0000000006660973

CONSULT-III performs the following functions via CAN communication with PTC heater control unit. B

Diagnostic mode Description


Ecu Identification Displays the part number of PTC heater control unit. C
Self Diagnostic Result Displays the diagnosis results judged by PTC heater control unit.
Data Monitor Displays the input/output signal of PTC heater control unit.
D
ECU IDENTIFICATION
Part number of PTC heater control unit can be checked.
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT E
Diagnosis result that is judged by PTC heater control unit. can be checked. Refer to HAC-267, "DTC Index".
DATA MONITOR
Input/output signal of PTC heater control unit can be checked. F
Display item list
Monitor item [Unit] Description
G
AMB TEMP SEN [°C or °F] Ambient sensor value converted from ambient sensor signal received from ambient sensor.
AMB SEN CAL [°C or °F] Ambient sensor value calculated by PTC heater control unit.
ENG COOL TEMP [°C or °F] Water temperature signal value received from ECM via CAN communication. H

HAC

HAC-259
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 4]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)
Description INFOID:0000000006706008

Air conditioning system performs self-diagnosis, operation check, function diagnosis, and various settings
using diagnosis function of each control unit.

Diagnostic item
ECU
(CONSULT-III)
Self Diagnostic Result
BCM BCM-AIR CONDITIONER Data Monitor
Active Test
Self Diagnostic Result
ECM ENGINE
Data Monitor
Self Diagnostic Result
IPDM E/R
IPDM E/R Data Monitor
Auto active test

COMMON ITEM
COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM) INFOID:0000000006706389

APPLICATION ITEM
CONSULT-III performs the following functions via CAN communication with BCM.

Diagnosis mode Function Description


Work Support Changes the setting for each system function.
Self Diagnostic Result Displays the diagnosis results judged by BCM.
Monitors the reception status of CAN communication viewed from BCM. Refer to CONSULT-III opera-
CAN Diag Support Monitor
tion manual.
Data Monitor The BCM input/output signals are displayed.
Active Test The signals used to activate each device are forcibly supplied from BCM.
Ecu Identification The BCM part number is displayed.
• Read and save the vehicle specification.
Configuration
• Write the vehicle specification when replacing BCM.

SYSTEM APPLICATION
BCM can perform the following functions for each system.
NOTE:
It can perform the diagnosis modes except the following for all sub system selection items.
×: Applicable item

Diagnosis mode
System Sub system selection item
Work Support Data Monitor Active Test
Door lock DOOR LOCK × × ×
Rear window defogger REAR DEFOGGER × ×
Warning chime BUZZER × ×
Interior room lamp timer INT LAMP × × ×
Exterior lamp HEAD LAMP × × ×
Wiper and washer WIPER × × ×
Turn signal and hazard warning lamps FLASHER × × ×
• Automatic A/C
AIR CONDITONER × ×*2
• Manual A/C

HAC-260
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 4]
Diagnosis mode
System Sub system selection item A
Work Support Data Monitor Active Test
• Intelligent Key system
INTELLIGENT KEY × × ×
• Engine start system
B
Combination switch COMB SW ×
Body control system BCM ×
NVIS - NATS IMMU × × × C
Interior room lamp battery saver BATTERY SAVER × × ×
Back door open TRUNK ×
D
Theft warning alarm THEFT ALM × × ×
— RETAINED PWR*1 ×
Signal buffer system SIGNAL BUFFER × × E
NOTE:
• *1: This item is displayed, but not used.
• *2: For models with automatic A/C, this diagnosis mode is not used. F
FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)
The BCM records the following vehicle condition at the time a particular DTC is detected, and displays on
CONSULT-III. G

CONSULT screen item Indication/Unit Description


H
Vehicle Speed km/h Vehicle speed of the moment a particular DTC is detected
Odo/Trip Meter km Total mileage (Odometer value) of the moment a particular DTC is detected

HAC

HAC-261
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 4]
CONSULT screen item Indication/Unit Description
While turning BCM status from low power consumption mode to
SLEEP>LOCK
normal mode (Power supply position is “LOCK”)
While turning BCM status from low power consumption mode to
SLEEP>OFF
normal mode (Power supply position is “OFF”.)
LOCK>ACC While turning power supply position from “LOCK” to “ACC”
ACC>ON While turning power supply position from “ACC” to “IGN”
While turning power supply position from “RUN” to “ACC” (Vehicle
RUN>ACC
is stopping and selector lever is except P position.)
While turning power supply position from “CRANKING” to “RUN”
CRANK>RUN
(From cranking up the engine to run it)
While turning power supply position from “RUN“ to “ACC” (Emer-
RUN>URGENT
gency stop operation)
ACC>OFF While turning power supply position from “ACC” to “OFF”
OFF>LOCK While turning power supply position from “OFF” to “LOCK”
Power position status of
OFF>ACC While turning power supply position from “OFF” to “ACC”
Vehicle Condition the moment a particular
ON>CRANK DTC is detected While turning power supply position from “IGN” to “CRANKING”
While turning BCM status from normal mode (Power supply posi-
OFF>SLEEP
tion is “OFF”.) to low power consumption mode
While turning BCM status from normal mode (Power supply posi-
LOCK>SLEEP
tion is “LOCK”.) to low power consumption mode
Power supply position is “LOCK” (Ignition switch OFF with steer-
LOCK
ing is locked.)
Power supply position is “OFF” (Ignition switch OFF with steering
OFF
is unlocked.)
ACC Power supply position is “ACC” (Ignition switch ACC)
Power supply position is “IGN” (Ignition switch ON with engine
ON
stopped)
Power supply position is “RUN” (Ignition switch ON with engine
ENGINE RUN
running)
CRANKING Power supply position is “CRANKING” (At engine cranking)
The number of times that ignition switch is turned ON after DTC is detected
• The number is 0 when a malfunction is detected now.
IGN Counter 0 - 39 • The number increases like 1 → 2 → 3...38 → 39 after returning to the normal condition
whenever ignition switch OFF → ON.
• The number is fixed to 39 until the self-diagnosis results are erased if it is over 39.

AIR CONDITIONER
AIR CONDITIONER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - AIR CONDITIONER) (Manual A/
C 2WD Models) INFOID:0000000006553397

DATA MONITOR
Display item list
Monitor Item [Unit] Contents
FAN ON SIG [On/Off] Displays blower motor status as judged from blower fan ON signal.
AIR COND SW [On/Off] Displays A/C switch status as judged from A/C switch signal.
THERMO AMP [On/Off] Displays thermo control amp. status as judged from thermo control amp. signal.
IGN SW [On/Off] Displays ignition switch position status as judged form ignition switch signal.

ACTIVE TEST

HAC-262
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 4]

Test item Operation Description A


On A/C indicator is turned ON.
A/C INDICATOR
Off A/C indicator is turned OFF.
B

HAC

HAC-263
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 4]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)
Description INFOID:0000000006706010

Air conditioning system performs self-diagnosis, operation check, function diagnosis, and various settings
using diagnosis function of each control unit.

Diagnostic item
ECU
(CONSULT-III)
Self Diagnostic Result
BCM BCM-AIR CONDITIONER Data Monitor
Active Test
Self Diagnostic Result
ECM ENGINE
Data Monitor
Self Diagnostic Result
IPDM E/R
IPDM E/R Data Monitor
Auto active test

COMMON ITEM
COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM) INFOID:0000000006706390

APPLICATION ITEM
CONSULT-III performs the following functions via CAN communication with BCM.

Diagnosis mode Function Description


Work Support Changes the setting for each system function.
Self Diagnostic Result Displays the diagnosis results judged by BCM.
Monitors the reception status of CAN communication viewed from BCM. Refer to CONSULT-III opera-
CAN Diag Support Monitor
tion manual.
Data Monitor The BCM input/output signals are displayed.
Active Test The signals used to activate each device are forcibly supplied from BCM.
Ecu Identification The BCM part number is displayed.
• Read and save the vehicle specification.
Configuration
• Write the vehicle specification when replacing BCM.

SYSTEM APPLICATION
BCM can perform the following functions for each system.
NOTE:
It can perform the diagnosis modes except the following for all sub system selection items.
×: Applicable item
Diagnosis mode
System Sub system selection item
Work Support Data Monitor Active Test
Door lock DOOR LOCK × × ×
Rear window defogger REAR DEFOGGER × ×
Warning chime BUZZER × ×
Interior room lamp control INT LAMP × × ×
Remote keyless entry system MULTI REMOTE ENT × × ×
Exterior lamp HEAD LAMP × × ×
Wiper and washer WIPER × × ×
Turn signal and hazard warning lamps FLASHER × ×

HAC-264
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 4]
Diagnosis mode
System Sub system selection item A
Work Support Data Monitor Active Test
• Automatic A/C
• Manual A/C AIR CONDITONER × ×*2
• Manual heater B
Combination switch COMB SW ×
Body control system BCM ×
C
NATS IMMU × ×
Interior room lamp battery saver BATTERY SAVER × × ×
Back door open TRUNK × D
Vehicle security system THEFT ALM × × ×
— RETAINED PWR*1 × ×
E
Signal buffer system SIGNAL BUFFER × ×
— PANIC ALARM*1 ×
• *1: This item is displayed, but is not used. F
• *2: For models with automatic A/C, this mode is not used.
AIR CONDITIONER
G
AIR CONDITIONER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - AIR CONDITIONER) (Manual A/
C 2WD Models) INFOID:0000000006553399
H
DATA MONITOR
Display item list
HAC
Monitor Item [Unit] Contents
FAN ON SIG [On/Off] Displays blower motor status as judged from blower fan ON signal.
AIR COND SW [On/Off] Displays A/C switch status as judged from A/C switch signal. J
THERMO AMP [On/Off] Displays thermo control amp. status as judged from thermo control amp. signal.
IGN SW [On/Off] Displays ignition switch position status as judged form ignition switch signal.
K
ACTIVE TEST

Test item Operation Description L


On A/C indicator is turned ON.
A/C INDICATOR
Off A/C indicator is turned OFF.
M

HAC-265
PTC HEATER CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [TYPE 4]

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION


PTC HEATER CONTROL UNIT
Reference Value INFOID:0000000006660977

CONSULT-III DATA MONITOR REFERENCE VALUES

Monitor item Condition Value


AMB TEMP SEN Ignition switch ON Equivalent to ambient temperature
AMB SEN CAL Ignition switch ON Equivalent to ambient temperature
ENG COOL TEMP Ignition switch ON Values depending on engine coolant temperature

TERMINAL LAYOUT

JMIIA0467ZZ

PHYSICAL VALUES

Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color)
Condition Value
Input/
+ − Signal name
Output
1 Input/
— CAN-H — —
(L) Output
2
Ground Ground — Ignition switch ON 0 – 0.1 V
(B)
3
Ground Ignition power supply Input Ignition switch ON 11 – 14 V
(SB)
PTC heater control unit
4
Ground connection recognition Output Ignition switch ON 4.8 – 5.2 V
(P)
signal
5 Ambient sensor
Ground — Ignition switch ON 0 – 0.1 V
(R) ground
9
— CAN-L — — —
(P)
10
Ground Battery power supply Input Ignition switch OFF 11 – 14 V
(Y)
0 – 4.8 V
12
Ground Ambient sensor signal Input Ignition switch ON Output voltage varies with ambi-
(GR)
ent temperature
13 Blower motor feedback • Ignition switch ON
Ground Input 9.5 – 10.5 V
(L) signal • Fan speed: 1st speed (manual)
OFF 11 – 14 V
14 PTC relay-1 control “LOW”, “MID” or
Ground Output PTC heater
(Y) signal “HIGH” opera- 0 – 0.1 V
tion

HAC-266
PTC HEATER CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [TYPE 4]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) A
Condition Value
Input/
+ − Signal name
Output
“MID” or “HIGH” B
15 PTC relay-2 control 11 – 14 V
Ground Output PTC heater operation
(LG) signal
Except above 0 – 0.1 V
“HIGH” opera- C
16 PTC relay-3 control 11 – 14 V
Ground Output PTC heater tion
(P) signal
Except above 0 – 0.1 V
D
DTC Index INFOID:0000000006660979

E
Items
DTC Reference
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT HAC-275, "DTC Logic"
F
U1010 CONTROL UNIT(CAN) HAC-276, "DTC Logic"
B257B AMBIENT SENSOR HAC-277, "DTC Logic"
B257C AMBIENT SENSOR HAC-277, "DTC Logic" G

HAC

HAC-267
BCM, ECM, IPDM E/R
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [TYPE 4]
BCM, ECM, IPDM E/R
List of ECU Reference INFOID:0000000006553400

ECU Reference
BCS-41, "Reference Value"
BCS-64, "Fail-safe"
With Intelligent Key system
BCS-66, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart"
BCS-67, "DTC Index"
BCM BCS-125, "Reference Value"
BCS-140, "Fail-safe"
Without Intelligent Key system BCS-140,
"DTC Inspection Priority Chart"
BCS-141, "DTC Index"
EC-508, "Reference Value"
EC-519, "Fail Safe"
HR16DE
EC-521, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart"
EC-522, "DTC Index"
EC-90, "Reference Value"
ECM
EC-104, "Fail Safe"
MR16DDT
EC-106, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart"
EC-108, "DTC Index"
EC-846, "Reference Value"
K9K
EC-855, "DTC Index"
PCS-17, "Reference Value"
With Intelligent Key system PCS-24, "Fail-Safe"
PCS-25, "DTC Index"
IPDM E/R
PCS-48, "Reference Value"
Without Intelligent Key system PCS-54, "Fail-Safe"
PCS-55, "DTC Index"

HAC-268
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [TYPE 4]

WIRING DIAGRAM A
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000006553401
B

For connector terminal arrangements, harness layouts, and alphabets in a (option abbreviation; if not
described in wiring diagram), refer to GI-12, "Connector Information/Explanation of Option Abbreviation".
C

HAC

JCIWA0514GB

HAC-269
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [TYPE 4]

JCIWA0515GB

HAC-270
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [TYPE 4]

BASIC INSPECTION A
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
Work Flow INFOID:0000000006553402
B

OVERALL SEQUENCE
C

HAC

JPIIA1673GB

DETAILED FLOW

HAC-271
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [TYPE 4]

1.INTERVIEW FOR MALFUNCTION


Interview the symptom to the customer.

>> GO TO 2.
2.SYMPTOM CHECK
Check the symptom from the customer's information.

>> GO TO 3.
3.BASIC INSPECTION
Check the operation of each part. Check that any symptom occurs other than the interviewed symptom.

>> GO TO 4.
4.SELF-DIAGNOSIS WITH CONSULT-III
Perform the self-diagnosis with CONSULT-III. Check that any DTC is detected.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 6.
5.TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS BY DTC
Perform the trouble diagnosis for the detected DTC. Specify the malfunctioning part.

>> GO TO 6.
6.SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
Perform the symptom diagnosis. Specify the malfunctioning part.

>> GO TO 7.
7.MALFUNCTION PART REPAIR
Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.

>> GO TO 8.
8.REPAIR CHECK (SELF-DIAGNOSIS WITH CONSULT-III)
Perform the self-diagnoses with CONSULT-III. Check that any DTC is not detected. Erase DTC if DTC is
detected before the repair. Check that DTC is not detected again.
Is any or malfunction result or DTC detected?
YES >> If DTC is detected, GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.REPAIR CHECK (OPERATION CHECK)
Check the operation of each part.
Does it operate normally?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3.

HAC-272
OPERATION INSPECTION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [TYPE 4]
OPERATION INSPECTION
A
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006553403

The purpose of the operational check is to check that the individual system operates normally. B

Check condition : Engine running at normal operating temperature.

1.CHECK BLOWER MOTOR C

1. Operate fan control dial.


2. Check that fan speed changes. Check operation for all fan speeds.
D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 8.
E
2.CHECK DISCHARGE AIR
1. Operate fan control dial to set the fan speed to maximum speed.
2. Operate MODE dial to each position. F
3. Check that air outlets change according to each indicated air outlet by placing a hand in front of the air
outlets. Refer to VTL-5, "System Description".
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 8.
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR H
1. Operate intake lever to each position.
2. Listen to intake sound and confirm air inlets change.
HAC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 8.
J
4.CHECK COMPRESSOR
1. Press A/C switch. The A/C switch indicator is turns ON.
2. Check visually and by sound that the compressor operates. K
3. Press A/C switch again. The A/C switch indicator is turns OFF.
4. Check that compressor stops.
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 8.
5.CHECK DISCHARGE AIR TEMPERATURE M
1. Operate temperature control dial.
2. Check that discharge air temperature changes.
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 8.
6.CHECK TEMPERATURE DECREASE O

1. Operate compressor.
2. Turn temperature control dial to full cold position.
P
3. Check that cool air blows from the air outlets.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 8.
7.CHECK TEMPERATURE INCREASE
1. Turn temperature control dial to full hot position.

HAC-273
OPERATION INSPECTION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [TYPE 4]
2. Check that warm air blows from air outlets.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS WITH CONSULT-III
1. Perform self-diagnosis with CONSULT-III.
2. Check that any DTC is detected.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for the detected DTC.
NO >> Refer to HAC-297, "Symptom Table" and perform the appropriate diagnosis.

HAC-274
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 4]

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS A
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000006660958
B
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication system for real time application. It is an on-vehicle
multiplex communication system with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability.
Many electronic control units are equipped onto vehicles, and each control unit shares information and links C
with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are con-
nected with two communication lines (CAN-H line, CAN-L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission
with less wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. D
CAN Communication Signal Chart. Refer to LAN-31, "CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM : CAN Communica-
tion Signal Chart".
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006660959 E

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


F
Items
DTC DTC detection condition Possible cause
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
When PTC heater control unit is not G
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT transmitting or receiving CAN communi- CAN communication system
cation signal for 2 or more seconds.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H


1.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT-III HAC
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait for 2 seconds or more.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “PTC HEATER” using CONSULT-.III
3. Check DTC.
J
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to HAC-275, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
K
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006660960

1.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM L


Check CAN communication system. Refer to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".

M
>> INSPECTION END

HAC-275
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 4]
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
Description INFOID:0000000006660961

Initial diagnosis of A/C auto amp.


DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006660962

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Items
DTC DTC detection condition Possible cause
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
When detecting error during the initial diag-
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) nosis of CAN controller of PTC heater con- PTC heater control unit
trol unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “PTC HEATER” using CONSULT-.III
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to HAC-276, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006660963

1.REPLACE PTC HEATER CONTROL UNIT


Replace PTC heater control unit.

>> INSPECTION END

HAC-276
B257B, B257C AMBIENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 4]
B257B, B257C AMBIENT SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006660964

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B


NOTE:
• If DTC is displayed along with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to HAC-
275, "DTC Logic". C
• If DTC is displayed along with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. HAC-276,
"DTC Logic".

Items D
DTC DTC detection condition Possible cause
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
The ambient sensor recognition temperature is • Ambient sensor
B257B
too high. • PTC heater control unit E
AMBIENT SENSOR • Harness or connectors
The ambient sensor recognition temperature is (The sensor circuit is open or short-
B257C
too low. ed.)
F
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “PTC HEATER” using CONSULT-III. H
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to HAC-277, "Diagnosis Procedure". HAC
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006660965

J
1.CHECK AMBIENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ambient sensor connector. K
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between ambient sensor harness connector and ground.
L
+
Voltage
Ambient sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal M
E53 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.CHECK AMBIENT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN O
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect PTC heater control unit connector.
3. Check continuity between ambient sensor harness connector and A/C auto amp harness connector. P

Ambient sensor PTC heater control unit


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E53 2 M25 5 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?

HAC-277
B257B, B257C AMBIENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 4]
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
3.CHECK AMBIENT SENSOR
Check ambient sensor. Refer to HAC-278, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace PTC heater control unit.
NO >> Replace ambient sensor.
4.CHECK AMBIENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect PTC heater control unit connector.
3. Check continuity between ambient sensor harness connector and PTC heater control unit harness con-
nector.

Ambient sensor PTC heater control unit


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E53 1 M25 12 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
5.CHECK AMBIENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
Check continuity between ambient sensor harness connector and ground.

Ambient sensor
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E53 1 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace PTC heater control unit.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006660966

1.CHECK AMBIENT SENSOR


1. Remove ambient sensor.
2. Check resistance between ambient sensor terminals. Refer to applicable table for the normal value.

HAC-278
B257B, B257C AMBIENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 4]

Condition A
Terminal Resistance: kΩ
Temperature: °C (°F)
−15 (5) 12.73
B
−10 (14) 9.92
−5 (23) 7.80
0 (32) 6.19 C
5 (41) 4.95
10 (50) 3.99
D
1 2 15 (59) 3.24
20 (68) 2.65
25 (77) 2.19 E
30 (86) 1.81
35 (95) 1.51
40 (104) 1.27
F
45 (113) 1.07
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace ambient sensor.
H

HAC

HAC-279
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 4]
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
PTC HEATER CONTROL UNIT
PTC HEATER CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006660993

1.CHECK FUSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 10A fuses (No. 3 and 7).
NOTE:
Refer to PG-23, "Fuse and Fusible Link Arrangement".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse is blown.
2.CHECK PTC HEATER CONTROL UNIT POWER SUPPLY
1. Disconnect PTC heater control unit connector.
2. Check voltage between PTC heater control unit harness connector and ground.

Voltage
+
(Approx.)

PTC heater control unit Ignition switch position
Connector Terminal OFF ACC ON voltage
3 0V 0V Battery voltage
M25 Ground
10 Battery voltage Battery voltage Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair harness or connector between PTC heater control unit and fuse.
3.CHECK PTC HEATER CONTROL UNIT GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check continuity between PTC heater control unit harness connector and ground.

PTC heater control unit


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M25 2 Ground Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace PTC heater control unit.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.

HAC-280
A/C SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 4]
A/C SWITCH
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006660873

1.CHECK A/C ON SIGNAL B


With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “AIR CONDITIONER” of “BCM” using CONSULT-III. C
3. Select “AIR COND SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check status under the following condition.

Monitor item Condition Status D


While pushing On
AIR COND SW A/C switch
While not pushing Off
E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Refer to HAC-281, "Diagnosis Procedure". F
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006660874

1.CHECK A/C SWITCH POWER SUPPLY G


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/C control connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. H
4. Check output waveform between A/C control harness connector and ground with using oscilloscope.

+ HAC
A/C control − Output waveform
Connector Terminal
J

K
M53 1 Ground

L
JPMIA0012GB

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 2. M
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK A/C SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
N
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect BCM connector.
3. Check continuity between A/C control harness connector and ground.
O
A/C control
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
P
M53 8 Ground Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C control. Refer to HAC-239, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
3.CHECK A/C SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

HAC-281
A/C SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 4]
2. Disconnect BCM connector.
3. Check continuity between A/C control harness connector and BCM harness connector.

A/C control BCM


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M65 (without Intelli-
gent Key)
M53 1 27 Existed
M68 (with Intelligent
Key)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
4.CHECK A/C SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
Check continuity between A/C control harness connector and ground.

A/C control
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M53 1 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-93, "Removal and Installation" (with Intelligent Key) or BCS-161,
"Removal and Installation" (without Intelligent Key).
NO >> Repair harness or connector.

HAC-282
BLOWER FAN ON SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 4]
BLOWER FAN ON SIGNAL
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006660875

1.CHECK BLOWER FAN ON SIGNAL B


With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “AIR CONDITIONER” of “BCM” using CONSULT-III. C
3. Select “FAN ON SIG” in “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check status under the following condition.

Monitor item Condition Status D


Except OFF position On
FAN ON SIG Fan control dial
OFF position Off
E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Refer to HAC-283, "Diagnosis Procedure". F
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006660876

1.CHECK FAN SWITCH POWER SUPPLY SIGNAL G


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/C control harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. H
4. Check output waveform between A/C control and ground with using oscilloscope.

+ HAC
A/C control − Output waveform
Connector Terminal
J

K
M53 14 Ground

L
PIIB7730J

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace A/C control. Refer to HAC-304, "Removal and Installation". M
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK BLOWER FAN ON SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
N
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect BCM connector.
3. Check continuity A/C control harness connector and BCM harness connector.
O
A/C control BCM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P
M65 (without Intelli-
gent Key)
M53 14 28 Existed
M68 (with Intelligent
Key)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.

HAC-283
BLOWER FAN ON SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 4]

3.CHECK BLOWER FAN ON SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT


Check continuity between A/C control harness connector and ground.

A/C control
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M53 14 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-93, "Removal and Installation" (with Intelligent Key) or BCS-161,
"Removal and Installation" (without Intelligent Key).
NO >> Repair harness or connector.

HAC-284
THERMO CONTROL AMPLIFIER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 4]
THERMO CONTROL AMPLIFIER
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006660877

1.CHECK A/C ON SIGNAL B


With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “AIR CONDITIONER” of “BCM” using CONSULT-III. C
3. Select “THERMO AMP” in “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check status under the following condition.

Monitor item Condition Status D


ON On
THERMO AMP Ignition switch
OFF Off
E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Refer to HAC-285, "Diagnosis Procedure". F
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006660878

1.CHECK FUSE G
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 10A fuse (No. 15, located in fuse block (J/B)].
NOTE: H
Refer to PG-22, "Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. HAC
NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse is blown.
2.CHECK THERMO CONTROL AMP. POWER SUPPLY
J
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect thermo control amp. connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between thermo control amp. harness connector and ground. K

+
L
Thermo control amp. − Voltage
Connector Terminal
M43 1 Ground Battery voltage M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair harness or connector between thermo control amp. and fuse. N
3.CHECK THERMO CONTROL AMP. GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. O
2. Check continuity between thermo control amp. harness connector and ground.

Thermo control amp.


— Continuity P
Connector Terminal
M43 2 Ground Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.

HAC-285
THERMO CONTROL AMPLIFIER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 4]

4.CHECK THERMO CONTROL AMP. SIGNAL


1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between thermo control amp. harness connector and ground.

+
Voltage
Thermo control amp. −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
M43 3 Ground 12 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace thermo control amp. Refer to HAC-305, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK THERMO CONTROL AMP. SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect BCM connector.
3. Check continuity between thermo control amp. harness connector and BCM harness connector.

Thermo control amp. A/C control


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M65 (with Intelligent
Key)
M43 3 26 Existed
M68 (without Intelli-
gent Key)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-93, "Removal and Installation" (with Intelligent Key) or BCS-161,
"Removal and Installation" (without Intelligent Key).
NO >> Repair harness or connector.

HAC-286
A/C INDICATOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 4]
A/C INDICATOR
A
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006660879

1.CHECK SYMPTOM B
Check symptom.

C
A/C indicator dose not turn ON>>GO TO 2.
A/C indicator dose not turn OFF>>GO TO 6.
2.CHECK FUSE D
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 10A fuse (No. 15, located in fuse block (J/B)].
NOTE: E
Refer to PG-22, "Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. F
NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse is blown.
3.CHECK A/C INDICATOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch ON. G
2. Check voltage between A/C control harness connector and ground.

+ H
A/C control − Voltage
Connector Terminal
HAC
M53 7 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. J
NO >> Repair harness or connector between A/C control and fuse.
4.CHECK A/C INDICATOR CIRCUIT
K
Check voltage between A/C control harness connector and ground.

+
L
Voltage
A/C control −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
M53 2 Ground 12 V M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace A/C control. Refer to HAC-304, "Removal and Installation". N

5.CHECK A/C INDICATOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN


1. Turn ignition switch OFF. O
2. Disconnect A/C control connector and BCM connector.
3. Check continuity between A/C control harness connector and BCM harness connector.
P
A/C control BCM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M66 (without Intelli-
63 Existed
gent Key)
M53 2
M69 (with Intelligent
72 Existed
Key)

HAC-287
A/C INDICATOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 4]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-93, "Removal and Installation" (with Intelligent Key) or BCS-161,
"Removal and Installation" (without Intelligent Key).
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
6.CHECK A/C INDICATOR CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/C control connector and BCM connector.
3. Check continuity between A/C control harness connector and ground.

A/C control
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M53 2 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-93, "Removal and Installation" (with Intelligent Key) or BCS-161,
"Removal and Installation" (without Intelligent Key).
NO >> Repair harness or connector.

HAC-288
BLOWER MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 4]
BLOWER MOTOR
A
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006660880

1.CHECK SYMPTOM B
Check symptom (A or B).

Symptom
C

A Blower motor does not operate at any dial position


Blower motor does not operate at any dial position other than 4, or oper- D
B
ation speed is not normal.
Which symptom is detected?
A >> GO TO 2. E
B >> GO TO 7.
2.CHECK FUSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. F
2. Check 15A fuses (Nos. 14 and 16, located in fuse block (J/B)].
NOTE:
Refer to PG-22, "Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement". G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse is blown. H
3.CHECK BLOWER MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Disconnect blower motor connector.
HAC
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between blower motor harness connector and ground.

J
+
Blower motor − Voltage
Connector Terminal K
M40 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. L
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK BLOWER RELAY M
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check blower relay. Refer to HAC-291, "Component Inspection (Blower Relay)".
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> Repair harness or connector between blower motor and fuse.
NO >> Replace blower relay.
5.CHECK FAN SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN O
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/C control connector.
3. Check continuity between A/C control harness connector and ground. P

A/C control
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M53 9 Ground Existed
Is the inspection result normal?

HAC-289
BLOWER MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 4]
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
6.CHECK FAN SWITCH 4 POSITION CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
Check continuity between A/C control harness connector and blower motor harness connector.

A/C control Blower motor


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M53 13 M40 2 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Repair the harness or connector.
7.CHECK BLOWER FAN RESISTOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect blower fan resistor connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between blower fan resistor harness connector and ground.

+
Blower fan resistor − Voltage
Connector Terminal
M58 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair harness or connector between blower fan resistor and blower motor.
8.CHECK BLOWER FAN RESISTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check blower fan resistor. Refer to HAC-291, "Component Inspection (Blower Fan Resistor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace blower fan resistor. Refer to HAC-307, "Removal and Installation".
9.CHECK FAN SWITCH 1, 2, 3 POSITION CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
Check continuity between A/C control harness connector and blower fan resistor.

A/C control Blower fan resistor


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
12 2
M53 11 M58 3 Existed
10 4
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
10.CHECK FAN SWITCH
Check fan switch. Refer to HAC-292, "Component Inspection (Fan Switch)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace blower motor. Refer to VTL-15, "Removal and Installation (LHD models)" or VTL-16,
"Removal and Installation (RHD models)".
NO >> Replace A/C control. Refer to HAC-304, "Removal and Installation".

HAC-290
BLOWER MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 4]
Component Inspection (Blower Motor) INFOID:0000000006660881

A
1.CHECK BLOWER MOTOR
1. Remove blower motor. Refer to VTL-15, "Removal and Installation (LHD models)" or VTL-16, "Removal
and Installation (RHD models)". B
2. Check that there is not any mixing foreign object in the blower motor.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. C
NO >> Replace blower motor. Refer to VTL-15, "Removal and Installation (LHD models)" or VTL-16,
"Removal and Installation (RHD models)".
2.CHECK BLOWER MOTOR D

Check that there is not breakage or damage in the blower motor.


Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace blower motor. Refer to VTL-15, "Removal and Installation (LHD models)" or VTL-16,
"Removal and Installation (RHD models)".
F
3.CHECK BLOWER MOTOR
Check that blower motor turns smoothly.
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace blower motor. Refer to VTL-15, "Removal and Installation (LHD models)" or VTL-16,
"Removal and Installation (RHD models)". H

Component Inspection (Blower Relay) INFOID:0000000006660882

HAC
1.CHECK BLOWER RELAY
1. Remove blower relay. Refer to PG-22, "Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement".
2. Check continuity between blower relay terminal 3 and 5 when J
the voltage is supplied between terminal 1 and 2.

Terminal Voltage Continuity


K
ON Existed
3 5
OFF Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace blower relay.
JSIIA1551ZZ
M
Component Inspection (Blower Fan Resistor) INFOID:0000000006660883

1.CHECK BLOWER FAN RESISTOR N


1. Disconnect blower fan resistor connector.
2. Check resistance between blower fan resistor terminals. Refer to applicable table for the normal value.
O
Resistance: Ω
Terminal
(Approx.)
2 0.43
P

1 3 1.03
4 3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace blower fan resistor. Refer to HAC-307, "Removal and Installation".

HAC-291
BLOWER MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 4]
Component Inspection (Fan Switch) INFOID:0000000006660884

1.CHECK FAN SWITCH


Check continuity between A/C control terminals.

Condition
Terminal Fan control dial po- Continuity
sition
10 1st
11 2nd
9 Existed
12 3rd
13 4th
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace A/C control. Refer to HAC-304, "Removal and Installation".

HAC-292
MAGNET CLUTCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 4]
MAGNET CLUTCH
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006660885

1.CHECK MAGNET CLUTCH OPERATION B


Perform auto active test of IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-12, "Diagnosis Description" (with Intelligent Key) or PCS-
43, "Diagnosis Description" (without Intelligent Key).
Does it operate normally? C
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Refer to HAC-293, "Diagnosis Procedure".
D
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006660886

1.CHECK FUSE E
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 10A fuse (No. 49, located in IPDM E/R).
NOTE:
F
Refer to PG-25, "Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. G
NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse is blown.
2.CHECK MAGNET CLUTCH
1. Disconnect compressor connector. H
2. Directly apply battery voltage to the magnet clutch. Check for operation visually and by sound.
Does it operate normally?
YES >> GO TO 3. HAC
NO-1 >> HR16DE: Replace magnet clutch. Refer to HA-32, "MAGNET CLUTCH : Removal and Installation
of Compressor Clutch".
NO-2 >> MR16DDT: Replace magnet clutch. Refer to HA-88, "MAGNET CLUTCH : Removal and Installa- J
tion of Compressor Clutch".
3.CHECK MAGNET CLUTCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector. K
2. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and compressor harness connector.

IPDM E/R Compressor L


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F17
(HR16DE and
M
E15 56 MR16DDT) 1 Existed
F61
(K9K) N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-34, "Removal and Installation" (with Intelligent Key) or PCS-63,
"Removal and Installation" (without Intelligent Key). O
NO >> Repair harness or connector.

HAC-293
PTC HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 4]
PTC HEATER
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006660989

1.CHECK PTC HEATER OPERATION


1. Start the engine.
2. Operate fan control dial.
3. Operate temperature control dial to full hot position.
4. Check for warm air at discharge air outlet.
NOTE:
• Engine must be cold.
• Battery must be charged.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Refer to HAC-294, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006660990

1.CHECK FUSE AND FUSIBLE LINK


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 30A fuses (Nos. 32 and 36) and 40A fusible link (letter F).
NOTE:
Refer to PG-23, "Fuse and Fusible Link Arrangement".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace the blown fuse or fusible link after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse or fusible link is
blown.
2.CHECK PTC RELAY POWER SUPPLY
1. Disconnect PTC relay connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between PTC relay harness connector and ground.

+
Relay PTC relay − Voltage
Connector Terminal
2
1 E83
3
2
2 E84 Ground Battery voltage
3
2
3 E85
3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair harness or connector between PTC relay and fuse or fusible link.
3.CHECK PTC RELAY CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Disconnect PTC heater control unit connector.
2. Check continuity between PTC relay harness connector and PTC heater control unit harness connector.

HAC-294
PTC HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 4]

PTC relay PTC heater control unit A


Continuity
Relay Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 E83 14
B
2 E84 1 M25 15 Existed
3 E85 16
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
4.CHECK PTC HEATER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN D

Check continuity between PTC relay harness connector and PTC heater harness connector.
E
PTC relay PTC heater
Continuity
Relay Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 E83 1 F
2 E84 5 E116 3 Existed
3 E85 5
G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair harness or connector. H
5.CHECK PTC HEATER GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
Check continuity between PTC heater harness connector and ground.
HAC
PTC heater
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
J
2
E117 Ground Existed
4
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
L
6.CHECK PTC RELAY
Check PTC relay. Refer to HAC-295, "Component Inspection (PTC Relay)".
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning PTC relay.
7.CHECK PTC HEATER N
Check PTC heater. Refer to HAC-296, "Component Inspection (PTC Heater)".
Is the inspection result normal?
O
YES >> Replace PTC heater control unit.
NO >> Replace PTC heater.
Component Inspection (PTC Relay) INFOID:0000000006660991 P

1.CHECK PTC RELAY


1. Remove PTC relay.

HAC-295
PTC HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 4]
2. Check continuity between PTC relay terminals 3 and 5 when the
voltage is supplied between terminals 1 and 2.

Terminal Voltage Continuity


ON Existed
3 5
OFF Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning PTC relay.
JSIIA1551ZZ

Component Inspection (PTC Heater) INFOID:0000000006660992

1.CHECK PTC HEATER


Check resistance between PTC heater terminals.

Terminal Resistance (Ω)


1 2
3 2 and 4 Except 0 or ∞
5 4
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace PTC heater.

HAC-296
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 4]

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS A
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM
Symptom Table INFOID:0000000006553417
B
NOTE:
Perform self-diagnosis with CONSULT-III before performing the symptom diagnosis. If any malfunction result
or DTC is detected, perform the corresponding diagnosis. C

Symptom Corresponding malfunction part Check item/Reference


• Blower motor D
• Blower motor power supply circuit
• The circuit between blower motor
and fan switch
• Blower motor does not operate at any dial position. E
• The circuit between blower motor HAC-289, "Diagnosis Proce-
• Blower motor does not operate at any dial position other
and blower fan resistor dure"
than 4, or operation speed is not normal.
• The circuit between blower fan re-
sistor and fan switch (A/C control) F
• Blower fan resistor
• Fan switch (A/C control)
• A/C indicator (A/C control) power
• A/C indicator dose not turn ON. supply circuit G
(Compressor operates) • The circuit between A/C indicator HAC-287, "Diagnosis Proce-
• A/C indicator dose not turn OFF. (A/C control) and BCM dure"
(Compressor stops) • A/C indicator (A/C control) H
• BCM
• Magnet clutch
• The circuit between magnet clutch
and IPDM E/R HAC
• IPDM E/R (A/C relay)
• The circuit between ECM and re-
frigerant pressure sensor
Compressor does not operate. HAC-302, "Diagnosis Proce- J
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
(Blower motor operates) dure"
• A/C ON signal circuit
• Blower fan ON signal circuit
• CAN communication line K
• A/C control
• Thermo control amp.
• BCM
• Magnet clutch control system
L
• Insufficient cooling • Drive belt slipping HAC-299, "Diagnosis Proce-
• No cool air comes out. (Air flow volume is normal.) • Cooler cycle dure"
• Air leakage from each duct
M
• Engine cooling system
• Heater hose
• Heater core
• Air leakage from each duct N
• Power supply system of PTC heat-
• Insufficient heating HAC-300, "Diagnosis Proce-
• No warm air comes out. (Air flow volume is normal.) er* dure"
• The circuit between PTC heater O
control unit and blower motor*
• PTC heater*
• PTC heater control unit*
P

HAC-297
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 4]
Symptom Corresponding malfunction part Check item/Reference
• HR16DE: HA-30, "Symptom
During compressor op- Table"
Cooler cycle
eration • MR16DDT: HA-30, "Symptom
Noise is heard when the A/C Table"
system operates. • Mixing any foreign object in blower
During blower motor op- motor HAC-291, "Component Inspec-
eration • Blower motor fan breakage tion (Blower Motor)"
• Blower motor rotation inferiority
• A/C control
Check the air mix door installa-
Discharge air temperature dose not change. • Air mix door cable
tion and door operation
• Air mix door
• A/C control
Check the mode door installa-
Air outlet dose not change. • Mode door cable
tion and door operation
• Mode door
• A/C control
Check the intake door installa-
Air inlet dose not change. • Intake door cable
tion and door operation
• Intake door
*: With K9K engine models

HAC-298
INSUFFICIENT COOLING
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 4]
INSUFFICIENT COOLING
A
Description INFOID:0000000006553418

B
Symptom
• Insufficient cooling
• No cool air comes out. (Air flow volume is normal.)
C
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006553419

NOTE:
Perform self-diagnosis with CONSULT-III before performing symptom diagnosis. If any malfunction result or D
DTC is detected, perform the corresponding diagnosis.
1.CHECK MAGNET CLUTCH OPERATION
E
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn fan control dial ON.
3. Press A/C switch.
4. Check that A/C indicator turns ON. Check visually and by sound that compressor operates. F
5. Press A/C switch again.
6. Check that A/C indicator turns OFF. Check that compressor stops.
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform the diagnosis of “COMPRESSOR DOSE NOT OPERATE” in “SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS”.
Refer to HAC-302, "Diagnosis Procedure". H
2.CHECK DRIVE BELT
Check tension of drive belt. Refer to the following.
• HR16DE: Refer to EM-154, "Checking". HAC
• MR16DDT: Refer to EM-20, "Checking".
• K9K: Refer to EM-276, "Checking Drive Belts".
Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Adjust or replace drive belt depending on the inspection results.
3.CHECK REFRIGERANT CYCLE PRESSURE K

Connect recovery/recycling recharging equipment to the vehicle and perform pressure inspection with gauge.
Refer to the following.
L
• HR16DE: Refer to HA-28, "Symptom Table".
• MR16DDT: Refer to HA-83, "Symptom Table".
Is the inspection result normal?
M
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace parts depending on the inspection results.
4.CHECK AIR LEAKAGE FROM EACH DUCT N
Check duct and nozzle, etc. of the air conditioning system for leakage.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check air mix door cable installation and air mix door operation. O
NO >> Repair or replace parts depending on the inspection results.

HAC-299
INSUFFICIENT HEATING
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 4]
INSUFFICIENT HEATING
Description INFOID:0000000006553420

Symptom
• Insufficient heating
• No warm air comes out. (Air flow volume is normal.)
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006553421

NOTE:
Perform self-diagnosis with CONSULT-III before performing symptom diagnosis. If any malfunction result or
DTC is detected, perform the corresponding diagnosis.
1.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM
1. Check engine coolant level and check for leakage. Refer to the following.
- HR16DE: Refer to CO-37, "Inspection".
- MR16DDT: Refer to CO-11, "Inspection".
- K9K: Refer to CO-62, "Inspection".
2. Check radiator cap (HR16DE and MR16DDT) or reservoir tank cap (K9K). Refer to the following.
- HR16DE: Refer to CO-40, "RADIATOR CAP : Inspection".
- MR16DDT: Refer to CO-15, "RADIATOR CAP : Inspection".
- K9K: Refer to CO-65, "Inspection".
3. Check water flow sounds of the engine coolant. Refer to the following.
- HR16DE: Refer to CO-38, "Refilling".
- MR16DDT: Refer to CO-12, "Refilling".
- K9K: Refer to CO-63, "Refilling".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> HR16DE and MR16DDT: GO TO 3.
YES-2 >> K9K: GO TO 2.
NO >> Refill engine coolant and repair or replace the parts depending on the inspection results.
2.CHECK PTC HEATER OPERATION
Check PTC heater operation. Refer to HAC-294, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace parts depending on the inspection results.
3.CHECK HEATER HOSE
Check installation of heater hose by visually or touching.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace parts depending on the inspection results.
4.CHECK HEATER CORE
1. Check temperature of inlet hose and outlet hose of heater core.
2. Check that inlet side of heater core is hot and the outlet side is slightly lower than/almost equal to the inlet
side.
CAUTION:
Always perform the temperature inspection in a short period of time because the engine coolant
temperature is very hot.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO-1 >> HR16DE: Replace heater core. Refer to HA-56, "HEATER CORE : Removal and Installation".
NO-2 >> MR16DDT: Replace heater core. Refer to HA-116, "HEATER CORE : Removal and Installation".
NO-3 >> K9K: Replace heater core.
5.CHECK AIR LEAKAGE FROM EACH DUCT
Check duct and nozzle, etc. of air conditioning system for air leakage.
HAC-300
INSUFFICIENT HEATING
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 4]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check air mix door cable installation and air mix door operation. A
NO >> Repair or replace parts depending on the inspection results.

HAC

HAC-301
COMPRESSOR DOSE DOT OPERATE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 4]
COMPRESSOR DOSE DOT OPERATE
Description INFOID:0000000006553422

SYMPTOM
Compressor dose not operate.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006553423

NOTE:
• Perform self-diagnosis with CONSULT-III before performing symptom diagnosis. If any malfunction result or
DTC is detected, perform the corresponding diagnosis.
• Check that refrigerant is enclosed in cooler cycle normally. If the refrigerant amount is shortage from proper
amount, perform the inspection of refrigerant leakage
1.CHECK A/C INDICATOR
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Operate blower motor.
3. Check that A/C indicator is turned ON/OFF when operating A/C switch.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5.
2.CHECK MAGNET CLUTCH OPERATION
Check magnet clutch. Refer to HAC-293, "Component Function Check".
Does it operate normally?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
3.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Check refrigerant pressure sensor. Refer to the following.
• HR16DE: Refer to EC-790, "Component Function Check".
• MR16DDT: Refer to EC-423, "Component Function Check".
• K9K: Refer to EC-960, "DTC Logic".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
4.CHECK BCM OUTPUT SIGNAL
With CONSULT-III
1. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ECM” using CONSULT-III.
2. Select “AIR COND SIG” and “HEATER FAN SW”, and check status under the following conditions.

Monitor item Condition Status


OFF (A/C indicator: OFF) Off
AIR COND SIG A/C switch
ON (A/C indicator: ON) On
OFF Off
HEATER FAN SW Blower motor
ON On
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-34, "Removal and Installation" (with Intelligent Key) or PCS-63,
"Removal and Installation" (without Intelligent Key).
NO >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-93, "Removal and Installation" (with Intelligent Key) or BCS-161,
"Removal and Installation" (without Intelligent Key).
5.CHECK A/C SWITCH
Check A/C switch. Refer to HAC-281, "Component Function Check".

HAC-302
COMPRESSOR DOSE DOT OPERATE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 4]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. A
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
6.CHECK BLOWER FAN ON SIGNAL
B
Check blower fan ON signal. Refer to HAC-283, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. C
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts
7.CHECK THERMO CONTROL AMP.
Check thermo control amp. Refer to HAC-285, "Component Function Check". D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-93, "Removal and Installation" (with Intelligent Key) or BCS-161,
"Removal and Installation" (without Intelligent Key). E
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts

HAC

HAC-303
A/C CONTROL
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [TYPE 4]

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION


A/C CONTROL
Exploded View INFOID:0000000006553424

JMIIA1024ZZ

1. Intake door cable 2. Air mix door cable 3. Mode door cable
4. A/C control 5. Intake door lever knob
A. To intake door link B. To air mix door link C. To mode door link

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006553425

REMOVAL
1. Remove A/C finisher. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove A/C control fixing screws (A) and fixing pawls, and then
remove A/C control.

: Pawl

JMIIA0900ZZ

3. Disconnect door cable and harness connector from A/C control.


INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

HAC-304
THERMO CONTROL AMPLIFIER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [TYPE 4]
THERMO CONTROL AMPLIFIER
A
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006553427

REMOVAL B
1. Remove evaporator.
• Refer to HA-55, "EVAPORATOR : Removal and Installation". (HR16DE)
• Refer to HA-115, "EVAPORATOR : Removal and Installation". (MR16DDT) C
2. Remove the thermo control amp. from evaporator.
INSTALLATION
Note the following items, and then install in the reverse order of removal. D
CAUTION:
• Replace O-ring with new one. Then apply compressor oil to them when installing.
• When install the thermo control amp., set the same position before replacement. E
• When remove the thermo control amp., never turn the bracket which is equipped the top of the
thermo control amp.
• Check for the leakages when recharging refrigerant. Refer to HA-19, "Leak Test". (HR16DE) or HA-74,
F
"Leak Test". (MR16DDT)

HAC

HAC-305
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [TYPE 4]
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Exploded View INFOID:0000000006553428

Refer to HA-39, "Exploded View". (HR16DE)


Refer to HA-94, "Exploded View". (MR16DDT)
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006553429

REMOVAL
Remove refrigerant pressure sensor.
Refer to HA-42, "REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR : Removal and Installation". (HR16DE)
Refer to HA-96, "REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR : Removal and Installation". (MR16DDT)
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

HAC-306
BLOWER FAN RESISTOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [TYPE 4]
BLOWER FAN RESISTOR
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000006553430

G
JMIIA1017ZZ

1. A/C unit assembly 2. Fan control amp.*1 3. Blower fan resistor*2


H
4. Blower motor 5. Blower motor cover 6.

• *1: Automatic air conditioner


• *2: Manual air conditioner HAC
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006553431

REMOVAL J

1. Remove instrument panel assembly. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation".


2. Disconnect blower fan resistor connector.
K
3. Remove fixing screws (A), and then remove blower fan resistor
(1).
L

N
JMIIA1030ZZ

INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal. O

HAC-307
DOOR CABLE
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [TYPE 4]
DOOR CABLE
Exploded View INFOID:0000000006553432

LEFT SIDE

JMIIA1026ZZ

1. A/C unit assembly 2. Intake door lever 3. Intake door link


4. Intake door cable 5. Air mix door cable 6. Air mix door link
7. Air mix door rod 8. Lower air mix door lever 9. Upper air mix door lever
10. Max. cool door
A. To A/C control

RIGHT SIDE

HAC-308
DOOR CABLE
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [TYPE 4]

H
JMIIA1025ZZ

1. A/C unit assembly 2. Mode door cable 3. Foot door lever


4. Foot door link 5. Side ventilator door lever 6. Mode door main link HAC
7. Mode door main link adapter rod 8. Center ventilator door lever 9. Defroster door lever
10. Mode door main link adapter
A. To A/C control J

INTAKE DOOR CABLE


K
INTAKE DOOR CABLE : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006553433

REMOVAL L
1. Disconnect intake door cable from A/C control. Refer to HAC-308, "Exploded View".
2. Remove instrument lower panel LH. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation". (LHD models)
3. Remove glove box assembly. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation". (RHD models) M
4. Disconnect intake door cable from A/C unit assembly as shown
by the arrow in the figure, and then remove intake door cable.
N

P
JMIIA1027ZZ

INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
MODE DOOR CABLE

HAC-309
DOOR CABLE
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [TYPE 4]
MODE DOOR CABLE : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006553435

REMOVAL
1. Disconnect mode door cable from A/C control. Refer to HAC-308, "Exploded View".
2. Remove glove box assembly. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation". (LHD models)
3. Remove instrument panel RH. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation". (RHD models)
4. Disconnect mode door cable from A/C unit assembly as shown
by the arrow in the figure, and then remove mode door cable.

JMIIA1029ZZ

INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
AIR MIX DOOR CABLE
AIR MIX DOOR CABLE : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006553437

REMOVAL
1. Disconnect air mix door cable from A/C control. Refer to HAC-308, "Exploded View".
2. Remove instrument panel LH. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation". (LHD models)
3. Remove glove box assembly. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation". (RHD models)
4. Disconnect air mix door cable from A/C unit assembly as shown
by the arrow in the figure, and then remove air mix door cable.

JMIIA1028ZZ

INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

HAC-310
APPLICATION NOTICE
< HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL > [TYPE 5]

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL A


APPLICATION NOTICE
Information INFOID:0000000006626858
B
Check the vehicle type to use the service information in this section.

Destination Service information C


Automatic air conditioning (4WD models) “TYPE 1”
Automatic air conditioning (2WD models) “TYPE 2”
D
Manual air conditioning (4WD models) “TYPE 3”
Manual air conditioning (2WD models) “TYPE 4”
Manual heater “TYPE 5” E

HAC

HAC-311
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [TYPE 5]

PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000006748427

The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and
“SEAT BELT” of this Service Manual.

The vehicle may be equipped with a passenger air bag deactivation switch. Because no rear seat exists where
a rear-facing child restraint can be placed, the switch is designed to turn off the passenger air bag so that a
rear-facing child restraint can be used in the front passenger seat. The switch is located in the center of the
instrument panel, near the ashtray. When the switch is turned to the ON position, the passenger air bag is
enabled and could inflate for certain types of collision. When the switch is turned to the OFF position, the pas-
senger air bag is disabled and will not inflate. A passenger air bag OFF indicator on the instrument panel lights
up when the passenger air bag is switched OFF. The driver air bag always remains enabled and is not affected
by the passenger air bag deactivation switch.

WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-
ness connectors.
• The vehicle may be equipped with a passenger air bag deactivation switch which can be operated by
the customer. When the passenger air bag is switched OFF, the passenger air bag is disabled and
will not inflate. When the passenger air bag is switched ON, the passenger air bag is enabled and
could inflate for certain types of collision. After SRS maintenance or repair, make sure the passenger
air bag deactivation switch is in the same position (ON or OFF) as when the vehicle arrived for ser-
vice.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s)
with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly
causing serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.

HAC-312
COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 5]

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A
COMPONENT PARTS
Component Part Location INFOID:0000000006557732
B

HAC

JMIIA1067ZZ K

1. BCM 2. Heater control 3. Blower fan resistor


Refer to BCS-161, "Removal and In- L
stallation".
4. Blower motor
A. Left side of heater unit assembly B. Right side of heater unit assembly
M
Component Description INFOID:0000000006557733

N
Component Description
Blower motor HAC-314
Heater and ventilation unit assembly
Blower fan resistor HAC-314 O
Heater control HAC-314
Blower motor status can be checked using
CONSULT-III. P
BCM NOTE:
BCM is not for controlling the manual heat-
er system

HEATER AND VENTILATION UNIT ASSEMBLY

HAC-313
COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 5]
HEATER AND VENTILATION UNIT ASSEMBLY : Blower Motor INFOID:0000000006557734

• The blower motor utilizes a brush-less motor with a rotating mag-


net.

JPIIA1575ZZ

• Quietness is improved over previous motors where the brush was the point of contact and the coil rotated.

ZHA152H

HEATER AND VENTILATION UNIT ASSEMBLY : Blower Fan Resistor INFOID:0000000006557735

• Compact and lightweight resistor is adopted with outstanding venti-


lation.
• Temperature fuse is installed to protects the blower motor circuit.

ZJIA0545J

Heater Control INFOID:0000000006557736

Controls the heater control function.

HAC-314
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 5]
SYSTEM
A
System Description INFOID:0000000006557737

Fan speed of blower motor is changed by the combination of fan control dial (fan switch) operation and blower B
fan resistor control.
Door Control INFOID:0000000006557738

C
SWITCHES AND THEIR CONTROL FUNCTIONS

HAC

L
JMIIA1068ZZ

1. Intake door 2. Blower motor 3. Air conditioner filter


M
4. Max. cool door 5. Upper air mix door 6. Lower air mix door
7. Heater core 8. Foot door 9. Side ventilator door
10. Center ventilator door 11. Defroster door
N
Fresh air intake Recirculation air Defroster

Center ventilator Side ventilator Foot

Rear foot* O

*: With rear foot duct


P

HAC-315
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 5]

Door position

Center ventilator door

Side ventilator door

Upper air mix door

Lower air mix door


Max. cool door
Defroster door

Intake door
Foot door
Switch/dial position

A A A A

B B B A

MODE dial —
C B
C C — — —

A C

A
Air intake lever
B
— — — —
Temperature control Full cold A A A

dial Full hot B B B

AIR DISTRIBUTION
Without rear foot duct
Discharge air flow
Air outlet/distribution
MODE/DEF setting po-
Ventilator
sition Foot Defroster
Center Side
52.6% 47.3% — —

34.0% 27.7% 38.4% —

— 19.1% 57.9% 23.0%

— 13.5% 42.4% 44.1%

— 16.3% — 83.8%

With rear foot duct


Discharge air flow
Air outlet/distribution
MODE/DEF setting
Ventilator Foot
position Defroster
Center Side Front Rear
52.6% 47.3% — — —

28.2% 25.9% 29.6% 16.3% —

— 16.3% 43.0% 21.0% 19.7%

— 12.2% 33.1% 16.3% 38.4%

— 16.3% — — 83.8%

HAC-316
OPERATION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 5]
OPERATION
A
Switch Name and Function INFOID:0000000006557739

HEATER CONTROLLER (HEATER CONTROL) B

JMIIA1069ZZ

H
1. MODE dial 2. Fan control dial 3. Temperature control dial
4. Intake lever

HAC
MODE dial Mode position is selected to an optimal position by operating this dial.
Fan control dial Fan speed can be adjusted within a range from 1st to 4th.
J
The setting temperature can be selected to an optimum temperature by operating this dial.
Temperature control dial • Clockwise rotation: Discharge air flow temperature increases
• Counterclockwise rotation: Discharge air flow temperature decreases.
Intake lever The air inlet changes REC ⇔ FRE each time by operation this lever. K

HAC-317
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 5]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
COMMON ITEM
COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM) INFOID:0000000006706391

APPLICATION ITEM
CONSULT-III performs the following functions via CAN communication with BCM.

Diagnosis mode Function Description


Work Support Changes the setting for each system function.
Self Diagnostic Result Displays the diagnosis results judged by BCM.
Monitors the reception status of CAN communication viewed from BCM. Refer to CONSULT-III opera-
CAN Diag Support Monitor
tion manual.
Data Monitor The BCM input/output signals are displayed.
Active Test The signals used to activate each device are forcibly supplied from BCM.
Ecu Identification The BCM part number is displayed.
• Read and save the vehicle specification.
Configuration
• Write the vehicle specification when replacing BCM.

SYSTEM APPLICATION
BCM can perform the following functions for each system.
NOTE:
It can perform the diagnosis modes except the following for all sub system selection items.
×: Applicable item
Diagnosis mode
System Sub system selection item
Work Support Data Monitor Active Test
Door lock DOOR LOCK × × ×
Rear window defogger REAR DEFOGGER × ×
Warning chime BUZZER × ×
Interior room lamp control INT LAMP × × ×
Remote keyless entry system MULTI REMOTE ENT × × ×
Exterior lamp HEAD LAMP × × ×
Wiper and washer WIPER × × ×
Turn signal and hazard warning lamps FLASHER × ×
• Automatic A/C
• Manual A/C AIR CONDITONER × ×*2
• Manual heater
Combination switch COMB SW ×
Body control system BCM ×
NATS IMMU × ×
Interior room lamp battery saver BATTERY SAVER × × ×
Back door open TRUNK ×
Vehicle security system THEFT ALM × × ×
— RETAINED PWR*1 × ×
Signal buffer system SIGNAL BUFFER × ×
— PANIC ALARM*1 ×

• *1: This item is displayed, but is not used.


• *2: For models with automatic A/C, this mode is not used.
AIR CONDITIONER

HAC-318
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 5]
AIR CONDITIONER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - AIR CONDITIONER) (Heater and
A
Ventilation) INFOID:0000000006557741

DATA MONITOR
B
Display item list
Monitor Item [Unit] Contents
FAN ON SIG [On/Off] Displays blower motor status as judged from blower fan ON signal. C
IGN SW [On/Off] Displays ignition switch position status as judged form ignition switch signal.

HAC

HAC-319
BCM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [TYPE 5]

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION


BCM
List of ECU Reference INFOID:0000000006557742

ECU Reference
BCS-125, "Reference Value"
BCS-140, "Fail-safe"
BCM
BCS-140, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart"
BCS-141, "DTC Index"

HAC-320
MANUAL HEATER SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [TYPE 5]

WIRING DIAGRAM A
MANUAL HEATER SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000006557743
B

For connector terminal arrangements, harness layouts, and alphabets in a (option abbreviation; if not
described in wiring diagram), refer to GI-12, "Connector Information/Explanation of Option Abbreviation".
C

HAC

JCIWA0516GB

HAC-321
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [TYPE 5]

BASIC INSPECTION
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
Work Flow INFOID:0000000006557744

OVERALL SEQUENCE

JPIIA1673GB

DETAILED FLOW

HAC-322
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [TYPE 5]

1.INTERVIEW FOR MALFUNCTION A


Interview the symptom to the customer.

>> GO TO 2. B
2.SYMPTOM CHECK
Check the symptom from the customer's information.
C

>> GO TO 3.
3.BASIC INSPECTION D
Check the operation of each part. Check that any symptom occurs other than the interviewed symptom.

E
>> GO TO 4.
4.SELF-DIAGNOSIS WITH CONSULT-III
Perform the self-diagnosis with CONSULT-III. Check that any DTC is detected. F
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 6. G
5.TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS BY DTC
Perform the trouble diagnosis for the detected DTC. Specify the malfunctioning part. H

>> GO TO 6.
6.SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS HAC

Perform the symptom diagnosis. Specify the malfunctioning part.


J
>> GO TO 7.
7.MALFUNCTION PART REPAIR
Repair or replace the malfunctioning part. K

>> GO TO 8.
L
8.REPAIR CHECK (SELF-DIAGNOSIS WITH CONSULT-III)
Perform the self-diagnoses with CONSULT-III. Check that any DTC is not detected. Erase DTC if DTC is
detected before the repair. Check that DTC is not detected again. M
Is any or malfunction result or DTC detected?
YES >> If DTC is detected, GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 9. N
9.REPAIR CHECK (OPERATION CHECK)
Check the operation of each part. O
Does it operate normally?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3. P

HAC-323
OPERATION INSPECTION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [TYPE 5]
OPERATION INSPECTION
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006557745

The purpose of the operational check is to check that the individual system operates normally.

Check condition : Engine running at normal operating temperature.

1.CHECK BLOWER MOTOR


1. Operate fan control dial.
2. Check that fan speed changes. Check operation for all fan speeds.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 6.
2.CHECK DISCHARGE AIR
1. Operate fan control dial to set the fan speed to maximum speed.
2. Operate MODE dial to each position.
3. Check that air outlets change according to each indicated air outlet by placing a hand in front of the air
outlets. Refer to VTL-5, "System Description".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR
1. Operate intake lever to each position.
2. Listen to intake sound and confirm air inlets change.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 6.
4.CHECK DISCHARGE AIR TEMPERATURE
1. Operate temperature control dial.
2. Check that discharge air temperature changes.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 6.
5.CHECK TEMPERATURE INCREASE
1. Turn temperature control dial to full hot position.
2. Check that warm air blows from air outlets.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS WITH CONSULT-III
1. Perform self-diagnosis with CONSULT-III.
2. Check that any DTC is detected.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for the detected DTC.
NO >> Refer to HAC-329, "Symptom Table" and perform the appropriate diagnosis.

HAC-324
BLOWER MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 5]

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS A
BLOWER MOTOR
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006706105
B

1.CHECK SYMPTOM
Check symptom (A or B). C

Symptom
A Blower motor does not operate at any dial position D
Blower motor does not operate at any dial position other than 4, or oper-
B
ation speed is not normal.
E
Which symptom is detected?
A >> GO TO 2.
B >> GO TO 7.
F
2.CHECK FUSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 15A fuses (Nos. 14 and 16, located in fuse block (J/B)]. G
NOTE:
Refer to PG-22, "Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement".
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse is blown.
3.CHECK BLOWER MOTOR POWER SUPPLY HAC
1. Disconnect blower motor connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between blower motor harness connector and ground. J

+
Blower motor − Voltage
K

Connector Terminal
M40 1 Ground Battery voltage L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4. M
4.CHECK BLOWER RELAY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
N
2. Check blower relay. Refer to HAC-327, "Component Inspection (Blower Relay)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Repair harness or connector between blower motor and fuse.
O
NO >> Replace blower relay.
5.CHECK FAN SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. P
2. Disconnect heater control connector.
3. Check continuity between heater control harness connector and ground.

Heater control
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M47 6 Ground Existed

HAC-325
BLOWER MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 5]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
6.CHECK FAN SWITCH 4 POSITION CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
Check continuity between heater control harness connector and blower motor harness connector.

Heater control Blower motor


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M47 5 M40 2 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Repair the harness or connector.
7.CHECK BLOWER FAN RESISTOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect blower fan resistor connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between blower fan resistor harness connector and ground.

+
Blower fan resistor − Voltage
Connector Terminal
M58 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair harness or connector between blower fan resistor and blower motor.
8.CHECK BLOWER FAN RESISTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check blower fan resistor. Refer to HAC-327, "Component Inspection (Blower Fan Resistor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace blower fan resistor. Refer to HAC-332, "Removal and Installation".
9.CHECK FAN SWITCH 1, 2, 3 POSITION CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
Check continuity between heater control harness connector and blower fan resistor.

Heater control Blower fan resistor


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
2 4
M47 3 M58 3 Existed
4 2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
10.CHECK FAN SWITCH
Check fan switch. Refer to HAC-328, "Component Inspection (Fan Switch)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace blower motor. Refer to VTL-15, "Removal and Installation (LHD models)" or VTL-16,
"Removal and Installation (RHD models)".
NO >> Replace heater control. Refer to HAC-331, "Removal and Installation".

HAC-326
BLOWER MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 5]
Component Inspection (Blower Motor) INFOID:0000000006706106

A
1.CHECK BLOWER MOTOR
1. Remove blower motor. Refer to VTL-15, "Removal and Installation (LHD models)" or VTL-16, "Removal
and Installation (RHD models)". B
2. Check that there is not any mixing foreign object in the blower motor.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. C
NO >> Replace blower motor. Refer to VTL-15, "Removal and Installation (LHD models)" or VTL-16,
"Removal and Installation (RHD models)".
2.CHECK BLOWER MOTOR D

Check that there is not breakage or damage in the blower motor.


Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace blower motor. Refer to VTL-15, "Removal and Installation (LHD models)" or VTL-16,
"Removal and Installation (RHD models)".
F
3.CHECK BLOWER MOTOR
Check that blower motor turns smoothly.
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace blower motor. Refer to VTL-15, "Removal and Installation (LHD models)" or VTL-16,
"Removal and Installation (RHD models)". H

Component Inspection (Blower Relay) INFOID:0000000006706107

HAC
1.CHECK BLOWER RELAY
1. Remove blower relay. Refer to PG-22, "Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement".
2. Check continuity between blower relay terminal 3 and 5 when J
the voltage is supplied between terminal 1 and 2.

Terminal Voltage Continuity


K
ON Existed
3 5
OFF Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace blower relay.
JSIIA1551ZZ
M
Component Inspection (Blower Fan Resistor) INFOID:0000000006706108

1.CHECK BLOWER FAN RESISTOR N


1. Disconnect blower fan resistor connector.
2. Check resistance between blower fan resistor terminals. Refer to applicable table for the normal value.
O
Resistance: Ω
Terminal
(Approx.)
2 0.43
P

1 3 1.03
4 3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace blower fan resistor. Refer to HAC-332, "Removal and Installation".

HAC-327
BLOWER MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 5]
Component Inspection (Fan Switch) INFOID:0000000006706109

1.CHECK FAN SWITCH


Check continuity between heater control terminals.

Condition
Terminal Fan control dial po- Continuity
sition
2 1st
3 2nd
6 Existed
4 3rd
5 4th
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace heater control. Refer to HAC-331, "Removal and Installation".

HAC-328
MANUAL HEATER SYSTEM
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 5]

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS A
MANUAL HEATER SYSTEM
Symptom Table INFOID:0000000006557751
B
NOTE:
Perform self-diagnosis with CONSULT-III before performing the symptom diagnosis. If any malfunction result
or DTC is detected, perform the corresponding diagnosis. C

Symptom Corresponding malfunction part Check item/Reference


• Blower motor D
• Blower motor power supply circuit
• The circuit between blower motor and fan
• Blower motor does not operate at any
switch
dial position. E
• The circuit between blower motor and blower
• Blower motor does not operate at any HAC-325, "Diagnosis Procedure"
fan resistor
dial position other than 4, or operation
• The circuit between blower fan resistor and
speed is not normal.
fan switch (heater control) F
• Blower fan resistor
• Fan switch (heater control)
• Engine cooling system
• Insufficient heating G
• Heater hose
• No warm air comes out. (Air flow vol- HAC-330, "Diagnosis Procedure"
• Heater core
ume is normal.)
• Air leakage from each duct
• Mixing any foreign object in blower motor H
Noise is heard when the heater and HAC-327, "Component Inspection (Blow-
• Blower motor fan breakage
ventilation control system operates. er Motor)"
• Blower motor rotation inferiority
• Heater control HAC
Discharge air temperature dose not Check the air mix door installation and
• Air mix door cable
change. door operation
• Air mix door
• Heater control
Air outlet dose not change. • Mode door cable
Check the mode door installation and J
door operation
• Mode door
• Heater control
Check the intake door installation and K
Air inlet dose not change. • Intake door cable
door operation
• Intake door

HAC-329
INSUFFICIENT HEATING
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 5]
INSUFFICIENT HEATING
Description INFOID:0000000006557752

Symptom
• Insufficient heating
• No warm air comes out. (Air flow volume is normal.)
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006557753

NOTE:
Perform self-diagnosis with CONSULT-III before performing symptom diagnosis. If any malfunction result or
DTC is detected, perform the corresponding diagnosis.
1.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM
1. Check engine coolant level and check for leakage. Refer to CO-37, "Inspection".
2. Check radiator cap. Refer to CO-40, "RADIATOR CAP : Inspection".
3. Check water flow sounds of the engine coolant. Refer to CO-38, "Refilling".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Refill engine coolant and repair or replace parts depending on the inspection results.
2.CHECK HEATER HOSE
Check installation of heater hose by visually or touching.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace parts depending on the inspection results.
3.CHECK HEATER CORE
1. Check temperature of inlet hose and outlet hose of heater core.
2. Check that inlet side of heater core is hot and the outlet side is slightly lower than/almost equal to the inlet
side.
CAUTION:
Always perform the temperature inspection in a short period of time because the engine coolant
temperature is very hot.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace heater core. Refer to HA-56, "HEATER CORE : Removal and Installation".
4.CHECK AIR LEAKAGE FROM EACH DUCT
Check duct and nozzle, etc. of air conditioning system for air leakage.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check air mix door cable installation and air mix door operation.
NO >> Repair or replace parts depending on the inspection results.

HAC-330
HEATER CONTROL
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [TYPE 5]

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION A


HEATER CONTROL
Exploded View INFOID:0000000006706114
B

JMIIA1024ZZ
H
1. Intake door cable 2. Air mix door cable 3. Mode door cable
4. Heater control 5. Intake door lever knob
A. To intake door link B. To air mix door link C. To mode door link HAC

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006706115

J
REMOVAL
1. Remove A/C finisher. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove heater control fixing screws (A) and fixing pawls, and K
then remove heater control.

: Pawl L

JMIIA0900ZZ N

3. Disconnect door cable and harness connector from heater control.


INSTALLATION O
Install in the reverse order of removal.

HAC-331
BLOWER FAN RESISTOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [TYPE 5]
BLOWER FAN RESISTOR
Exploded View INFOID:0000000006706116

JMIIA1017ZZ

1. Heater unit assembly 2. Fan control amp.*1 3. Blower fan resistor*2


4. Blower motor 5. Blower motor cover 6.

• *1: Automatic air conditioner


• *2: Manual air conditioner or Manual heater

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006706117

REMOVAL
1. Remove instrument panel assembly. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation".
2. Disconnect blower fan resistor connector.
3. Remove fixing screws (A), and then remove blower fan resistor
(1).

JMIIA1030ZZ

INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

HAC-332
DOOR CABLE
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [TYPE 5]
DOOR CABLE
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000006706118

LEFT SIDE B

HAC

JMIIA1026ZZ
J
1. Heater unit assembly 2. Intake door lever 3. Intake door link
4. Intake door cable 5. Air mix door cable 6. Air mix door link
7. Air mix door rod 8. Lower air mix door lever 9. Upper air mix door lever K
10. Max. cool door
A. To A/C control
L
RIGHT SIDE

HAC-333
DOOR CABLE
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [TYPE 5]

JMIIA1025ZZ

1. Heater unit assembly 2. Mode door cable 3. Foot door lever


4. Foot door link 5. Side ventilator door lever 6. Mode door main link
7. Mode door main link adapter rod 8. Center ventilator door lever 9. Defroster door lever
10. Mode door main link adapter
A. To A/C control

INTAKE DOOR CABLE


INTAKE DOOR CABLE : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006706119

REMOVAL
1. Disconnect intake door cable from A/C control. Refer to HAC-308, "Exploded View".
2. Remove instrument lower panel LH. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation". (LHD models)
3. Remove glove box assembly. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation". (RHD models)
4. Disconnect intake door cable from heater unit assembly as
shown by the arrow in the figure, and then remove intake door
cable.

JMIIA1027ZZ

INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
MODE DOOR CABLE

HAC-334
DOOR CABLE
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [TYPE 5]
MODE DOOR CABLE : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006706121

A
REMOVAL
1. Disconnect mode door cable from A/C control. Refer to HAC-308, "Exploded View".
B
2. Remove glove box assembly. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation". (LHD models)
3. Remove instrument panel RH. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation". (RHD models)
4. Disconnect mode door cable from heater unit assembly as C
shown by the arrow in the figure, and then remove mode door
cable.

JMIIA1029ZZ
F
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
AIR MIX DOOR CABLE G

AIR MIX DOOR CABLE : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006706123

H
REMOVAL
1. Disconnect air mix door cable from A/C control. Refer to HAC-308, "Exploded View".
2. Remove instrument panel LH. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation". (LHD models) HAC
3. Remove glove box assembly. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation". (RHD models)
4. Disconnect air mix door cable from heater unit assembly as
shown by the arrow in the figure, and then remove air mix door J
cable.

JMIIA1028ZZ
M
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
N

HAC-335

You might also like